NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM"

Transcription

1 NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM This manual supersedes NAVAIR dated 1 July DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. DESTRUCTION NOTICE. For unclassified, limited documents, destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document. Published by Direction of Commander, Naval Air Systems Command 0800LP

2 NAVAIR Page A NUMERICAL INDEX OF EFFECTIVE WORK PACKAGES/PAGES List of Current Revisions Original... (including IRAC 002) Only those work packages/pages assigned to the manual are listed in this index. Dispose of the superseded issues of the technical manuals. Superseded classified technical information shall be destroyed in accordance with applicable regulations. The portion of text affected in a changed or revised work package is indicated by change bars or the change symbol "R" in the outer margin of each column of text. Changes to illustrations are indicated by pointing hands or change bars, as applicable. WP Number Title Title Page A NUMERICAL INDEX OF EFFECTIVE WORK PACKAGES/PAGES SUMMARY OF CHANGE TPDR LIST OF TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEFICIENCY REPORTS INCORPORATED ALPHABETICAL INDEX INTRODUCTION CATEGORIES OF NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUALS NAVAIR RELATED DOCUMENTATION CONTROLLED BY OTHER NAVY OR DOD ELEMENTS STYLE AND FORMAT OF NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUALS NATEC PRODUCT DATA DIVISON TECHNICAL PUBLICATION UPDATE METHODS SUPPLEMENTING TECHNICAL MANUALS, SECURITY AND CLASSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS NAVAL AERONAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS INDEX TECHNICAL DATA NUMBERING SYSTEMS AND STOCK NUMBERS HOW TO USE THE NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL INTERSERVICE EXCHANGE OF TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL MANUAL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM NAVAIR TECHNICAL PUBLICATION DEFICIENCY REPORTING PROGRAMS NAVAIR TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, AND DATA ITEM DESCRIPTIONS (DIDs) TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS REQUISITIONING PROCEDURES ISSUE PRIORITY CODE SYSTEM ESTABLISHING AN AERONAUTICAL CENTRAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY CENTRAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY OPERATING PROCEDURES CENTRAL LIBRARY VERIFICATION/AUDIT REQUIREMENTS DISPERSED LIBRARY OPERATION DISPERSED LIBRARY AUDIT PROCEDURES NATEC TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY PROGRAM ELECTRONIC AND INTERACTIVE ELECTRONIC TECHNICAL MANUALS REFERENCES ABBREVIATIONS DEFINITION OF TERMS

3 NAVAIR Page B/(C Blank) NUMERICAL INDEX OF EFFECTIVE WORK PACKAGES/PAGES (Continue) Total number of pages in this manual is 272 consisting of the following: WP/Page No. Change No. WP/Page No. Change No. WP/Page No. Change No. Title A thru B thru C Blank Summary of Change thru thru TPDR thru TPDR Blank...0 TPDR-2 Blank thru thru Blank thru thru thru Blank thru thru Blank Blank thru thru thru thru thru thru Blank Blank thru thru Blank Blank thru thru Blank Blank thru thru Blank thru Blank thru thru thru Blank thru thru Blank...0

4 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

5 NAVAIR SUMMARY OF CHANGES This technical manual supersedes NAVAIR dated 1 July 2006 and contains the following changes: OVERVIEW 1. The web site for NLL ( has been updated throughout this TM. WP INTRODUCTION 1. In paragraph 2-3e, clarified NATOPS Flight and Tactical manuals utilize OPNAV Form 3710/6 for change recommendations. 2. Added - The TM media of the activity will determine whether the activity maintains an IRAC and/or ERAC binder. Activities using ETMs will maintain an IRAC binder. Activities using ETMs and IETMs will maintain an IRAC/ERAC binder (paragraph 2-8d). 3. Added paragraph 2-8e to read: The NATEC FOXPRO Technical Publications Library (TPL) Program and the TMAPS Enhanced Library Management Systems (ELMS) are the only two automated systems authorized for use in managing CTPL technical data. Throughout this manual unless specifically addressed as FOXPRO TPL Library or ELMS database, the processes applies to both programs. The FOXPRO TPL Program is updated by user submission of an ADRL. The ELMS application user does not require an ADRL because this account is updated as "real time" via NATEC the TMAPS web site. WP NAVAIR RELATED DOCUMENTATION CONTROLLED BY OTHER NAVY OR DOD ELEMENTS 1. Paragraph 4-1i, changed to read: METPRO CD disks may be entered into the TPL database utilizing the CD number with a "Pub Type" of "X" (FOXPRO Program) and "C" (ELMS Application). Individual manuals may be listed in the remarks section. 2. Paragraph 4-4, updated the web site for OPNAVINST ( WP TECHNICAL MANUAL UPDATE METHODS 1. Clarified information on TM RACs in paragraph 7-2a(9). Hyperlink linked paragraphs describing policy on cancelled RACs (paragraph 7-2b) and IRACs (paragraph 7-2c). 2. Added - A QA Subject Matter Expert (SME) shall review all printed material for completeness and ensure proper control (paragraph 7.2d(2)(d) and 7.2d(3)(c)). 3. Changed figure 1 (IRAC Message Format) to look like the IRAC posted to web site. WP NAVAL AERONAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS INDEX 1. Corrected NAWC Code to "685100D" vice "33100D" (paragraph 9-5b). WP TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS REQUISITIONING PROCEDURES 1. Clarified exceptions to the two copy limitations in paragraph 17-10b to read: Exceptions to the twocopy limitations are requisitions initiated for; Hot Ships, cash sales, FMS requisitions, and NATOPS requests routed via the LEM, and other justifiable requirements identified by COMNAVAIRFOR and TYCOMs via NATEC at the time of mobilization. WP ESTABLISHING AN AERONAUTICAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS CENTRAL LIBRARY 1. Clarified submission of ADRL in paragraph 19-2e to read as follows: CTPL must enter a record into NATEC FOXPRO TPL or TMAPS ELMS program database for each copy of a NAVAIR manual request. Those on FOXPRO TPL submit an ADRL file to NATEC Distribution. 1

6 NAVAIR SUMMARY OF CHANGES (Continue) WP ESTABLISHING AN AERONAUTICAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS CENTRAL LIBRARY (Continue) 2. Added second sentence to paragraph 19-5j to read: Activities using FOXPRO TPL Program will submit an updated ADRL, and those using TMAPS ELMS will update their mailing address in "Customer Account". 3. Added as the third sentence to paragraph 19-11d(1) and second sentence to paragraph 19-11d(2): This is not applicable to TMAPS ELMS users. WP CENTRAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY OPERATING PROCEDURES 1. Clarified information in paragraph 20-11g to read: If discrepancies are identified (such as missing pages, poor quality printing, etc.), the update copies will not be issued to the dispersed libraries. Additional guidance and assistance shall be requested from the QA division supervisor or appropriate Depot Department. 2. Added information on procedures on utilizing Adobe Reader for printing TMs with IRACs from NATEC web site (paragraph 20-16j(1) (3)). 3. Revised the procedure in paragraph 20-17, Cancelled Technical Manuals/Media. The revised information includes; reasons for cancellation of TMs, revised requisition procedure in TMAPS and how they are identified. WP NATEC TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY PROGRAM 1. Deleted paragraph 24-7, TPL Program Availability and User Feedback, in its entirety. No longer available. WP ELECTRONIC AND INTERACTIVE ELECTRONIC TECHNICAL MANUALS 1. Modified paragraph 25-2g to read: It should be noted with regards to the usage of electronic versions of NAVAIR TMs, COMNAVAIRSYSCOM msg dated 28 June 2002 states "This message is not authorization nor does it direct anyone to eliminate paper manuals unless activities have all required infrastructure, including local storage and access, availability and sustainment of portable electronic display devices (PEDDS), and the demonstrated ability to use electronic media to perform the full range of maintenance actions as directed by the appropriate TYCOM." 2. Clarify the requirement for maintaining an IRAC binder for both afloat and shore-based activities in both WP and WP025 00, paragraph 25-3f. 3. Added information on procedures on utilizing Adobe Reader for printing TMs with IRACs from NATEC web site (paragraph 25-3j(1) (3)). 4. Deleted paragraph 25-7, IETM definitions, in its entirety. No longer required for the

7 NAVAIR TPDR-1 (TPDR-2 Blank) NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM LIST OF TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEFICIENCY REPORTS INCORPORATED 1. The TPDRs listed below have been incorporated in this issue. Report Control Number Activity Location NAWCD PAX River, MD WP A FASOTRAGRUPAC Det Lemoore WP MALS-14 WP FASOTRAGRUPAC North Island WP010 00

8 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

9 NAVAIR Title NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM ALPHABETICAL INDEX WP Number Abbreviations Action to be Taken Upon Receipt of Wrong Publications from NAVICP-Philadelphia Aeronautical Publications Initial Outfitting Allowances Initial Outfitting Letter Obtaining Initial Outfitting Lists (IOLs) Type of Lists Aeronautical Publications by Weapons Systems General Aeronautical Publications List Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program (ALREMP), OPNAVINST series Appendices Audit Requirements Authorized Issuing Commands Automatic Distribution Errors Automatic Distribution Mailing Label Automatic Distribution Requirements Automatic Distribution Requirements List (ADRL), Obtaining Current Copy Binders Binders for Publications Cancelled Manuals Media CD-ROM Numbering System for PDF Manuals Change Entry Certification Record (CECR) Change Entry Certification Record (CECR) File Part Change Entry Certification Record (CECR) File Part Classified Publications Storage Comments and Recommendations Concurrent Validation/Verification of Technical Directives Continuing, Follow-on, or Bulk Requirements for Other Components Technical Manuals or Technical Orders Control of Classified Publications Control of Publications Conventional Format Multivolume Set Single Manual Conventional Manual Arrangement Conventional Numbering System Creation, Storage, and Distribution of Digital NAVAIR Technical Data CTPL Files on Automated Data Processing (ADP) Systems CTPL Required Directives, Publications, and Documents CTPL Transaction File Data Item Descriptions (DIDs) Definition of Specifications and Standards Definitions

10 NAVAIR Title WP Number Definitions Adequacy Review Fleet Review Guidance Meeting In-Process Review Quality Assurance Program Planning Conferences Validation Verification Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards (DODISS) DODISS Automatic Distribution DODISS One Time Issue Indexing Media Requisitioning Procedures Department of Defense (DOD) Issuances Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP) Department of the Navy Issuances Departmental Directives for the Naval Education and Training Command Description of NATEC TPL Program Database Digital NAVAIR Technical Data Dispersed Libraries Audits Dispersed Libraries Procedures for Audits Disposition of Excess Manuals Destruction of Unclassified Technical Manuals Disposition of Unclassified CD-ROMs NAVAIR Technical Publications Binders Establishing a Technical Publication Library Exchange of Technical Manuals Air Force Technical Orders Army Technical Manuals Defense Logistics Agency Technical Manuals Marine Corps Technical Manuals Navy Technical Manuals Explanation of Terms Used in OPNAVINST Component Continuing, Follow-On, or Bulk Requirements Joint Interest List Reasonable Quantity Single Point Contact Force/Activity Designator (F/AD) Formal Change to a Conventional Manual Formal Change to a Work Package (WP) Manual IETM Introduction Incorporation of Updates to NAVAIR Technical Publications Notices Pick-Up Revision Revision TM Rapid Action Changes (RACs) Inventory Control

11 NAVAIR Title WP Number Job Performance Aids (JPA) (Also known as Multimedia Job Performance Aids (MJPA) Joint Knowledge Caching Server (JKCS) Joint Technical Coordinating Group for Munitions Effectiveness (JCTG/ME) Joint Service Index of Specialized Technical Handbooks, 61JTCG/ME Library Operation Library Responsibility List of Federal/Military/Industry Specifications and Standards, and NAVAIR Series Documents Approved by the Naval Air Systems Command Locating the Proper Technical Manual Management of Technical Directives (TDs) Methods of Updating Technical Directives Amendment Revision Metrology and Calibration Program Naval Air Technical Engineering and Data Service Command (NATEC) Product Data Division (Code ) NATEC TD Assistance NATEC Technical Manual Website Overview NATEC Technical Publications Library Program NATOPS Deficiency Reporting NAVAIR A, Equipment Applicability List NAVAIR , Airborne Weapons/Stores Manuals/Checklists Publication Index NAVAIR Instrument Calibration Procedures (ICP) Program NAVAIR Technical Directive (TD) System NAVAIR Technical Manual Notices NAVAIR Technical Manual Program (Quality Assurance) General Management Requirements Technical Manual Management Agency (TMMA) Quality Assurance Program Naval Aeronautical Publications Index Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP), OPNAVINST and COMNAVAIRFORINST Naval Ordnance Maintenance Management Program (NOMMP), OPNAVINST series Naval Safety Center Publications NAVSUP P2003, Navy Stock List of Publications, Forms, and Directives Numbering Designations for Major Categories of NAVAIR Manual Obtaining Publications on CD Automatic Distribution Requirements (ADRL) CD Deployed CDs Other NAVAIR Technical Manuals Other Navy Technical Manuals Pick-up Revision of a NAVAIR Technical Manual Priority Designator Procurement of NAVAIRSYSCOM Publications and Directives Unclassified SECNAV and OPNAV Directives Purpose (of this manual) Pushed Publications Quality Assurance (QA) Branch Quality Assurance Program Objectives

12 NAVAIR Title WP Number References Reproduction of Unclassified Publications Request Forms and Ordering Procedures DD Form Defense Automated Addressing System (DAAS) Explanation of "Status" From NAVICP-Philadelphia, Forms and Pubs Branch Letter Material Obligation Validation (MOV) Report Military Specifications and Standards NAVAIR Directives Naval Logistics Library (NLL) Requisition File Requisition Follow-Up Procedures Required TPL Operations Responsibilities of Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command (NATEC), Defense Distribution Depot Susquehanna, Pennsylvania (DDSP), and Naval Inventory Control Point Philadelphia (NAVICP Philadelphia) NATEC Customer Service NAVICP Philadelphia Customer Services Retention of TPL Program Files Active TPL File Dead File Deck Load Change Revision of a NAVAIR Technical Manual Security and Classification Requirements General Identifying Security Classification of Technical Manuals Processing Instructions for the Declassification of Technical Manuals Questions Concerning Classification or Security of Technical Manuals Reporting Unsatisfactory Security Classification of Technical Manuals Safeguarding Classified Technical Manuals Security Classification Changes Special Weapons Ordnance Publications Storage and Identification of Publications Held by the CTPL Storage Procedures for Publications Supplements Classified Supplements Commercial Manual Supplements Supplements to DOD Technical Manuals Technical Directive Categories Immediate Record Purpose Routine Urgent Technical Directive Completion, Supersedure, and Cancellation Cancellation Completion (Formerly Rescission) Supersedure Technical Directive Issued in Parts Technical Directive Requisitioning Procedures Formal (Hard Copy) Documents

13 NAVAIR Title WP Number Formal TD and Bulletin Classifications Messages or Message Format Letters (If Enclosures are Required) Bulletin Messages or Message Format Letters Interim Change Messages or Message Format Letters RAMEC Messages or Message Format Letters Technical Directive Types Bulletin Formal Change Interim Change Rapid Action Minor Engineering Change (RAMEC) Technical Directives Status Accounting Standard (TDSA) Reporting List TMAPS Enhanced Library Management System (ELMS) TMAPS ELMS Standalone Technical Manual Identification Numbering System (TMINS) Construction Technical Manual Program Technical Manual Rapid Action Changes Interim Rapid Action Changes (IRACs) IRAC Incorporation into the Technical Manual Rapid Action Changes Technical Manual Requirements Responsibility Technical Manual Styles Commercial Manuals Military Specification Manuals Technical Manual Updated Methods Technical Publication Deficiency Report CAT 1, 2, 3, and 4 TPDR Reporting Control Number (RCN) Category 1 TPDR Category 2, 3, and 4 TPDR FSTs/LMTCs NATEC ( ) Technical Publication Deficiency Reporting Program TPDR Incorporation Technical Publications Library Information Sheets (TPLIS) TPL Program Backup Procedures TPL Program Features TPL Program Installation Instructions TPL Program Reports Technical Publications Specialist (TPS) Termination of Automatic Distribution Requirements Tracking Status of TPDRs Training Two Copies Limitation for POD Printing Types of Deficiency Reporting Programs Types of Libraries Central Technical Publications Library Dispersed Library Naval Warfare Publications Library Types of Printed Material Stocked at DDDSP COG 0I COG 1I

14 NAVAIR Title WP Number Types of Technical Manuals Maintenance Manuals Airborne Missile Weapons Assembly Checklist Crew Station/In-Flight Maintenance Manuals General Aircraft Information Manual General Engineering Series Manuals Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) Manuals Maintenance Instruction Manuals (MIMs) Planned Maintenance System (PMS) Power Plants Manuals Structural Repair Manuals Technical Documentation List Weight and Balance Data Manuals Wiring Manuals Work Unit Code Manuals Operational Manuals Airborne Weapons/Stores Loading Manuals Cargo Loading Manuals Functional Check Flight Checklists NATOPS Flight Manuals Pilot's Pocket Checklists/Flight Crew Checklists Tactical Manuals Weapons Loading Checklists Other Technical Manuals Aviation Training Literature General Series Manuals Technical Manuals Developed for Operational Evaluation (OPEVAL) or Technical Evaluation (TECHEVAL) Technical Manuals for Research and Development (R&D) Other Types of Technical Manuals, Publications, and Documents Automated Type Technical Manuals Commercial Manuals, Manufacturer's Service Bulletins, Maintenance Digests and other Periodicals Department of Defense Publications Primary Weapon Systems Technical Manuals Aeronautical Component and Equipment Manuals Challenge/Reply Checklists Component and Equipment Manuals Special Application Technical Manual Series Air Traffic Control Manuals Aircraft Battle Damage Repair (ABDR) Manuals Aircraft Hardware and Rubber Materials Publications Airfield Lighting Manuals Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) Compact Disks/Manuals Instructional Equipment and Training Aids Meteorology Manuals Photographic Manuals Ships Installation Manuals Standard Preservation and Packaging Information Manuals

15 NAVAIR Title WP Number Unlisted Documentation Requests for assistance with Unlisted Publications Urgency of Need Designator (UND) Use of Other Navy/Army/Air Force Publications in the NAVAIR System Use of Stock Numbers and Bar Codes on NAVAIR Technical Manuals Use of the Technical Manual Validation of Proposed Technical Directives Validation TPL Program Database Verification of Proposed Technical Directives Verification Requirements Processed Automatic Distribution Requirements List (ADRL) Weekly Interim Rapid Action (IRAC) and Technical Manual Tracker Weekly Summary for Issued Technical Directives (TDs) Viewing PDF Technical Manuals on a CD-ROM Work Package Format Multivolume Series Single Manual Work Package Manual Arrangement Intermediate and Depot Maintenance Manuals Organizational Maintenance Manuals Work Package Numbering Work Package Manual Format Content Format Intermediate/Depot Maintenance Data Organizational Maintenance Data Information Accessibility /(8 Blank)

16 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

17 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM INTRODUCTION Reference Material NAVAIR Related Publications Controlled by Other Navy Elements... WP Interservice Exchange of Technical Data... WP NAVAIR Manual Deficiency Reporting Programs... WP Electronic and Interactive Electronic Technical Manuals... WP Joint Interest and Other Technical Manuals... NAVAIR Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)... COMNAVAIRFORINST Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)... OPNAVINST Policies and Responsibilities for Naval Air Systems Command Technical Manual Program... NAVAIRINST Interservicing of Technical Manuals and Related Technology... OPNAVINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No Authorized Issuing Commands... 3 Comments and Recommendations... 4 Digital NAVAIR Technical Data... 3 Purpose (of this manual)... 2 Technical Manual Program... 2 Technical Manual Requirements Responsibility... 3 Use of Other Navy/Army/Air Force Publications in the NAVAIR System... 4 Use of the Technical Manual

18 NAVAIR PURPOSE (OF THIS MANUAL) a. This manual describes the Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIR) Technical Manual Program and provides direction on how technical manual (TM) documentation is managed and used in support of fleet operations, maintenance, and training. b. Also provides procedures for operating a central or dispersed technical publications library. These procedures are mandatory for all Naval aviation units as directed in COMNAVAIRFORINST c. This manual has been prepared for usage as a digital manual. (1) It is optimized for usage as a Portable Document File (PDF) format file. On a computer the hyperlink enables the user to easily access the referenced work packages (WPs). (2) Some of the website addresses will not link from this manual due to security within the firewall. Copy the website address into Internet Explorer to utilize the website address. (3) After "jumping" to a hyperlinked reference, use the "Back arrow" key of the Adobe command line to return to your "previous view" location. d. Directives utilized throughout this manual identify the document used at the time of writing (minus the revision letter and identifying change/notice number). Please refer to the sponsor's websites for the current issue. e. It may also be printed out and used as a hard copy manual from the PDF format TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM NAVAIR Instruction issue policies, provide procedures, and assign responsibilities for the implementation and management of the NAVAIR Technical Manual Program. This instruction applies to all weapons systems and equipment procurements executed by advanced development project officers, designated program managers, air (PMA), system program managers, weapon systems managers (WSM), inventory control points, cognizant field activities (CFA), and other intra/inter service acquisition managers supporting NAVAIR USE OF THE TECHNICAL MANUAL a. TMs are essential in achieving system and equipment effectiveness and readiness. Like the specialized equipment procured for logistic support, the TM is a maintenance tool. b. An acceptable TM is one that can be employed with ease and confidence and is a document that is usable in the training, operation, and maintenance environment. It will simply and accurately define the equipment and describe the operation, maintenance concept, and configuration of the item under test or repair. c. It must be recognized that not every task or maintenance procedure must, or will, be described in the manual. (1) Standard shop practice, basic technical knowledge, task complexity, and safety considerations are governing criteria for determining new manual requirements and/or change or revision requirements to existing manuals. (2) When local user activity controversy arises concerning these areas, Type Commanders (TYCOM) must render a decision concerning use or application. 2

19 NAVAIR d. When new instructions or procedures are required, they will be incorporated into the TMs. Users can contribute to manual change through the utilization of the Technical Publications Deficiency Report (TPDR) System (WP ). e. For NATOPS flight and Tactical manuals, OPNAV Form 3710/6, NATOPS/Tactical Change Recommendation shall be used (WP ) TECHNICAL MANUAL REQUIREMENTS RESPONSIBILITY a. The Naval Air Systems Command (NASC), Assistant Commander for Logistics and Fleet Support, is responsible for procurement and maintenance of documentation. Under his/her direction, the Commanding Officer, Naval Air Technical Data Engineering Service Command (NATEC) is charged with the responsibility of providing overall management control of the NAVAIR Technical Manual Program. b. NATEC has been established as the NAVAIR requiring activity for publications and, as such, is designated as the central management agency for all NAVAIR TMs. c. Major NAVAIR activities and separate operating agencies are charged with assisting cognizant personnel in determining NAVAIR TM requirements. Once established, requirements can be altered only by NATEC AUTHORIZED ISSUING COMMANDS a. TMs issued within the Naval establishment for aircraft and related systems operation and maintenance are issued under the direction of the Commander, Naval Air Systems Command. b. TMs concerned with flight personnel training and air operations are issued by the authority of the Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) and under the direction of the Commander, Naval Air Systems Command DIGITAL NAVAIR TECHNICAL DATA a. NATEC is responsible for defining and enforcing all policies relative to the creation, storage, and distribution of digital technical data for NAVAIR. The driving force behind NAVAIR technical data policy is to ensure standardization and ease of use by the fleet maintainers. b. To ensure configuration management and control of technical data, NATEC is designated as the central repository for all NAVAIR TMs, whether they are in paper or digital format. (1) NATEC will distribute all TMs in paper, CD-ROM, or any other digital format. This includes all classes of IETMs. (2) Any deviation from this policy will require a written waiver from the Commanding Officer of NATEC or NAVAIR Code c. The NATEC website and/or Joint Knowledge Caching Server (JKCS) are the ONLY official repositories for storage and distribution of NAVAIR TMs. Distribution of NAVAIR TMs for maintenance purposes without a written waiver from the Commanding Officer of NATEC or NAVAIR Code is prohibited. d. Additional data is available concerning the digital TMs in WP

20 NAVAIR USE OF OTHER NAVY/ARMY/AIR FORCE PUBLICATIONS IN THE NAVAIR SYSTEM a. In addition to the documents prepared and published by NAVAIR, the Technical Manual Program uses various TMs and publications prepared by other Naval Systems Commands, the U.S. Army, and the U.S. Air Force under policies defined in OPNAVINST b. In most cases, joint use TMs will be issued a publication number by each using service. The top number is the service having cognizance of the manual, i.e., Navy, Air Force, Army, (see figure 1). c. NAVAIR contains a listing of manuals jointly used by the Navy, Army, and the Air Force. Activities requiring an initial issue or automatic distribution of the NAVAIR must comply with the procedural instructions identified in WP d. Joint use Air Force and Army TMs should be requisitioned in accordance with the instructions identified in WP Requisition other NAVAIR publications media by following the procedural instructions appearing in WP COMMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS a. This manual has been prepared under the cognizance of NATEC, Code Comments and recommendations by user personnel are appreciated. b. Technical Publications Deficiency Reports (TPDRs) against this manual, enter (as the preferred method) directly into the database on the NATEC website at Log onto the website and select Technical Manual Application System (TMAPS) and then select "Publication Deficiency Reports (TPDR)" to add a new TPDR or to view existing ones. c. Technical Libraries still utilizing the FOXPRO Technical Publications Library (TPL) Program send TPDRs in accordance with paragraph 2-8b as the preferred method. If web site is not accessible, TPDRs may be submitted via to nani_tpdr@navy.mil. d. The TM data of the activity will determine whether the activity maintains an IRAC and/or ERAC binder. Activities using ETMs will maintain an IRAC binder. Activities using ETMs and IETMs will maintain an IRAC/ERAC binder. e. The NATEC FOXPRO Technical Publications Library (TPL) Program and the TMAPS Enhanced Library Management Systems (ELMS) are the only two automated systems authorized for use in managing CTPL technical data. Throughout this manual unless specifically addressed as FOXPRO TPL Library or ELMS database, the processes being discussed applies to both programs. The FOXPRO TPL Program is updated by user submission of an ADRL. The ELMS application user does not require an ADRL because this account is updated as "real time" via NATEC the TMAPS web site. 4

21 NAVAIR NAVAIR 01-1A-509 T.O TM TECHNICAL MANUAL AIRCRAFT WEAPONS SYSTEM CLEANING AND CORROSION CONTROL N D-1339 This publication supersedes NAVAIR 01-1A-509, dated 1 May Incorporating IRACs 1 through 25. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A Approved for public release; distribution is limited. DESTRUCTION NOTICE For unclassified, limited documents, destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document. Published by Direction of Commander, Naval Air System Command 0801LP May 2001 Figure 1. Sample of a Joint Technical Manual. 5/(6 Blank)

22 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

23 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM CATEGORIES OF NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUALS Reference Material Weight and Balance Data Manuals...NAVAIR 01-1B-40 USN Aircraft Weight and Balance Control Manual...NAVAIR 01-1B-50 NATOPS General Flight and Operating Instructions... OPNAVINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No General... 3 Number Designations for Major Categories of NAVAIR Manuals Types of Technical Manuals... 3 Maintenance Manuals... 4 Airborne Missile Weapons Assembly Checklists... 6 Crew Station/In-Flight Maintenance Manuals... 6 General Aircraft Information Manual...5 General Engineering Series Manuals... 4 Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) Manuals... 6 Maintenance Instruction Manuals (MIMS)... 5 Planned Maintenance System (PMS)... 6 Power Plants Manuals... 6 Structural Repair Manuals... 6 Technical Documentation List... 4 Weight and Balance Data Manuals... 5 Wiring Manuals... 5 Work Unit Code Manuals... 5 Operational Manuals... 3 Airborne Weapons/Stores Loading Manuals... 4 Cargo Loading Manuals... 4 Functional Check Flight Checklists... 3 NATOPS Flight Manuals... 3 Pilot s Pocket Checklists/Flight Crew Checklists... 3 Tactical Manuals... 4 Weapons Loading Checklists... 4 Other Technical Manuals... 7 Aviation Training Literature... 8 General Series Manuals... 7 Technical Manuals Developed for Operational Evaluation (OPEVAL) or Technical Evaluation (TECHEVAL)... 7 Technical Manuals for Research and Development (R&D)... 7 Other Types of Technical Manuals, Publications, and Documents... 9 Automated Type Technical Manuals Commercial Manuals, Manufacturer's Service Bulletins, Maintenance Digests and Other Periodicals Department of Defense Publications

24 NAVAIR Title Page No Primary Weapon Systems Technical Manuals... 8 Aeronautical Component and Equipment Manuals... 8 Challenge/Reply Checklists... 8 Component and Equipment Manuals... 8 Special Application Technical Manual Series... 8 Air Traffic Control Manuals... 9 Aircraft Battle Damage Repair (ABDR) Manuals... 9 Aircraft Hardware and Rubber Materials Publications... 8 Airfield Lighting Manuals... 8 Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) Compact Disks/Manuals... 8 Instructional Equipment and Training Aids... 8 Meteorology Manuals... 9 Photographic Manuals... 8 Ships Installation Manuals... 9 Standard Preservation and Packaging Information Manuals

25 NAVAIR GENERAL a. This WP contains descriptive information concerning the many elements of naval aviation that are covered by TMs. b. It is intended to make the user aware of the many and diverse categories of manuals required to properly support the operation and maintenance of naval aircraft and equipment TYPES OF TECHNICAL MANUALS a. TMs are divided into two major types, operational and maintenance. (1) These manuals are the basic source of information for definition of operating instructions, tactical applications, and the maintenance and upkeep of hardware. (2) They are also the main source of support for a training program. b. OPERATIONAL MANUALS are manuals and other forms of documentation that contain a description of weapon systems with instructions for their effective use. (1) These manuals, i.e., Naval Air Training and Operating Procedures (NATOPS), tactical manuals, weapons loading, etc., contain informative descriptions of the weapon system, systems integration, operating instructions, operational application, safety and emergency procedures and other pertinent data exclusive of maintenance procedures. (2) Operational Manuals cover peculiar weapon system requirements for pilot training and flight instructions, aircraft tactics, including operational requirements related to computer initiated functions and actions, weapons loading, and in selected cases, cargo handling. (a) NATOPS Flight Manuals contain information related to weapon system operation, emergency procedures and installed system integration, and operation. 1 The intent and purpose of these manuals is the enhancement of operational safety through standardization of ground and flight procedures. The manuals are issued by the direction of NAVAIR under a Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) letter of promulgation, which stipulates that the procedures contained therein are mandatory. 2 The requisitioning and automatic distribution of NATOPS flight manuals is the function of the central technical publications librarian (CTPL). Management of the NATOPS flight manuals normally falls under the control of the NATOPS Officer. (b) Pilot s Pocket Checklists/Flight Crew Checklists are an abbreviated extension to NATOPS data released in a special knee pad checklist format. They contain performance and reference data and emergency, normal, and special procedures. They are step-by-step abbreviations of the amplified NATOPS procedures prepared for direct cockpit application. (c) Functional Check Flight Checklists are required to determine whether the airframe, power plant, accessories, and other items of equipment are functioning in accordance with predetermined standards while subjected to the intended operating environment. Such flights are conducted when it is not possible to determine proper operation by ground checks, i.e., aerodynamic reaction, air loading, or signal propagation. 3

26 NAVAIR (d) Tactical Manuals supplement the flight manual. Described therein is information on tactics, weaponry, and air combat maneuvering with procedures and techniques to be used that are based on tactical situations and mission assignments. These documents are also under CNO cognizance, and as a result thereof, are integrated into the Naval Warfare Publication (NWP) program. (e) Airborne Weapons/Stores Loading Manuals promulgate information required to convert aircraft armament systems to respond to various mission assignments, perform functional checkout of aircraft weapons control and release systems, and describe the loading/unloading of airborne weapons or stores. tactical doctrine. 1 The manual explains standard loading criteria and procedures predicated on 2 These documents are also released under a letter of promulgation specifying that the procedures stipulated are mandatory. (f) Weapons Loading Checklists are abbreviated step-by-step procedures taken from the amplified procedures displayed in the weapon/stores loading manuals. These are normally used for training as well as for direct loading/unloading support. (g) Cargo Loading Manuals have been prepared for selected cargo-type aircraft. 1 They contain procedures for loading, securing, and unloading of cargo. As far as possible, all typical loads (ground equipment, troops, engines, etc.) and other assigned transport missions are covered and illustrated. 2 Displayed information covers the description of the aircraft and its cargo features, the preparation of the aircraft for loading, general instructions for cargo loading/unloading, load security, and loading of specialized cargo. Most cargo loading documentation is subject to controls identical to NATOPS. c. MAINTENANCE MANUALS are documents containing a description and instruction for the effective use and support of the weapon system from a viewpoint of upkeep and repair. These manuals incorporate maintenance procedure information such as operation, troubleshooting, fault detection, installation, testing, assembly, disassembly, repair, and supply support in the form of an illustrated parts breakdown. (1) General Engineering Series Manuals cover standard aviation maintenance practices, which apply to all aircraft rather than to a particular type, model, or series. (a) These documents serve as useful training tools and preclude duplication of standard practices in other manuals. (b) In the event that there is a conflict between the manual for a specific system and the procedures contained in the general engineering series manual, the latest dated issue of either the maintenance manual or general engineering series manual shall take precedence. (2) Technical Documentation List is prepared similar to an index but structured with a view to assisting maintenance personnel in the selection of appropriate manuals required for maintenance support. (a) All manuals applicable to a weapon system are listed. (b) The listings are presented in three basic formats: 4

27 NAVAIR Numerically by assigned TM number. number. 2 By system, subsystem, and component part number or type designator to TM 3 By Support Equipment part number or type designator to TM number. (3) Maintenance Instruction Manuals (MIMs) provide both general and specific instructions required for maintenance at organizational, intermediate, or depot levels of maintenance on aircraft, weapons systems, equipment, components, and support equipment. (4) Wiring Manuals are comprised of wiring data/diagram, wiring list, wiring repair, wiring connector repair, and a functional flow diagram documentation. (a) Wiring data/diagram manuals describe functions and makeup of each power control/signal as interfaced with mechanical systems and in composite wiring information for all systems, subsystems, and equipment as installed in an aircraft weapon system. (b) Wire lists are computer generated tabular listings used as reference data to cross reference wire number to junction point list and junction point to wire number list. (c) A wire repair manual furnishes temporary and permanent repair data for every wire used in an aircraft weapon system. The wire connector repair document comprehensively supplies all maintenance information requirements for disassembly, repair, and assembly of each specific wiring connector. (d) Functional flow diagram publications are maintenance support documents, used in conjunction with troubleshooting procedures to provide point-to-point closed loop wiring of the aircraft weapon system and its systems and subsystems. (5) General Aircraft Information Manual can be subdivided into Plane Captain s Manual, Ground Handling Manual, and General Information and Servicing Manual. Contained therein is a general description of the aircraft, which shows dimensions, aircraft stations, access openings, engine operation, ground or carrier handling/servicing, hazardous areas, and emergency procedures. (6) Work Unit Code Manuals, Expanded Numbering System Manuals and Unified Numbering System Manuals are used as maintenance aids and recording guides in conjunction with Maintenance Data Systems. They identify codes or numbers assigned to system-related equipment codes pertaining to servicing and maintenance functions. They are used inputting maintenance information into automated databases. (7) Weight and Balance Data Manuals (NAVAIR 01-1B-40) are used jointly with the U.S. Air Force. They provide a standard system for recording field weight and balance of certain aircraft. (a) The original manufacturer prior to delivery of the aircraft to the Navy prepares the initial development of forms, charts, and records contained in the manual. (b) The document remains with the aircraft during its entire service life and provides a means of maintaining a continuous, current record of the aircraft s basic weight, balance, and loading data. The records are maintained by the aircraft-reporting custodian and overhaul activities and must be brought up to date prior to any transfer of aircraft. (c) NAVAIR 01-1B-50, USN Aircraft Weight and Balance Control Manual, provides requirements, procedures, and responsibilities for weight and balance control of Navy aircraft. 5

28 NAVAIR (8) Crew Station/In-Flight Maintenance Manuals were specifically designed for large, highdensity avionics aircraft employing sophisticated computer-controlled, integrated weapon systems. (a) They are an aid in maintaining mission capability and assist in accomplishment of rapid fault detection and possible corrective action while the aircraft is still airborne are prepared to the same general specifications as aircraft manuals. (b) However, they are tailored to their specific functional application. Information covers basic description, theory and troubleshooting, checkout, assembly, disassembly, maintenance, servicing, and handling. (9) Airborne Missile Weapons Assembly Checklists provide an abbreviated, unclassified, procedural reference, which can be used as a guide for step-by-step assembly of missiles or weapons. (10) Structural Repair Manuals contain specialized repair information required by maintenance personnel to determine the extent of aircraft structural damage and instructions for performing a permanent or one time flight repair. (11) Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) Manuals contain a listing of weapon systems/ component parts keyed to line art illustrations. The IPB serves a dual function to assist both maintenance and supply. (a) Material is illustrated by exploded view, listed in the order of top-down breakdown and referenced to material availability through Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SM&R) code listings. (b) The IPB is prepared as a part of the Work Package (WP), but also may be an associated document to the related maintenance manual or incorporated in the basic manual as a separate WP. It is used to identify, requisition, issue, and provide information on storing parts required for maintenance support. (12) Power Plants Manuals are referred to as reciprocating engines, jet propulsion/ turboshaft engines, rocket type jet engines, and Auxiliary Power Units (APUs). (a) Organizational (installed) maintenance is covered in the power plants volume of the Maintenance Instruction Manual prepared by the aircraft manufacturer. However, uninstalled intermediate and depot information is defined in specialized engine documentation prepared by the engine manufacturer. (b) Content coverage extends from intermediate servicing and repairs to Complete Engine Repair (CER) to overhaul, all with an IPB. In some cases, CER is supported by a deck of Complete Engine Repair Requirements Cards (CERRCs). (13) Planned Maintenance System (PMS) documentation is a series of manuals that portray selected maintenance requirements and inspections. (a) These manuals provide the basis for planning, scheduling, and actual performance of scheduled maintenance requirements. The requirements are scheduled with intervals based on the predominant failure mode, such as calendar time, flight/operation hours, or numbers of cycles/events. (b) Some of the more important applications are: 1 Turnaround Checklists have been prepared to support inspection of exterior and interior aircraft surfaces in an abbreviated walk-around order. The requirements cover those items necessary to determine obvious defects that may have occurred during each flight, i.e., pre-operational, post-operational. 6

29 NAVAIR Daily/Special/Preservation/Conditional/Aircraft Service Period Adjustment (ASPA) Manuals cover the minimum daily inspection requirements, as well as servicing, special inspections, and, if applicable, conditional inspections. Special inspections are defined as those that are performed on a prescribed number of days, flight hours, operating hours, or cycles. After thorough cleaning has been accomplished, preservation inspections are made of all areas of the aircraft for evidence of corrosion or other deterioration in order to permit accurate assessment of the preservation process at the end of the preservation period. Conditional inspections are unscheduled inspections that must be accomplished as the result of an overstressed or overlimit condition, i.e., excessive G forces, hard landings, overspeed or overtemp engines, etc. ASPA evaluations are conditional maintenance actions, which are depot level evaluations of aircraft general material condition. 3 Phase Maintenance Requirements Cards divide the total scheduled maintenance requirements into small packages (phases) of approximately the same work content, which are accomplished sequentially at specific intervals. 4 Periodic Maintenance Information Cards (PMIC) identifies all scheduled or forced removal items and their replacement intervals. They also contain a record of applicable technical directives, a maintenance requirements index (by system), and a conditional inspection listing. 5 Airborne Weapons Assembly Manuals provide organizational and intermediate maintenance activities with detailed information for weapons uncanning/recanning and inspection, component unpackaging/repackaging and inspection, and weapons assembly and inspection criteria for assembled weapons. 6 Cross Servicing Schedules/Guides contain information required by NATO activities for spares and servicing of U. S. Navy and Marine Corps aircraft without the use of special types of equipment. d. OTHER TECHNICAL MANUALS are grouped in a variety of categories predicated on the type of equipment used and the peculiarities of the maintenance requirement. The following paragraphs identify and briefly explain each of the more frequently seen categories (figure 1). (1) Technical Manuals for Research And Development (R&D) shall be no more complete or extensive in coverage than essential to support operation and on site maintenance during the life of the test program. Documentation required in support of R&D, which could be applicable to the NAVAIR TM, will be procured in a format that may be readily expanded into formal manuals in accordance with appropriate specification requirements. (2) Technical Manuals Developed for Operational Evaluation (OPEVAL) or Technical Evaluation (TECHEVAL) are prepared to control specifications and shall be complete and adequate for their intended use. They shall reflect the applicable maintenance concept. (a) The selected levels of maintenance control depth of coverage. Manuals will appear in the topic-oriented, sectionalized conventional format, the Work Package (WP) format, which aligns data functionally by task, or the Interactive Electronic Technical Manual (IETM) format as required by the Technical Manual Contract Requirement (TMCR). (b) Such manuals are marked for use for the OPEVAL or TECHEVAL. (3) General Series Manuals include information of interest to a major portion of the aviation community. Contained therein is TM indexes, Standard Aircraft Characteristics Manuals, and other miscellaneous TMs. 7

30 NAVAIR (4) Aviation Training Literature is issued by authority of the DCNO (AIR). Included are various air safety manuals and general aviation manuals prepared on subject material related to military skills, ratings, or operational maintenance procedures. e. PRIMARY WEAPON SYSTEMS TECHNICAL MANUALS are a combination of operation and maintenance documents, which specifically apply to major weapons systems such as aircraft, missiles, and unmanned drones or targets. (1) Aeronautical Component and Equipment Manuals cover all types of aircraft accessories and related equipment. Some of the most common are accessory, instrument, armament/ordnance, electronics/avionics, tools, test equipment, and support equipment such as test and shop equipment and ground handling equipment. (2) Component and Equipment Manuals can be prepared as intermediate or depot documents, or a combination thereof. Occasionally these manuals will include general or specialized organizational data not included in the weapon system series. However, documentation policy prefers that organizational data appear in multivolume set determined by equipment design complexity, data volume, and the maintenance plan or engineering analysis. (3) Challenge/Reply Checklists have been developed as a check of safety items and are applied to ejection seat maintenance. f. SPECIAL APPLICATION TECHNICAL MANUAL SERIES (1) Aircraft Hardware and Rubber Materials Publications provide descriptive and maintenance information on maintenance consumables such as aircraft wheels and tires. (2) Airfield Lighting Manuals provide information and instructions covering the installation, adjustment, operation, maintenance, and IPB of airfield lighting facilities for night operation requirements at temporary or advanced air bases. Instructions are provided for use of the equipment in combat, noncombat, or training areas. (3) Instructional Equipment and Training Aids provide information for use and maintenance of instructional equipment and training aids. Also provided are trainer work unit code manuals. The data provided in these manuals include equipment intent, purpose, functional operation, maintenance, and the intended results. (4) Photographic Manuals provide all necessary information required to operate and maintain photographic equipment. (a) They provide instructions for film processing, storage of equipment, and specialized photography (aerial, periscope, unusual climatic conditions, etc.). Photo reproduction, projection, laboratory, and interpretation equipment are also provided. (b) Service and overhaul of equipment is provided when essential and authorized for operational activities. (5) Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) Compact Disks/Manuals provide survival information and instructions for operation and maintenance of all personal survival equipment. (a) These manuals include instructions for ejection seats, parachutes, survival equipment, portable oxygen equipment, and anti-g exposure suits. 8

31 NAVAIR (b) Information is provided for each item, including description, special tools, preparation for use, storage or shipment, operating instructions, inspection, maintenance, lubrication, troubleshooting, and an IPB, as applicable. (6) Standard Preservation and Packaging Information Manuals provide instructions for the initial preservation treatment, procedures for maintaining preservation, and procedures for de-preserving aircraft, uninstalled aircraft engines, and dangerous materials. (a) They also contain instructions for long term, extended shipment, short time (flyaway), and water or fire-fighting chemical damage types of preservation. (b) Included in these manuals are required material and equipment and individual detailed preservation procedures for each component. (7) Meteorology Manuals provide general information on meteorology and instructions regarding the operation, maintenance, overhaul, and IPBs for various meteorology equipment. (a) They include special procedures to be used when aircraft are operating in extreme climatic conditions. (b) This series of manuals covers text and reference materials, climatological information, directive material, techniques and procedures and meteorological instruments. (8) Ships Installation Manuals cover operation, maintenance (including troubleshooting preventative maintenance, lubrication, etc.), and overhaul with an IPB for aircraft launching and recovery equipment such as catapult, arresting gear, catapult deck gear, and accessories. (a) Special instructions are included in this manual for inspection, operation, service, adjustment, maintenance, and emergency maintenance of accessories and items of special equipment installed with the main equipment. (b) All safety precautions to be observed during operation to prevent improper use of equipment and injury to operating or overhaul personnel are also provided. These safety precautions protect both the pilots of aircraft and deck personnel involved with the operation of the equipment. (9) Air Traffic Control Manuals provide information for operation and maintenance of shipboard/shore-based air traffic control systems and equipment and precision air landing systems. (10) Aircraft Battle Damage Repair (ABDR) Manuals are additional manuals provided for use under wartime conditions for those models, type, and series designated by the Naval Air Systems Command (AIR-4111). (a) They contain data designed to enhance the capability and capacity of Navy/Marine Corps operational units to accomplish rapid repair of battle damaged aircraft that will increase aircraft availability, sortie generation, and continued capacity to fight in wartime, and, in the long term, increase the capability of the technicians to accomplish any repair in the aircraft. (b) It must be stressed that the ABDR manual will only be used when authorized by the theatre commander. g. OTHER TYPES OF TECHNICAL MANUALS, PUBLICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS (1) Department of Defense Publications. Navy TMs, because of multiple applications, are used jointly between other elements of the Navy (i.e. NAVSEA and SPAWAR) and other services (i.e. U.S. ARMY and U.S. AIR FORCE). 9

32 NAVAIR (a) These documents will normally carry the identification number of each using service. They will be under the management control of the primary executive service, which can be easily identified because its TM will be the top number on the title page of the TM. P2003. (b) However, to simplify research, their NAVAIR number will index them in the NAVSUP (2) Automated Type Technical Manuals do not follow normal documentation practices and standards. (a) They can appear on tape, film or compact discs. Most of these items are used in conjunction with programmed automatic or semiautomatic test equipment. (b) They are used to operate or monitor the operation of the equipment. (3) Commercial Manuals, Manufacturer s Service Bulletins, Maintenance Digests, and Other Periodicals prepared by weapons system and equipment manufacturers are normally not authorized nor approved for distribution to Naval personnel. An exception to this is when weapon system, sub-system, or support equipment is received from a weapon system and/or equipment manufacturer with only the manufacturers/commercial manual available NUMBER DESIGNATIONS FOR MAJOR CATEGORIES OF NAVAIR MANUALS a. NAVAIR TMs are grouped into major categories (figure 1). To assist in the understanding of manual number assignments, representative examples of number prefixes are listed in figure 2. b. Both the NAVAIR numbers and comparable TMINS number are shown where available. NAVAIR numbered manuals will not be reassigned TMINS numbers. TMINS numbered manuals will not be reassigned NAVAIR numbers. 10

33 NAVAIR Categories of NAVAIR Technical Manuals Technical Manuals for Engineering and Manufacturing Development (E&MD) General Manuals Weapon System Technical Manuals Aviation Training Literature Special Applications Technical Manuals Series Technical manuals selected for operational Evaluation (OPEVAL) or Technical Evaluation (TECHEVAL) Operational Manuals NATOPS Flight Pilot Pocket Checklists/Flight Crew Checklists Functional Check flight Checklists Tactical Airborne Weapons Stores Loading Weapons Loading Checklist Maintenance Manuals General Series Maintenance Instructions Wiring General Aircraft Information Work Unit Code Weight & Balance Crew Station In-Flight Maintenance Aeronautical Component and Equipment manuals Component and Equipment Manuals General Miscellaneous Checklist Cards Challenge Reply Checklists Preoperational Checklists Special Application Technical Manuals (Series) Aircraft Hardware and Rubber Materials Airfield Lighting Instructional Equipment and Training Aids Photographic Aviation Life Support Systems Cargo Loading Airborne Missile Weapons Assy Checklist Standard Preservation and Packaging Airborne Weapons Assembly Metrology Structural Repair Ships Installation Illustrated Parts Breakdown Air Traffic Control Power Plants Planned Maintenance System Aircraft Battle Damage Repair Turnaround Checklist Maintenance Requirements Cards Phase Maintenance Requirements cards Periodic Maintenance Information Cards Cross Servicing Schedule Guide Technical Documentation List Figure 1. Categories of the NAVAIR Technical Manuals. 11

34 NAVAIR NAVAIR NUMBER SUBJECT TMINS NUMBER A. 00 Series --GENERAL Management and Procedures Manuals Allowance and Initial Outfitting List DCNO (AIR) Aviation Training Literature Standard Aircraft Characteristics Joint Munitions Manuals A Equipment Applicability List B. 01 Series AIRCRAFT, MISSILES, TARGETS AND DRONES 01-AGM84 Boeing AGM-84A Harpoon Missile 01-AIM54 Hughes Aircraft AIM-54A Phoenix Missile 01-ARGM84 Boeing RGM-84A Harpoon Missile 01-AV8 Boeing AV-8B Harrier A1-AV8 01-CH47 Boeing-Vertol CH-47C Chinook 01-C9B Boeing C-9B Skytrain II 01-E2 Grumman E-2 Hawkeye 01-F14 Grumman F-14 Tomcat Boeing F-18 Hornet A1-F18 01-H53 Sikorsky H-53 Sea Stallion A1-H53 Sikorsky H-60 Sea Hawk A1-H60 01-MQM Northrop MQM-74C Chukar II Missile Target 01-S3 Lockheed S-3 Viking 01-T34 Beech T-34 Mentor 01-VH3 Sikorsky VH-3D Sea King 01-1A General Engineering Series 01-5 General Dynamics Naval Air Warfare Center, Aircraft Division, Indianapolis Northrop Boeing T-45 A1-T Vought Aerospace Corporation Raytheon Rockwell International Corporation Lockheed Naval Air Warfare Center, Weapons Division, China Lake Grumman Beech Ryan Bell Fairchild Piper Sikorsky McDonnell Douglas Boeing-Vertol Kaman Raytheon C SERIES NATO AIRCRAFT CROSS SERVICING SCHEDULES American-British-Canadian-French Canada France United Kingdom D SERIES SPECIAL CHECKLISTS Airborne Weapons/Stores, Manuals/Checklists E. 02 SERIES POWER PLANTS 02-1 Aircraft Engines General A A Reciprocating Engines A A-10 Pratt and Whitney 02A-35 Wright 02A-40 Teledyne 02B Jet Propulsion Engine A1-720 Figure 2. Number Designations of the Major Categories of NAVAIR Manuals. (Sheet 1) 12

35 NAVAIR NAVAIR NUMBER SUBJECT TMINS NUMBER E. 02 SERIES POWER PLANTS (Cont) 02B-5 Detroit Diesel, Allison Division 02B-10 Pratt and Whitney 02B-15 Lycoming 02B-20 Pratt and Whitney Aircraft of Canada, Limited 02B-25A Garrett Turbine Engine Company 02B-30 Williams Research 02B-35 Wright 02B-40 Teledyne 02B-70 Rolls Royce 02B-105 General Electric A1-F404 A1-T700 02B-110 Westinghouse F. 03.SERIES -- ACCESSORIES 03-1 General A Electrical Equipment A Fuel Systems A Oil Systems A Propellers and Accessories Equipment A Wheels, Brakes, Struts, and Related Equipment A Air and Hydraulic Equipment A Ice Eliminating Equipment A Control Units A Fire Extinguishers and Related Equipment A Oxygen Equipment A Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguisher Inflation A Purging Equipment A Pickup Equipment A Heaters and Related Equipment A Temperature Control Systems and Related Equipment A Cabin Pressurizing Equipment A Afterburners and Related Equipment A Loading Equipment A Helicopter Rotor and Related Equipment A In-flight Refueling Equipment A Turbine Starters A Jet Engine Fuel Systems and Related Equipment A XX-6-1 Accessories Series Maintenance Requirement Cards (Pre-operational Checklists) A1-640XX-MRC XX-6-2 Accessories Series Maintenance Requirement Cards (Periodic Maintenance Requirement Manual) A1-640XX-MRC G. 04 SERIES AIRCRAFT HARDWARE AND RUBBER MATERIAL H. 05 SERIES INSTRUMENTS 05-1 General AN Tachometers AN Airspeed Indicators AN Aircraft Compasses AN Flight Instruments AN Drift Meters AN Altimeters AN Navigation Equipment AN Thermometers AN Automatic Pilots, Stabilization Systems and Related Equipment AN Pilot-Static and Power Venturi Tubes AN Self-Synchronous Instruments AN Electric Circuit instruments AN Fuel Flow Meters and Content Gages AN Pressure, Systems, Gages, Indicators and Transmitters AN Engine Gage Units AN-511 Figure 2. Number Designations of the Major Categories of NAVAIR Manuals. (Sheet 2) 13

36 NAVAIR NAVAIR NUMBER SUBJECT TMINS NUMBER H. 05 SERIES INSTRUMENTS (Cont) 05-1 General Suction Gages AN Ignition and Engine Analyzers AG Signal Assemblies AN Test Equipment (see 17 or 19 series) AG Test Equipment (see 17 or 19 series) AG-600 I. 06 SERIES FUELS, LUBRICANTS AND GASES J. 07 SERIES DOPES, AND PAINTS (See also 15 Series) AG-365 K. 08 SERIES - ACCESSORIES (No current active manuals in TMAPS) L. 09 SERIES INSTRUCTIONAL EQUIPMENT AP Projection Equipment AP Photo Lab Equipment AP Interpretation Equipment AP Photographic Keys AP Photo Test Equipment AP-270 N. 11 SERIES AVIATION ARMAMENT/ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES 11-1 General AW Bombs, Depth Charges and Accessories AW Gun Mounts and Gun Accessories AW Pyrotechnics and Accessories AW Dispensers AW Gun Turrets, Components and Accessories AW Tow Targets and Accessories AW Automatic Flight Control Equipment AW Armament control Systems, Components and Accessories AW Missiles and Related Accessories AW Mines, Mine Sweepers and Accessories AW Rockets and Accessories AW Guns, Gunpods and Accessories AW Cartridge Actuating Devices Aircraft Boresights Ship Weapons Installation Pre-Loaded Weapons Uninstalled Suspension Equipment Production Line Maintenance AW-240XX-MMI Aviation Armament Series Maintenance Requirement Cards AW-800XX-MRC O. 13 SERIES PARACHUTE AND PERSONAL SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT AS-000 P. 15 SERIES STANDARD PRESERVATION AND PACKAGING INSTRUCTIONS (See also Series) Aircraft and Airframes A1-F18XX-PPI Aircraft Engines A1-F40XX-PP Accessories A1-650XX-PPI Instruments A1-524XX-PPI Electronics A1-450XX-PPI Q. 16 SERIES ELECTRONICS (See also 08 Series) 16-1 General AE Radio, Radar Joint Nomenclature (Electronic Test Equipment) Joint Nomenclature (Electronic Test Components) Signal Corps Nomenclature Radio Equipment Commercial British and Navy Electronic Test Equipment Automatic and Semi-Automatic Checkout Equipment AE-190 AE-398 Figure 2. Number Designations of the Major Categories of NAVAIR Manuals. (Sheet 3) 14

37 NAVAIR NAVAIR NUMBER SUBJECT TMINS NUMBER Q. 16 SERIES ELECTRONICS (See also 08 Series) Cont Air Traffic Control Systems and Equipment Air Traffic Control Components Air Traffic Control Commercial and Vendor Manuals Test Tapes Test Set Cards/Overlays and Punched Cards AE-190XX-TSC Certification Procedures (Security Equipment) AE-180XX-ECI XX-6-1 Electronic Series Maintenance Requirement Cards (Pre-operational Checklists) AE-170XX-MRC XX-6-2 Electronics Series Maintenance Requirements Cards (Periodic Maintenance Requirements Manual) AE-170XX-MRC R. 17 SERIES MACHINERY, TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT 17-1 Shop and Warehouse Machinery AG Shop and Warehouse Machinery, Powered Tools and Equipment Shop and Warehouse Machinery, Non-powered Tools and Equipment Lab and Shop Test and Inspection Equipment (See also Series) AG Instrument Calibration Procedures Measure System Operation Procedures Miscellaneous Calibration and Metrology Requirement Lists Instrument Calibration Procedures Testers and Test Card Sets XX-6-1 Support Equipment Maintenance Requirement Cards (Pre-operational Checklist) AG-200XX-MRC XX-6-2 Support Equipment Maintenance Requirement Cards (Periodic Maintenance Requirement Manual) AG-200XX-MRC S. 19 SERIES GROUND SERVICING AND MOBILE EQUIPMENT 19-1 General AG Oxygen Equipment AG Airfield Lighting Equipment AG Platform and Scaffolds AG Portable Shop Equipment AG Fire Truck, Miscellaneous Trucks and Trailers AG Field Starters (Mobile) AG Air Compressor (Other than Power Plant) AG Tractors and Aircraft Towing AG Mobile Electric Power Plants AG Generator for other than Power Plant AG Portable Heaters and Coolers AG Airplane Hydraulic Jacks AG Generators Skid or Trailer Mounted (Gas/Nitrogen) AG Motorized Material Handling Equipment AG Transporting and Locating Equipment Configuration AG Handling Equipment AG Gas Turbine compressors and/or Power Units and Enclosures AG A Blower-Gasoline Driven AG XX-6-1 Support Equipment Maintenance Requirement Cards (Pre-operational Checklist) AG-850XX-MRC XX-6-2 Support Equipment Maintenance Requirement Cards (Periodic Maintenance Requirement Manual) AG-850XX-MRC T. 28 SERIES INSTRUCTIONAL EQUIPMENT, TRAINING AIDS AND SONOBUOYS A8-300 (See also 09 Series) U. 50 SERIES METEOROLOGY DCNO (AIR) (See also 16 Series) AM Text and Reference Material, Climatological Information AM-005 Directive Material, General Information Techniques and Procedures Meteorological and Aerological Weather Equipment AM-400 V. 51 SERIES SHIP INSTALLATIONS 51-5 Arresting and Barrier Gear AD Catapults Catapult Support Gear AD Homing Devices and Beacons AE Landing/Lighting Systems AD Visual Landing Aids AD Pilot-LSO Landing Aids, Auxiliary Landing Fields and Maps Jet Blast Deflectors Figure 2. Number Designations of the Major Categories of NAVAIR Manuals. (Sheet 4) 15/(16 Blank)

38 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

39 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM NAVAIR RELATED DOCUMENTATION CONTROLLED BY OTHER NAVY OR DOD ELEMENTS Reference Material Technical Publications Requisitioning Procedures... WP Joint Service Index of Specialized Technical Handbooks...61JTCG/ME-1-2 Metrology and Calibration Program...NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) COMNAVAIRFORINST Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) OPNAVINST Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program (ALREMP)... OPNAVINST DOD Directive System Quarterly Index...DODINST L Naval Ordnance Maintenance Management Program (NOMMP)... OPNAVINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program (ALREMP), OPNAVINST series... 6 Department of Defense (DOD) Issuances... 6 Department of the Navy Issuances... 7 Departmental Directives for the Naval Education and Training Command... 7 Joint Technical Coordinating Group for Munitions Effectiveness (JCTG/ME)... 8 Joint Service Index of Specialized Technical Handbooks, 61JTCG/ME Metrology and Calibration Program... 2 NAVAIR Instrument Calibration Procedures (ICP) Program... 3 Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP), OPNAVINST and COMNAVAIRFORINST Naval Ordnance Maintenance Management Program (NOMMP), OPNAVINST series... 5 Naval Safety Center Publications... 8 Other NAVAIR Technical Manuals... 9 Other Navy Technical Manuals... 9 Special Weapons Ordnance Publications

40 NAVAIR METROLOGY AND CALIBRATION PROGRAM a. NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 is an authoritative reference document containing data applicable to calibration of Navy test and monitoring systems and standards. b. Detailed information of available publications concerning the Metrology and Calibration standards is contained in the introduction section of NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1. c. The NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 is revised and distributed monthly in the METPRO CD Disk 1. This CD also contains NAVAIR 17-35NCE-1, NAVAIR 17-35NCA-1, and NAVAIR 17-35FR-06. d. Request for automatic distribution of METPRO is limited to U.S. Government agencies. All requests for initial issue or copies of METPRO shall be sent to: Commanding Officer Corona Division (MS10) Naval Surface Warfare Center P.O. Box 5000 Corona, CA DSN: Commercial: (951) e. Navy contractors should forward their requests via the Platform Support Equipment Program Officer (SEPO), LEM, or TYCOM. f. NAVAIR has directed that recommended changes/additions to the NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 and technical/logistics inquiries concerning NAVAIR matters be forwarded to NAVAIR METCAL PST, TYCOM, and ACC as appropriate via chain of command. Recommended changes to any of the information contained in this document should be forwarded to the address listed above. g. Technical Publications Deficiency Reports (TPDRs) shall not be submitted to the NATEC for NAVAIR series publications. h. Pen and ink changes to the technical content of NAVAIR series publications are not authorized. i. METPRO CD disks may be entered into the TPL database utilizing the CD number with a "Pub Type" of "X" (FOXPRO Program) and "C" (ELMS Application). Individual manuals may be listed in the remarks section. j. Problems installing METPRO on your stand-alone or LAN system or any questions regarding METPRO and Navy/Marine Corps Intranet (NMCI) shall be directed to: Commanding Officer Corona Division (MS21) Naval Surface Warfare Center P.O. Box 5000 Corona, CA DSN: Commercial: (951)

41 NAVAIR NAVAIR INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE (ICP) PROGRAM a. NAVAIR approved ICPs are contained within METPRO CD Disks 2 and 3. b. Distribution of METPRO CD Disks 2 and 3 is provided to the Naval Aviation community overseas, CONUS shore activities, deployed ships and other Navy subscriber commands. c. Under the Navy and Marine Corps I level maintenance, WC 670 is known as the Precision Measuring Equipment (PME) Branch, which manages and performs calibration and repair on selected test and monitoring systems (TAMS). Work Center 670 s dispersed library will receive at least one set of METPRO Disks. Any requests for a change in distribution quantities should be forwarded in writing to the address shown in 1d above. d. A one-time request for approved calibration procedures may be requisitioned from the address shown in 1d. e. Configuration control of approved calibration procedures at WC 670 shall be maintained as follows: (1) Print the approved calibration procedure from METPRO if so desired. If a paper copy already exists, ensure that the publication date matches the publication date in METPRO. (2) The Work Center Supervisor or designated individual will stamp the cover page of the procedure with the copy number, publication date, date printed, and the lab code establishing accountability. The stamp shall be controlled. (3) The paper copy of the procedure may be destroyed or filed once the calibration is complete. (4) Procedures that are filed for future use must have: the procedure number, date the procedure was printed, and the number of copies logged in a logbook. (5) All printed copies found not matching the publication date in METPRO must be destroyed. (6) Duplicate copies of printed procedures should be avoided. (7) Quarterly, all printed procedures shall be inventoried and verified against METPRO. f. Approved calibration procedures shall not be maintained by the CTPL or entered into the TPL Program. An entry for METPRO CD Disks 2 and 3 is the only entry required. g. Calibration Problem Reports (CPR s) are to be used by the activities for recommended changes and/or questions concerning calibrations procedures. CPR s shall be attached to the ICP and annotated on the cover page. h. Pen and ink changes to the technical content of calibration procedures are not authorized. i. Unclassified approved calibration procedures, which have undergone revision or change, will be published with the METPRO monthly update or at more frequent intervals, as needed, via . j. TPDRs shall not be submitted to the NATEC for calibration procedures. k. Classified approved calibration procedures will be published on paper. All requirements for classified approved calibration procedures shall be submitted in writing to the address shown in 3

42 NAVAIR paragraph l. below. A copy of the requirement shall be forwarded via the appropriate TYCOM/ACC as follows: COMNAVAIRFOR Commander Attn: Code N422B2RM 1279 Franklin Street Norfolk, VA CNATRA Chief of Naval Air Training ATTN: Code 5123 Naval Air Station, Bldg 1 Corpus Christi, TX COMNAVAIRRESFOR Commander Naval Air Reserve Force Attn: CNAFRN/N Integrity Dr., Bldg N392 Millington, TN NAVAIRSYSCOM NAVAIR Product Support Team 0 RADM William A. Moffett BLDG Buse Road, BLDG 2272 Patuxent River, MD l. Requests for additional information on the NAVAIR ICP Program shall be directed to: Commanding Officer Corona Division (MS30) Naval Surface Warfare Center P.O. Box 5000 Corona, CA DSN: Commercial: (951) m. Submit Calibration Problem Reports (CPR s) as an to CRNA-metcal@navy.mil. Do not submit CPR's to NATEC. For questions about Calibration Problem Reports (CPR s) for approved calibration publications shall be submitted to: Commanding Officer Corona Division (MS23) Naval Surface Warfare Center P.O. Box 5000 Corona, CA DSN: Commercial: (951)

43 NAVAIR NAVAL AVIATION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (NAMP) OPNAVINST AND COMNAVAIRFORINST a. OPNAVINST outlines command, administrative and management relationships and establishes COMNAVAIRFOR as primary authority for assignment of maintenance responsibilities and tasks. It governs the management of all naval aviation maintenance. (1) The objective of the NAMP is to meet aviation readiness and safety standards established by Chief of Naval Operations (CNO). (2) The NAMP provides an integrated system for the maintenance, manufacture and calibration of aeronautical equipment and material at the level of maintenance that will ensure optimum use of resources. It further provides for the protection of weapons systems from corrosive elements through an active corrosion control program, and the application of a systematic planned maintenance program. (3) The NAMP also provides for the collection, analysis, and use of pertinent data to achieve cost-wise-readiness goals. b. COMNAVAIRFORINST outlines command, administrative and management relationships and establishes policies and procedures for assignment of maintenance responsibilities and tasks. It is the basic document and authority governing the management of all naval aviation maintenance. c. As stated in paragraph 3 of the CNO's message dated Z APR 06, paper copies and CD- ROM versions will not be distributed. A self-extracting file (namp.zip) is available for download. The contents of this file shall be extracted to replace existing COMNAVAIRFORINST files on computers and servers. After extracting namp.zip, open NAMP folder and access the NAMP instruction by opening the contents.pdf file. Recommend creating a shortcut to contents.pdf. Also available for download is a CH-1PGS.zip file (Volumes I, II, III, and V containing Change 1 pages only) to allow users with paper copies to print and replace applicable pages. (1) OPNAVINST and COMNAVAIRFORINST are available at the website, Under unique circumstances, activities may request a CD-ROM from COMNAVAIRFOR. (2) Local paper and CD-ROM copies may be generated and controlled as required NAVAL ORDNANCE MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM (NOMMP) OPNAVINST SERIES a. The NOMMP provides an integrated system for performing airborne weapons maintenance and all related support functions. It provides policy guidance, technical direction, management, and administration of all programs affecting activities responsible for airborne weapons maintenance including associated materials weapons and equipment. To use the web site NOMMP, go to Once at this screen, click "CNO Redshirt Website", then click "Redshirt Publication On-Line", and click "OPNAVINST Web Doc". b. If replacement copies of the instruction are required with no attendant change in automatic distribution, copies may be obtained by submitting a letter, with justification, to: 5

44 NAVAIR Commander Naval Air Weapons Center Weapons Division Code E 575 I Ave, Suite 1 Point Mugu, CA DSN: /6500 Commercial: (805) /6500 FAX: DSN Commercial: (805) c. AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION (1) To receive revisions and changes to this instruction, a unit must be established on the automatic distribution list maintained by the Naval Air Warfare Center Weapons Division (NAVAIRWARCENWPNDIV) for the Chief of Naval Operations. (2) To become established on this list or to change distribution requirements, submit a letter (send to the address shown above), or (on the web site under "Contacts" list personnel to submit the ) with justification AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (ALREMP) OPNAVINST SERIES a. The ALREMP provides an integrated system for performing maintenance and related support functions on ships installed aircraft launching and recovery systems and associated peripheral support systems and equipment. It provides policy guidance, technical direction, management, and administration of all programs affecting activities responsible for aircraft launch and recovery equipment maintenance including associated materials and equipment. b. If replacement copies of this instruction are required with no attendant change in automatic distribution, copies may be obtained from or by submitting a letter to: Naval Air Systems Command ATTN: Code PMA 251F Buse Road BLDG 2272 Suite 348 Patuxent River MD DSN: Commercial: (301) FAX Commercial: (301) c. AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION (1) To receive revisions and changes to this instruction, a unit must be established on the automatic distribution list maintained by the Chief of Naval Operations. (2) To become established on this list or to change distribution requirements, submit a letter, with justification to the above address DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD) ISSUANCES a. DOD Issuances are defined as DOD Directives, DOD Instructions, and DOD Publications made available to all the organizational entities within the Department of Defense, and the public. 6

45 NAVAIR b. The DOD Issuances are published on the website ( They can be downloaded as PDF files to your computer or read on-line. c. DOD issuances are written in such a way to preclude requirements for the publication of implementing documents by the DOD activities. When it is necessary to establish specific parameters for action or to prescribe procedures to ensure that the guidance being promulgated is fully understood and carried out, a DOD Instruction or DOD Publication should be issued rather than requiring the DOD activities to issue separate implementing documents. d. The EFFECTIVE DATE is the last paragraph before the signature. If any other implementing directives are required by Navy activities it will be stipulated at this point. Those that do not require additional direction will be stated as: This Directive is effective immediately. e. Further information on the DOD Directives System can be found in DOD Directive f. To verify the "Current Issuances" of DOD directives, instructions and publications go to the DOD website at DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY ISSUANCES (DONI) a. Department of the Navy Directives are Navy instructions and notices issued by SECNAV/OPNAV Directives Control Office in Washington Navy Yard, DC with a new web site at b. The website is a digital collection of unclassified issuances released by the Office of Chief Navy Operations (OPNAV) and Secretary of the Navy (SECNAV). These documents follow the appropriate Standard Subject Identification Code (SSIC). The SSIC is the standard system of numbers and letter symbols used throughout the Department of the Navy for categorizing Department records by subject. SSICs serve as the taxonomy for all Departmental records. c. These folders can be accessed by navigating to the "Instructions" menu at the top of the screen. The documents in these folders are in PDF. d. Unclassified OPNAV/SECNAV directives are also available on a set of five CD-ROMs and are available every quarter (January, April, July, and October). You can order one set per order free of charge by faxing to: (202) On the fax be sure to provide your complete mailing address and activity UIC to validate the order. e. Submit questions and comments about the DONI site or issuances posted on the site to SN/OPDirectives@navy.mil and please put DONI in the subject line of your DEPARTMENTAL DIRECTIVES FOR THE NAVAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING COMMAND a. These directives are not stocked at NAVICP Philadelphia. b. Naval Education and Training Command Submit to the originator by letter at: NETC Administration ATTN: Administration Officer 250 Dallas Street Pensacola, FL DSN: Commercial: (850)

46 NAVAIR or web site: and click "instructions". (Fleet users refer to command's Training Coordinator for assistance) SPECIAL WEAPONS ORDNANCE PUBLICATIONS Naval activities requiring Special Weapons Ordnance Publications (SWOPs) will submit their requirements via letter to the appropriate type commander to: Director Naval Surface Warfare Center Indian Head Division Detachment McAlester Code 472G 567 Army Ammunition Plant Road F McAlester, OK DSN: Commercial: (918) FAX Commercial: (918) NAVAL SAFETY CENTER PUBLICATIONS These publications may be obtained by submitting a letter request to: Commander Naval Safety Center 375 A Street Norfolk, VA or website: click "Secure Site (PKI)" under "Quick Links" and look for topic. (Fleet users refer to the command's Safety Officer for assistance.) JOINT TECHNICAL COORDINATING GROUP FOR MUNITIONS EFFECTIVENESS (JTCG/ME) a. JTCG/ME is responsible for the Joint Munitions Effectiveness Manuals (JMEM). b. JMEM is the NAVAIR AS series publications. c. Activities having a requirement for distribution or one-time requirements of the above publications must obtain a Technical Handbook Distribution Code. d. JOINT SERVICE INDEX OF SPECIALIZED TECHNICAL HANDBOOKS, 61JTCG/ME-1-2, is the official document for determining status, security classification and ordering procedures for JTCG/ME publications. 8

47 NAVAIR e. Additional information may be obtained from the publication manager at: Joint Technical Coordinating Group for Munitions Effectiveness 448 MSUG/GBMUU 7851 Arnold Street Suite 204 Tinker AFB, OK DSN: /2707 Commercial: (405) /2707 FAX Commercial: (405) OTHER NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUALS a. Requests to be included on automatic distribution lists or for information pertaining to other service technical manuals not under the cognizance of NAVAIRSYSCOM, should be made by letter to the applicable address below. Commanding Officer Naval Meteorology & Oceanography Command Stennis Space Center, Mississippi Phone: (228) or b. NAVAIR 50-1P Series through 50-1T Series, website: (Metrology) or (Oceanography) c. TW0-024 and SW0-020 series TMs, website OTHER NAVY TECHNICAL MANUALS Requests to be included on automatic distribution lists or for information pertaining to other Navy TMs not under the cognizance of NAVAIRSYSCOM should be made by following the procedures provided on the sponsor's website or a letter to: NAVSEA NAVORD NAVSUP NAVFAC MARCORPS Commanding Officer Port Hueneme Division NSWC 4363 Missile Way Naval Sea Data Support Activity Port Hueneme, CA Commander Naval Supply Systems Command Code SUP 083 Naval Supply Systems Command Headquarters Washington, DC web site: website: 9

48 NAVAIR BUPERS NAVSUP PUB 600 Commander Naval Personnel Command ATTN: PERS-332F 5720 Integrity Drive Millington, TN or website: Commanding Officer Naval Supply Systems Command 5450 Carlisle Pike PO BOX 2050 Mechanicsburg, PA DSN: or web site: 60 Series Commanding Officer Naval Naval Explosive Ordnance Explosive Disposal Technology Division Ordnance Code 20 Disposal 2008 Stump Neck Road Publications Indian Head, MD Available on DSN: CD-ROM Commercial: (301) Only FAX DSN: FAX Commercial: (301)

49 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM STYLE AND FORMAT OF NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUALS Reference Material General Specification for Work Package Style, Format, and Common Technical Content Requirements Technical Manuals (Work Package)...MIL-DTL General Style and Format Requirements, Standard Practice for Technical Manuals... MIL-STD Guide to the General Style and Format of United States Navy Work Package Technical Manuals...MIL-HDBK-3001 Title Alphabetical Index Page No Conventional Manual Arrangement... 2 Job Performance Aids (JPA)... 5 Technical Manual Styles Commercial Manuals... 2 Military Specification Manuals... 2 Work Package Manual Arrangement... 2 Intermediate and Depot Maintenance Manuals... 3 Organizational Maintenance Manuals... 3 Work Package Numbering... 3 Work Package Manual Format... 3 Content Format... 4 Intermediate/Depot Maintenance Data... 4 Organizational Maintenance Data...4 Information Accessibility

50 NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL STYLES a. MILITARY SPECIFICATION MANUALS (1) Prepared to specific requirements in support of defined maintenance concepts, predetermined maintenance level coverage, and are accompanied by an Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) that reflects Navy provisioning actions for spares and spare parts. (2) Specifically tailored to represent the intended Navy use for training, operation, upkeep, and repair support as applied to weapon system availability and fleet readiness. (3) Are prepared in either conventional or work package concept style and format. (4) Conventional style and format manuals are arranged in topic-sectionalized fashion by chapters containing sections. Work package concept style and format manuals are arranged sequentially by functions and tasks within a function as stand alone maintenance units containing all data required for specific task performance. b. COMMERCIAL MANUALS (1) Considered for procurement only when available for commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) equipment. Must precisely reflect configurations of the equipment and the data must be compatible with Navy maintenance plans. (2) Established with provisions for copyright releases and authority for maintaining commercial manuals throughout the expected life cycles of the equipment. Should not have any restrictions against reproduction and distribution for government use. (3) Prior to acquisition, are evaluated for NAVAIR/user acceptability to determine if they are candidates for procurement, whether in their present forms or subject to modifications. (4) When accepted, are assigned a NAVAIR number to facilitate indexing, filing, stocking, and distribution requirements CONVENTIONAL MANUAL ARRANGEMENT a. The conventional topic-sectionalized technical manual format is still being used for NAVAIR TMs. b. In the conventional manual format, the manual is sectionalized and each section normally addresses one phase of maintenance related to the end item of equipment such as; Operation, Principles of Operation, Testing, Troubleshooting, etc. c. An IPB may be contained as a section in the manual or may be developed as a separate manual WORK PACKAGE MANUAL ARRANGEMENT a. To foster improvements in technical information, greater emphasis has been placed on data accessibility, adequacy, accuracy, and overall documentation usability. b. The maintenance demands of higher technology systems resulted in a TM concept defined as a functionally assembled document, arranged in the general order of workflow, and grouped into small units covering individual tasks. These are called Work Packages (WPs). 2

51 NAVAIR c. WP functional elements include system/equipment description and principles of operation, testing and troubleshooting, system maintenance, wiring data/schematics and diagrams, and an IPB. Each of these elements is further broken down systematically into smaller units as required by system complexity, integration, and Logistic Support Analysis (LSA). d. WPs within the TM are defined as self-supporting units of information containing all data required for a technician to perform a specific task. e. WPs are based upon an LSA, or approved maintenance plans, and reflects defined repair concept requirements as contained in the integrated logistic support plan. f. ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE MANUALS are planned on a weapon system basis covering on-aircraft troubleshooting, equipment installation, and removal. g. INTERMEDIATE AND DEPOT MAINTENANCE MANUALS are focused on off-aircraft maintenance by shop or work enter and narrowed to fault isolation, repair of end assemblies, and selected shop repairable modules or units. h. WORK PACKAGE NUMBERING (1) The individual WP is assigned a number that appears in the upper right hand corner of every page. (2) The WPs are numbered in their order of arrangement within the TM. (3) The WP number is a five-digit number arranged in blocks of three and two digits respectively, with one blank space between the third and forth numerals i.e., (a) The first three digits are assigned on the initial issue of the manual. Starting with 001, the numbers could progress in numerical sequence through 999. (b) Except for WP 001, the last two digits are used when a change (or revision) to the manual is issued adding a new WP whose technical content logically places the WP between two existing WPs. When this occurs, the new WP is numbered XXX 01. Example: WPs issued to be inserted between existing WPs , , and , would be numbered and respectively. (c) The only exceptions in the use of the last two digits are the assignment of WP to the Numerical Index of Part Numbers and WP to the Numerical Index of Reference Designations. In special circumstances, a contractor may request an exception to the military specification from the NATEC, for the use of the last two digits WORK PACKAGE MANUAL FORMAT a. Margin information, i.e. TM number, WP number, change designation, and page number, have been repositioned at the top left and right of the page. This was accomplished to enhance usability and readability. b. Because of the capability to reproduce WPs separately, each package has been developed with its own title page. The title block identifies the function/task by title, level of maintenance, and effectivity notice (i.e., EFFECTIVITY: Serial Nos through 34567). c. One of the first elements of information provided is a listing of reference material required in the WP. 3

52 NAVAIR d. Also included is an alphabetical index of titled paragraphs in the WP and an applicable technical directive listing. e. Strategically located early in the text of most WPs is a listing of support equipment and consumable materials required to perform the task. A typical WP title page is illustrated in figure 1. f. CONTENT FORMAT (1) Content depends on the specific task to be performed, the authorized depth of information required, and the sequence of performance. (2) The WP concept permits the preparing activity to tailor the document to fit the specific maintenance demands of the unit under repair. (3) Organizational Maintenance Data (a) Organizational data is system oriented. (b) Organizational system maintenance will normally cover removal, installation, alignment, and adjustment in task order. (c) Descriptive information and principles of operation data are packaged in the order of operational signal flow or mechanical operating sequence by component. (d) Testing and troubleshooting are assembled by functional block logic and by action sequence with consideration being given to mode selection and failure probability. Where possible, specific points of entry to the text must be identified to preclude the necessity of running a complete endto-end test after each corrective action. WP. (e) IPBs should be prepared as a part of the maintenance WP but may be a separate (4) Intermediate/Depot Maintenance Data (a) Intermediate/depot level documents are simpler to use because the arrangement and assembly of WPs is based on component, rather than system breakdown. (b) Intermediate/depot level WPs are assembled in a pyramid fashion based on standard top-down breakdown of the component, or by the tasks necessary to remove/install a particular component. (c) Where the volume of data permits, end item description, principles of operation, and troubleshooting can appear as a series of introductory WPs preceding the maintenance data. (d) The first maintenance package would cover the removal/installation and IPB of components from the end item and other pertinent related information. components. (e) Tasks would then follow through the disassembly/assembly of the removed (f) IPB data is contained in the intermediate/depot WP, providing maximum information to support a total WP concept. 4

53 NAVAIR g. INFORMATION ACCESSIBILITY (1) Logical assembly through work packaging and highly visible numbering and paragraph titling help tremendously but the major emphasis must be placed on indexing. (2) Within the TM itself an Alphabetical Index appears as WP This index replaces the standard Table of Contents in conventional manuals as a locator for the desired WP number. (3) The second level of indexing appears on the title page of each individual WP (figure 1). Each titled paragraph is listed in alphabetical order and level of subordination JOB PERFORMANCE AIDS (JPA) [ALSO KNOW AS MULTIMEDIA JOB PERFORMANCE AIDS (MJPA)] a. Job Performance Aids (JPA), sometimes called Multimedia Job Performance Aids (MJPA) are video representations of maintenance procedures used to better explain complicated maintenance actions in Technical Data. They are linked to the TM from which they are developed and will be updated in lockstep with the maintenance action, which they enhance. b. JPA will be distributed along with updates to the TM containing that maintenance action. 5

54 NAVAIR Figure 1. Typical WP Title Page including Alphabetical Index. 6

55 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM NATEC PRODUCT DATA DIVISION Reference Material Technical Quality Assurance Program... WP Title Alphabetical Index Page No Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command (NATEC) Product Data Division (Code )... 2 Quality Assurance (QA) Branch... 4 Technical Publications Specialist (TPS)

56 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR TECHNICAL DATA AND ENGINEERING SERVICE COMAND (NATEC) PRODUCT DATA DIVISION (CODE ) a. The Product Data Division interfaces with fleet user activities to resolve issues associated with the use of all technical data products produced by NATEC. The duties of the Product Data Division are as follows: (1) Review and analyze automatic distribution problems, such as incorrect quantities and nonreceipt of required publications. (2) Resolve inventory control issues with NAVICP Philadelphia and incorrectly packaged, missing, and delayed TMs, which are points of concern with the Defense Automated Printing Services (DAPS) offices. (3) Investigate and analyze problems and recommend solutions. (4) Serve as NATEC liaison to fleet user activities concerning initial outfitting requirements and automatic distribution. (5) Assist in the coordinating and controlling effort to provide identification and availability status information in response to special requests for technical data associated with the Individual Material Readiness List (IMRL) as issued by TYCOMs in support of new and/or renovated aircraft. (6) Conduct studies of special problems in TM distribution. b. The Product Data Division may be contacted at the following address or by calling the appropriate telephone number. NATEC Product Data Division ATTN: Code P. O. Box San Diego, CA Message address: NATEC SAN DIEGO CA//6.8.5// NATEC SAN DIEGO CA//6.8.5// DSN: Commercial: (619) FAX DSN: FAX Commercial: (619) TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS SPECIALISTS (TPS) a. While TM assistance may be obtained from all NATEC Product Data personnel, Product Data Division Technical Publications Specialists (TPS) are pre-positioned at Naval Air Stations throughout the country. The primary function is to respond to the user community on TM/library questions and problems. b. Some highlights of the services available to the user activities from the TPS is as follows: (1) Provide feedback to NATEC Headquarters staff on technical publication problems encountered at fleet activities, including determining the validity of NAVAIR TMs. (2) Provide information on improvements to the NAVAIR Technical Documentation Program. (3) Assist user activities in resolving problems encountered in any phase of technical documentation. 2

57 NAVAIR (4) Provide technical guidance and assistance in the establishment and maintenance of a central and /or a dispersed technical library ashore or afloat. (5) Provide assistance in the use, operation, and maintenance of equipment and/or software. (6) Assist user activities in distribution, initial outfitting, and automatic distribution problems. c. TPS may be contacted at the following addresses, to: nani_tps@navy.mil, or by calling the appropriate telephone numbers. In the event the TPS servicing your area cannot be contacted, you are encouraged to contact one of the other TPS for assistance. NATEC HQ Code Bldg. 90, P. O. Box San Diego, CA Message address: NATEC SAN DIEGO CA// // DSN: or Commercial: (619) or FAX DSN: FAX Commercial: (619) NATEC DET Lemoore Code Bldg. 270 Reeves Blvd HGR 3 MOD D NAS Lemoore, CA Message address: NATEC DET LEMOORE CA // // DSN: Commercial: (559) FAX DSN: FAX Commercial: (559) NATEC Det Norfolk Code Pocahontas Street Suite 300 Norfolk, VA Message address: NATEC QA DIVLANT NAS NORFOLK VA // // DSN: Commercial: (757) FAX DSN: FAX Commercial: (757) NATEC DET Jacksonville Code P. O. Box 75 NAS Jacksonville, FL Message address: NATEC DET JACKSONVILLE FL// // DSN: Commercial: (904) FAX DSN: FAX Commercial: (904)

58 NAVAIR d. If a TPS is not available technical assistance may be obtained directly or by request to: Commanding Officer NAVAIRTECHDATAENGSERCOM Attn: Code Bldg. 90, P. O. Box San Diego, CA Message address: NATEC SAN DIEGO CA//6.8.5// DSN: Commercial: (619) FAX DSN: FAX Commercial: (619) NOTE To contact any of the TPS personnel via , see the current version of the TPL Program or send to: nani_tps@navy.mil to reach a collective address for all TPSs QUALITY ASSURANCE BRANCH a. A continuing TM Quality Assurance (QA) Program must be maintained to assure the adequacy, accuracy, and usability of technical documentation. b. To further enhance this effort NAVAIRSYSCOMHQ authorized the establishment and implementation of a QA Branch within Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command (NATEC) organization to manage QA functions. c. NATEC QA Branch is staffed with Data Management Specialists (DMS) to oversee the quality of manuals delivered to the Fleet. d. Normally the fleet technician will be associated with the DMS during in-process reviews, adequacy reviews or verifications. Each of these quality assurance meetings is convened to evaluate the TM format and technical content. e. In general terms, the DMS are tasked to: (1) Monitor and provide guidance on the Contractor s Quality Assurance Program: (Refer to AL-855TM-GYD-000 (WP and WP006 00) for details.) (a) Conduct Quality Assurance Program Planning Conference, as required. (b) Review/approve contractor s Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP). (c) Conduct Quality Program Reviews (QPR). (d) Review/Approve Technical Manual Validation Plans. (e) Review/Approve Technical Manual Verification Plans. (2) Conduct Technical Manual Initial Guidance Conferences, as required. (3) Conduct Technical Manual Outline Reviews. 4

59 NAVAIR (4) Conduct joint government and contractor In-Process Reviews (IPRs): (a) Task Development In-Process Reviews. (b) Preparation Cycle In-Process Reviews. (c) Final (Pre-Publication) In-Process Reviews. (5) Monitor Contractor (User Site) Validation, as required. (6) Conduct Verification. (7) Fleet use (User comments). (8) Provide Direct support to the NATEC LEMs or others (PMAs, APMLs, NADEPs, Type Commanders, contractors or TM users), upon request. For example: (a) Attend ILSMTs or other logistics support meetings (Integrated Product Teams (IPTs), Technical Interchange Meetings (TIMs), etc.); (b) Attend Technical Manual Management Team (TMMT) meetings. (9) Special Reviews, as required: (a) Technical Manual Acceptability Reviews. Technical Manual Acceptability Reviews are used to review existing manuals to determine if they are acceptable for use by NAVAIR users. 1 Commercial Manuals. 2 Non-NAVAIR (other Government) approved TMs. (b) Adequacy Reviews. 1 Normally conducted concurrent with IPRs, Verification and as part of a Technical Manual Acceptability Review. 2 Conducted when complete logistics support data was not available for the IPR, Verification, or Technical Manual Acceptability Reviews. (c) Fleet Reviews are used to identify the specific TM problems for correction. (d) Technical Manual Specification Reviews. Review Technical Manual Specifications, recommended changes, deviations (limited/standard) reviews, etc. (10) Detailed instructions on the Quality Assurance Program are contained in AL-855TM-GYD (Refer to figure 1 for a chart of Team Members and Area of Responsibility.) 5

60 NAVAIR f. The QA Branch Head may be contacted at the following address or by calling the appropriate telephone number: NATEC Quality Assurance Branch Head P. O. Box NAS North Island San Diego, CA DSN: Commercial: (619) FAX DSN: Commercial: (619) g. Refer to WP for QA's responsibilities within the QA Program. 6

61 NAVAIR Team Members (Participating activities) NATEC DET (ETS) Contractor Naval Air Systems Command NATEC LEM Data Management Department * NATEC Quality Assurance Department Contract Administration Office Using Command Fleet Support Team Type Commanders Naval Aviation Logistics Command ** NAWC Weapons Division China Lake, CA Pre-Contract Planning AR AR X X X AR Define Requirements in TMCR AR AR X AR Prepare/Submit Plans and Schedules AR AR X Review/Approves AR AR X AR AR Plans and Schedules TMMT AR AR O AR AR AR X X O X AR Guidance and/or AR AR AR AR X X AR O X AR Quality Planning Conferences TM Outline Review AR X AR AR Quality Reviews X Quality Program AR AR AR AR X X O X Reviews In-Process Reviews AR AR O AR X# X X O X SR and Adequacy Reviews TM Acceptability AR AR O AR X AR X O SR Review, Formal Validation M AR X AR Verification AR AR 0 AR X O X O AR SR Verification follow-up AR AR AR X X X AR X AR Manual Acceptance S S S * or designated review activity ** or other specialized support activity (NAVSAFECEN, NAVWPNCEN, NAVTACDOCACT, etc.) # per COMNAVAIRFORINST X = participation required M = monitor AR = as required S = as specified in the contract O = at own option SR =strongly recommended Figure 1. Team Members (Participating Activities) and Area of Responsibility. 7/(8 Blank)

62 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

63 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM TECHNICAL PUBLICATION UPDATE METHODS Reference Material Electronic and Interactive Electronic Technical Manual... WP Guide to the General Style and Format of Work Package Technical Manuals... NAVAIR Naval Air Training and Operating Procedures Standardization (NATOPS) Program... OPNAVINST Policy, Procedures, and Responsibilities for Technical Manual Rapid Action Change Program... NAVAIRINST General Specification for Preparation of Rapid Action Changes and Interim Rapid Action Changes...MIL-DTL General Specification for Work Package Style, Format, and Common Technical Content Requirements Technical Manuals (Work Package Concept)...MIL-DTL General Style and Format Requirements, Standard Practice for Technical Manuals... MIL-STD Title Alphabetical Index Page No Formal Change to a Conventional Manual... 8 Formal Change to a Work Package (WP) Manual... 9 NAVAIR Technical Manual Notices Pick-up Revision to a NAVAIR Technical Manual Revision of a NAVAIR Technical Manual Technical Manual Rapid Action Changes... 2 Interim Rapid Action Changes (IRACs)... 4 IRAC Incorporation into the Technical Manual... 7 Rapid Action Changes... 4 Technical Manual Updated Methods

64 NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL UPDATED METHODS a. Technical documentation usability is defined as how effectively the presented information describes the system or equipment configuration and required maintenance data. b. In general, hardware configurations and maintenance concepts are fluid. These changes are usually the results of efforts to improve either mission or maintenance capabilities. Therefore, it is mandatory that the Naval Air Systems Command (NASC) maintain an effective, update method to ensure that TMs keep pace with hardware configuration. c. TMs are updated through the issuance of Rapid Action Changes (RACs)/Interim Rapid Action Changes (IRACs), Formal Changes, Revisions, Pick-up Revisions, or NAVAIR TM Notices. d. For revisions and changes to Naval Air Training and Operating Procedures Standardization (NATOPS) program publications, refer to OPNAVINST TECHNICAL MANUAL RAPID ACTION CHANGES a. TM RAPID ACTION CHANGES (1) TM RACs are applicable to TMs supporting all in-production and out-of-production NAVAIR weapons systems such as: maintenance instruction manuals, related component equipment manuals, maintenance requirement cards, illustrated parts breakdown, support equipment, weapons handling and loading manuals, calibration manuals, and other related procedural manuals. (2) Rapid Action Changes to NAVAIR TMs shall be of the two following types: (a) RACs are issued by Naval activities or Contract Administrative Offices (CAOs) as a complete formal change to a TM (including all associated front matter). (b) IRACs are issued by Naval activities or Contract Administrative Offices (CAOs) as an interim change to provided urgent TM change data. IRACs are released in two types, Type A and Type B. (c) More detail on RACs and IRACs are discussed below. (3) One or more of the following conditions must exist for an TM RAC to be issued; (a) Hazards to safety of personnel, (b) Impairment of safety of flight, (c) Aircraft grounding, (d) Mission capability or fleet readiness, (e) Equipment damage, or (f) Environmental impact restrictions. (4) The following conditions are not approved reasons for issuance of a TM RAC: 2

65 NAVAIR (a) Update of data pertaining to hardware familiarization, such as: theory of operation; description of an existing unit or control unless required in conjunction with revised installation, assembly, disassembly or maintenance procedures; (b) Format changes; involved); (c) Grammatical changes (unless safety, equipment damage, flight limitation, etc., are (d) Typographical errors; (e) General non-procedural information; (f) Naval Air Training and Operation Procedures Standardization (NATOPS) flight and tactical manuals are excluded from the TM RAC Program. (Refer to OPNAVINST ). (5) The determination to issue TM RACs shall be made by the commercial or government cognizant TM preparing activity in coordination with the program NATEC Technical Data Logistics Element Manager (LEM). (6) The incorporation of RACs and IRACs into the affected TMs (paper copy) shall be within two working days upon receipt. (7) All outstanding TM RACs should be against the latest formal change or revision to the manual. If this is not the case a TPDR should be issued against the manual. (8) RACs and IRACs shall be numbered consecutively throughout the life of the TM beginning with RAC or IRAC number 1. All numbers shall be assigned by the NATEC LEM or designee approved by the program LEM. (9) If RACs and IRACs are issued with incorrect data, it shall be corrected by issuing the next RAC numbered in sequence with only the affected pages corrected. More detail on issuing corrected RACs (paragraph 7-2b) and IRACs (paragraph 7-2c) are discussed below. (10) In all cases where a RAC or IRAC is cancelled, the user shall receive all information that the users may have been previously discarded as a result of the direction given in the cancelled RAC or IRAC. This will ensure users have all pertinent data, regardless of the issuance and subsequent cancellation of a RAC or IRAC. (11) All Foreign Military Sales (FMS) unique TMs including customized and sanitized are numbered uniquely and therefore all IRACs applicable to these manuals must be issued or reissued against the unique FMS TM number. (12) Exceptions. (a) Electronic Rapid Action Changes (ERACs) support the sustainment of Interactive Electronic Technical Manuals (IETM) and accomplish the purpose and function of IRACs in a digital format. (b) ERACs meet the electronic requirements of specific platforms and are issued in accordance with those conditions warranting an IRAC as defined in MIL-DTL (c) Individual program requirements dictate the presentation systems used to display ERACs and drive the specific format of those ERACs issued. 3

66 NAVAIR b. RAPID ACTION CHANGES (1) RACs are complete, formal changes to applicable TMs. (2) In addition to the pertinent technical content change information, RACs provide all the associated TM format data, such as title page, front matter, indices, etc. (3) RACs shall be used to disseminate urgent TM change information when funding, contractual and programmatic conditions make their use practical. (4) Distribution of electronic and hard copy RACs shall be in accordance with current NATEC web-posting guidelines found on NATEC Technical Manual Application System (TMAPS) website. (5) The RAC date shall be the cut-off date (copy freeze date) of the technical data being included in the RAC. (6) If a RAC is issued with incorrect data, it shall be corrected by issuing the next RAC numbered in sequence with only the affected pages corrected. (a) The TM title page shall contain a supersedure statement, which reads, "This RAC supersedes RAC No. _." TM Notice. (b) Minor errors not affecting technical content may be corrected by issuing a NAVAIR (7) RACs replacement pages or added pages are to be prepared in the same style and format as the affected TM (See paragraphs 7-3 and 7-4). (8) Formal updates shall include incorporation of all outstanding IRACs pertaining to the TM. IRACs not incorporated during the update shall be cancelled and reissued against the updated TM using a new IRAC number. c. INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGES (IRACs) (1) IRACs may be used when funding, contractual and programmatic circumstances make the use of RACs impractical. Formal incorporation of an IRAC into the TM is still required and must be accomplished by a formal change, revision, or RAC. (2) IRACs are issued in two types: (a) Type A issued as a Naval Message to provide urgent TM change data, with the exception of graphic images, schematics, wiring diagrams, etc., which are unsuitable for delivery by Naval Message (figure 1). 1 Upon receipt of an applicable Type A IRAC, TM users are directed to annotate the IRACs applicability to effected pages and maintain the IRAC behind the title page of the manual. information. 2 Type A IRACs provide information that applies to text and routine tabular (b) Type B issued as a hard copy or digital file to provide urgent TM changes for schematics, wiring diagrams, or other graphic images, and other forms of graphic data that cannot be included in a Type A IRAC. 4

67 NAVAIR Type B IRACs are preceded with a naval message notification. TM users are directed to maintain the notification message behind the title page of applicable manual until receipt of Type B IRAC. The originator of the TD will send an electronic copy to NATEC, via , address to nani_irac@navy.mil. 2 Upon receipt of an applicable Type B IRAC (figure 2), TM users are directed to insert enclosed change pages. The notification message is then removed and the applicable cover letter is maintained behind the existing title page and additional effected pages are annotated as applicable. 3 Type B IRACs shall be developed in a manner that allows the fleet user to download and print them from the NATEC website, so that the user can easily insert and replace them within the existing TM. (3) The main purpose of an IRAC is to ensure that the same correct technical information and its related requirements are communicated to those that require the information. Refer to WP for IETMS procedures. The following details must be included in the IRAC: (a) A notice that pen and ink changes are never authorized. (b) The exact location and description of the change explained in detail. (c) The text of the IRAC shall be clear, accurate, concise, and shall be worded in the same style and format as the affected TM. (4) All IRACs will be validated prior to release. The name of the person who performed validation of the IRAC, including activity name, code, telephone number, and address shall be provided in the IRAC. (5) IRAC Type A date shall be the Date Time Group (DTG) of the message and Type B date shall be the cut-off date (copy freeze date) of the technical data being included in the IRAC. (6) The incorporation of the IRAC into the TM shall be accomplished during the next scheduled formal update, but no later than 12 months after their release date whichever comes first. This shall be accomplished by issuance of a routine change, revision or pickup revision, in conjunction with the incorporation of additional source data, as applicable. (7) Cancelled IRAC numbers will NOT be reused. (a) When a Type A IRAC is issued with obsolete, incorrect, or incomplete data, it shall be cancelled and superseded by a new IRAC. The new IRAC shall reference the IRAC number and date or Date Time Group (DTG) of any previous IRACs it cancels. In the "Related Information" paragraph state that "Reference X is cancelled and superseded by this IRAC." (b) When a Type B IRAC is issued with obsolete, incorrect, or incomplete data, it shall be corrected by issuing the next IRAC number in sequence with the affected pages corrected. (c) IRACs not incorporated during a manual update, or received after the TM data cutoff date (copy freeze date), shall be cancelled and the data reissued as a new IRAC using a IRAC number against the current change or revision of the affected manual. (8) IRACs shall be prepared in a clear and concise manner to be as customer friendly in its meaning as possible. Grammar and spelling shall be checked via both automation and in visual proof reading. 5

68 NAVAIR (a) Any schematics that are included will be accurate and match with the explanation of the procedures and or processes referred to in the IRAC. (b) Type B IRAC's title block shall be encapsulated and contain "INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE" in bold capital letters. (9) Security classification of an IRAC shall be determined from the content of the change. Classification of the IRAC shall not exceed the classification of the affected TM. (a) The security classification of an IRAC can be lower, but not higher, than the security classification of the TM being changed. (b) Security marking shall be in accordance with current security. (10) TM RAC issuing activity identification information. (a) Type A and B Message Message shall contain (DTG), name, activity name, code, DSN and commercial phone numbers, fax numbers and address. (b) Type B Shall be assigned a date and shall include in the From line the activity point of contact s office code, title, name, phone number, address, facsimile number, and address. (11) IRACs Action Addressees Information: (J). (a) Type A and B Message Formatting requirements shall be in accordance with NTP 3 1 The Naval Message shall include, but not limited to, Address Indicator Group (AIG) number 165 and any supplemental AIGs that may be involved if such an AIG has been established. 2 The following shall be addressed in the information line: Commander, Naval Air Pacific and Atlantic Fleets; Commander, Naval Training Activity; Commander, Naval Air Reserve Force; and Commander, Naval Air Systems Command. (b) Type B Identify the source of the distribution mailing labels. Example: SH-60B ADRL for A1-H60BB (c) Type A and B Addressees via Internet access. In addition to delivery of the IRACs by message traffic and/or hard copy, posting IRAC information via the NATEC website is also possible. 1 Submit a copy of such via to nani_irac@navy.mil. Those users with Internet access can then either view and/or download directly from the NATEC Internet website. 2 IETM bookmarks and other descriptive files can be posted to the NATEC website. To facilitate IETMs user access, bookmarks and other descriptive files may be downloaded from the NATEC website. (d) Special Note - If your entire customer population for a specific weapons system is completely Internet accessible please inform nani_irac@navy.mil. The IRAC team within the NATEC organization will then work with NATEC technology group and you to utilize only the Internet as your TM RACs delivery mechanism. 6

69 NAVAIR d. IRAC INCORPORATION INTO THE TECHNICAL MANUAL NOTE For electronic linking of IRACs to digital TMs, refer to MIL-DTL-81748E paragraph 3.9. (1) The following procedures shall be used when incorporating IRACs into paper TMs (see figure 3): (a) Insert a copy of the IRAC directly behind the title page and note its existence on the manual page to which it applies. (b) Mark the specific change area affected and annotate the changed page or card listed on the A page with a vertical line in the margin next to the changed data, opposite the binding. 1 For double-column material, mark the center margin if the inner paragraph is affected and the outer margin if the outer paragraph is affected. 2 For single-column material, mark the specific change area affected with a vertical line in the margin opposite the binding edge. 3 The line shall extend the entire length of the material affected. The entry shall be made in pencil to allow the erasure of the line in the margin in the event of another IRAC affecting the same area. (c) If the IRAC directs the insertion of a new page into a TM or a new card into an MRC deck, then the new page or card shall have the appropriate identifying information across the top and be annotated with the statement SEE IRAC ## in the text area of the page or card. (d) Enter the IRAC number in pencil in the margin. (e) Retain all IRACs, including cancelled IRACs, in the manual until receipt of the next formal update to the manual that includes a reference to each IRAC. (f) Indicate the cancellation of an IRAC in the appropriate margin, indicating that it has been cancelled and by what authority (i.e. CANCELLED BY IRAC #, RAC #, Change #, etc.) (2) The following procedures shall be used when incorporating IRACs affecting manuals on CD-ROM: (a) Affix an adhesive label to the CD-ROM case annotated with the applicable NAVAIR publication number and the IRAC number. The information on the adhesive label should be legible and positioned to allow for additional IRACs as they occur. (b) Maintain the IRAC on file until receipt of the superseding CD-ROM. (c) For IRACs affecting Interactive Electronic Technical Manuals (IETMS) maintain a copy of the IRAC in the IRAC/ERAC binder until an Electronic Rapid Action Change (ERAC) has been received, installed and verified within the IETM. (d) A QA Subject Matter Expert (SME) shall review all printed material for completeness and ensure proper control. (3) The following procedures shall be used for deploying activities when incorporating IRACs affecting manuals on JKCS: 7

70 NAVAIR (a) Maintain an IRAC/ERAC binder for each work center utilizing JKCS. This binder will contain all unincorporated IRACs for publications maintained on JKCS. It shall be reviewed and purged monthly after JKCS is updated. only. (b) Non-deploying activities may maintain an IRAC/ERAC binder for reference purposes (c) A QA Subject Matter Expert (SME) shall review all printed material for completeness and ensure proper control FORMAL CHANGE TO A CONVENTIONAL MANUAL a. Manuals that are prepared in accordance with MIL-STD in the non-work package format are referred to as conventional manuals. b. A routine manual change is the official release of new or corrected pages to a part or portion of an existing document. c. A change consists of replacement pages for that area of the manual affected by the change. This approach provides both an economical and expedient method of issuing new or corrected material to the user. d. Upon issue of the change, it is necessary for the recipient to remove the superseded pages and insert the new pages. (1) When a change is issued, existing page numbers, paragraph numbers, figure numbers, and table numbers are not changed. (2) Supplemental numbers are assigned to new pages, paragraphs, figures, and tables. (3) Except when a number is added at the end of a sequence (in which case the next consecutive number is used), paragraphs, illustrations, and tables are numbered by adding an alphabetical suffix (i.e. A, B, C) to the preceding paragraph, illustration, table, or page. (a) The same applies to added pages except that such pages shall not be added between a right-hand and left-hand page. (b) When new material is to be added to a right-hand page any overrun shall be carried to the left-hand page and the overrun from this shall be placed on an added page. Therefore, such added pages shall always be assigned even numbers such as 2A, 2B, 4A, 4B, etc. (4) Each page containing changed or added material bears the word Change XXX placed at the bottom of the page in the same corner and on the same line with the page number. (5) For foldout pages, the change number is placed in the lower-outer corner of the page beneath the Figure title. (6) This change number requirement is applicable to all added pages, including those placed at the end of a manual. (7) Change Symbology. 8

71 NAVAIR (a) Except as stated below, text and table changes, including new material on added pages, are identified by a vertical line or change symbol in the outer margin for double-columned material and margin opposite binding edge for single-columned material which extends the entire length of the material affected. (b) Pages with emergency markings (black diagonal lines around three edges) are an exception and may have the vertical line or change symbols placed along the inner margins. changed. (c) Previous change symbols on a page are deleted when a page is subsequently (d) Symbols show current changes only. 1 The vertical line change symbol shall be 3/32 inch in width. It may be 3/64 inch for pages showing emergency markings, if the symbol is not placed at the inner margin. 2 When a change symbol, such as a number sign #, plus mark +, black circle, black square, the letter C, R, or X is issued, its meaning is explained in the introductory portion of the manual. (e) Change symbols will not be used for: 1 Introductory material. 2 Indexes and tabular data where the change cannot be identified. 3 Blank space resulting from the deletion of text, an illustration, part of an illustration, or a table. 4 Correction of minor inaccuracies, such as spelling, punctuation, relocation of material, renumbering of paragraphs, etc., unless such correction changes the meaning of instructive information and procedures. 5 Replacement or addition of a complete part, chapter, or section. (f) With the exception of diagrams and schematics, illustrations, line drawings, and photographic changes are normally identified by a miniature pointing hand. The hand points to the general area of changed information. (g) Shading and screening are used for diagrams and schematics to highlight the area containing the changed information. (h) Extensively changed presentations are indicated by a screen border around the affected area. (i) Other presentation methods of the use of change symbols other than those addressed above must be approved by NATEC and will be reflected on the A page and introductory matter of the manual FORMAL CHANGE TO A WORK PACKAGE (WP) MANUAL (MANUALS PREPARED TO MIL- DTL-81927) a. A WP may be changed when one or more pages have been affected by the current change to the WP manual, or when a WP must have a Rapid Action Change (RAC) issued against it. A changed 9

72 NAVAIR WP shall consist of a changed WP title page and those pages affected by the change to the WP, including unchanged backup pages, if applicable. b. When a change is prepared to a WP manual or volume, the change may consist of one or more added or changed WPs. (1) When required, WPs may be deleted from the manual during a change cycle. Since WPs are assigned permanent numbers, deleted WP numbers shall not be reassigned to add WPs. (2) The numerical index of effective work packages/pages shall account for all added, changed, or deleted WPs affected by the change, as well as previous changes to the manual, if applicable. If one or more individual WPs have been changed, the change shall be listed on the A page. c. The first change following the basic issue to the manual shall be numbered Change 1. Subsequent changes issued shall be numbered consecutively. d. The change number and date shall be placed below the publication number on all pages affected by the change. If a page has been previously changed, the previous change number and date shall be removed and replaced by the current change number and date. e. A changed WP shall incorporate changed or added material and delete material no longer applicable to the subject of the WP. Paragraphs, illustrations, tables, pages, and index numbers on illustrations added between existing ones shall be assigned the preceding number plus consecutive capital letter suffixes. (1) Added pages shall always be assigned even numbers such as 2A, 2B, 4A, 4B, etc. in order to maintain continuity when printing. (2) Suffix letters I and O shall not be used. Other than the addition of suffix letters, existing identification numbers and suffixes shall not be renumbered. f. The change number and date shall be the same on a changed WP title page as the manual change number and date. The change number and date shall be placed in the upper left corner, below the publication number. g. Added or deleted material in a changed WP shall be prepared as follows: (1) Except when a number is added at the end of a sequence (in which case the next consecutive number is used), paragraphs, illustrations, and tables are numbered by adding an alphabetical suffix (i.e. A, B, C) to the preceding paragraph, illustration, table, or page. (a) The same applies to added pages except that such pages shall not be added between a right-hand and left-hand page. (b) When new material is to be added to a right-hand page any overrun shall be carried to the left-hand page and the overrun from this shall be placed on an added page. Therefore, such added pages shall always be assigned even numbers such as 2A, 2B, 4A, 4B, etc. (2) Added material shall be placed in proper sequential order within the WP. If this causes an overrun, the material that will not fit on the existing page shall be placed on an added page. If blank space is available on either the preceding or following page of the one affected, this space may be used for overrun material; however, correct sequential order of material must be maintained. 10

73 NAVAIR (3) Deleted paragraphs, procedural steps, or callouts following index numbers on illustrations shall be indicated by placing the word Deleted after the affected item; for example, r. Deleted. Or 2. Deleted. (4) Deleted pages shall be accounted for by placement of a note at the bottom of the preceding page or at the top of the succeeding page; for example, Page 7 Deleted. The note shall be placed within the required image area (with marginal copy). h. Changes to text, tables, and illustrations including new material on added pages shall be indicated by change symbols. All existing change symbols shall be eliminated from pages affected by the current change. After removal of previous change symbols, new change symbols shall be inserted, highlighting material changed or added during the change to the WP. i. Change Symbology. (1) The text and tabular data affected by the change to a manual is indicated by the letter R or a change bar in the left margin for left column changed material and in the right margin for right column changed material (double-column format manuals) or in the right margin for single-column format manuals. (2) Change symbols for illustrations are in accordance with the following: (a) IPB illustrations do not require change symbols. (b) On line drawings (other than diagrams), a miniature pointing hand is used to highlight the area containing the changed information. (c) When several changes are made at once in the same area of an illustration, a change bar may be used to indicate a general area. (d) A vertical line next to changed text and callouts on illustrations is used in lieu of a pointing hand. (e) A change bar may also be used on a graph to indicate a change. (f) When an illustration has been extensively changed, a change bar is placed across the top of the reproduction area (full-page illustrations) or in the left or right margin as applicable (partial page illustrations). (g) On diagrams, bordering or pointing hands are used to indicate the area containing the changed or added information. (h) A change bar around the affected presentation, or a change bar indicates extensively changed or added areas across the top of the image area affected. (i) Other presentation methods of the use of change symbols other than those addressed above must be approved by NATEC and will be reflected on the A page and introductory matter of the manual REVISION OF A NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL a. Conventional format figure 4 and Work Package format figure 5. b. A revision is a second or subsequent edition of a manual that supersedes the previous edition. A revision constitutes a complete reissue of a manual with all updated information incorporated. 11

74 NAVAIR c. Identification of a revision is made by a supersedure notice on the title page and a new issue date PICK-UP REVISION TO A NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL a. This is an economical way of putting out a complete manual to alleviate a low stock situation in the warehouse. Before printing a new change the change is collated into the manual and the whole manual is printed for distribution and stock. b. A pick-up revision incorporates the basic manual, all previous changes and the new data that would require the issuance of an additional change. Only those changed, revised or added WPs/pages shall have the current change number and date. (1) Other existing WPs/pages shall be reissued without changes to dates, change symbols or other modification. (2) A supersedure notice is placed on the title page as reading: This manual supersedes A1-XXXXXX/NAVAIR XXXXXX dated with change X. The latest change information, change dated DD MMM YYYY has been incorporated in this issue NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL NOTICES a. The NAVAIR TM Notice is the method for correcting minor errors in NAVAIR TMs that do not require the issuance of a formal change. b. It shall apply only to unclassified TMs, including PMRM issued as cards, and checklists. Issuance of the NAVAIR TM Notice is limited to omissions/corrections of title and A pages, and replacement of missing pages and dates, not for correction to technical content. (1) Replacement text pages shall be issued only to correct typographical errors or to replace illegible copy. (2) Replacement pages shall be prepared in the same style and format and shall not exceed five pages. c. NAVAIR TM Notices shall not be used to correct and/or change the technical content of NAVAIR manuals. d. The NAVAIR TM Notice shall contain the publication number, a date which is at least one day later than the formal change date or the basic date if there are no changes of the manual, card(s), or checklist to be corrected and a clear, concise reason for the Notice. The identifier, Notice, shall be in boldface type and placed on the four corners. e. NAVAIR TM Notices are not listed on A pages of NAVAIR TMs. f. NAVAIR TM Notice sheets shall be retained directly behind the title page (figure 6). Retain NOTICE until incorporated by a change or revision. 12

75 NAVAIR Z JUL 06 R IRAC NO. 1 TO TM NAVAIR AG-521AC-S PASS TO OFFICE CODES: FM NAVAIRWARCENACDIV LAKEHURST NJ// / // TO COMNAVAIRFOR SAN DIEGO CA//421B/N422// COMSTRKFIGHTWINGPAC LEMOORE CA//JJJ// COMSTRKFIGHTWINGLANT OCEANA VA//JJJ// COMNAVRESFOR NEW ORLEANS LA//N422// COMNAVAIRWARCENACDIV PATUXENT RIVER MD// NAVAIRWARCENAWPNDIV PT MUGU CA//JJJ// COMNAVAIRSYSCOM PATUXENT RIVER MD//DRPO// NATEC SAN DIEGO CA// // AIG 165// AIG 423// INFO CNO WASHINGTON DC// COMNAVSAFECEN NORFOLK VA//JJJ// NAVAIRWARCENACDIV LAKEHURST NJ// // MSGID/GENADMIN/NAVAIR LAKEHURST 5073 JZ 596-2// SUBJ/IRAC NO. 1 TO TM NAVAIR AG-521AC-S74-100// REF/A/DESC:DOC NAVAIR /-/-// AMPN/REF A IS NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM.// POC/H. FULLER/ /NAVAIR LAKEHURST/-/TEL: /TEL: DSN / HOWARD.FULLER@NAVY.MIL// GENTEXT/REMARKS/1. INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE NO. 1 TO TECHNICAL MANUAL NAVAIR AG-521AC-S74-100, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS WITH MAJOR PARTS LIST FOR LIQUID OXYGEN COOLANT FILTRATION UNIT, P/N LCFU-2AC-302-8, DATED 05 NOV RESPONSIBLE CODES: A. IN-SERVICE ENGINEERING, J. CRUZ, NAVAIR LAKEHURST NJ, CODE , TEL , DSN , JOSEPH.CRUZ@NAVY.MIL. B. LOGISTICS, H. FULLER, NAVAIR LAKEHURST NJ, CODE , TEL , DSN , HOWARD.FULLER@NAVY.MIL. 3. PURPOSE OF CHANGE: TO ADD SAFETY WARNING TO DISCONNECT LCFU FROM POWER SOURCE PRIOR TO CONDUCTING MAINTENANCE OF UNIT AS A RESULT OF CAT I TPDR MSG FM USS JOHN C STENNIS, DTG Z JUN DETAILED INFORMATION: A. PEN AND INK CHANGES TO THE TECHNICAL CONTENT OF A MANUAL ARE NOT AUTHORIZED. THE FOLLOWING TECHNICAL CONTENT CHANGE INFORMATION APPLIES TO THE FOLLOWING REFERENCED PAGES AND PARAGRAPHS OF THE SUBJECT MANUAL UNTIL THE FORMAL UPDATE IS RELEASED. B. PAGE 15, PARA ADD TO PARA A: "ENSURE LCFU POWER CORD IS DISCONNECTED", AND ADD TO PARA C "REPLACE BLOWN FUSE. USE FUSE REMOVAL TOOL IF AVAILABLE". 5. VALIDATED BY: J. CRUZ, NAVAIR LAKEHURST NJ, CODE , TEL , DSN , JOSEPH.CRUZ@NAVY.MIL. 6. RELATED INSTRUCTIONS: A. FOR IRACS AFFECTING MANUALS IN PAPER COPY - MAINTAIN THIS IRAC WITH THE APPLICABLE MANUAL BY PLACING OR ATTACHING IT DIRECTLY BEHIND THE TITLE PAGE. MARK THE SPECIFIC AREA AFFECTED AND ANNOTATE THE CHANGED PAGE OR CARD LISTED ON THE A PAGE WITH A VERTICAL LINE IN THE MARGIN NEXT TO THE CHANGED DATA OPPOSITE THE BINDING. FOR DOUBLE COLUMN MATERIAL, MARK THE CENTER MARGIN WHEN THE INNER PARAGRAPH IS AFFECTED. NOTE THE IRAC NUMBER IN THE MARGIN. THIS IRAC SHALL NOT BE REMOVED UNTIL RECEIPT OF FORMAL CHANGE PAGES. B. FOR IRACS AFFECTING MANUALS THAT ARE ON CD-ROM - AFFIX AN ADHESIVE LABEL TO THE CD-ROM CASE ANNOTATED WITH THE APPLICABLE PUBLICATION NUMBER AND IRAC NUMBER. THE LABEL SHOULD BE POSITIONED TO ALLOW FOR ADDITIONAL IRACS AS THEY OCCUR AND SHOULD NOT COVER THE DATE OR CD TITLE. MAINTAIN THIS IRAC ON FILE UNTIL RECEIPT OF THE SUPERSEDING CDROM. C. SUBJECT IRAC SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE APPLICABLE MANUAL NO LATER THAN 12 MONTHS AFTER IRAC ISSUE DATE BY NAVAIR LAKEHURST CODE Figure 1. IRAC Message Format 13

76 NAVAIR INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE Category: (Priority or Urgent) Date: (Day Month Year) From: To: (Issuing Activity) F/A-18A ADRL for A1-F18AC-XXX-XXX Subj: INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE NO (IRAC number) TO TECHNICAL MANUAL (NAVAIR number and title) OF (date of issue, change number and date as applicable). References: (as required) Encl: (1) Example: WP , pages 5 and 6 Point of Contact: a. The name, title, phone number, address, activity name, office code 1. Purpose of Change: Example: TO CORRECT/PREVENT (cite condition based on MIL-SPEC) Hazard to Safety of Personnel condition by providing new procedure, which eliminates the potential hazard. 2. Detailed Information: a. Pen and ink changes to the technical content of a manual are not authorized. The following technical content change information applies to the referenced pages, paragraphs, and figures of the subject manual until formal update is released. b. Instructions for incorporating enclosures. 3. Validated by: Provide activity name, activity code, and POC name and telephone number. 4. Related Instructions: a. For IRACs affecting manuals in paper copy Maintain this IRAC with the applicable manual by placing or attaching the cover letter directly behind the title page. Mark the specific change area in the margin of each page affected and annotate the changed page or card listed on the A Page with a vertical line and the IRAC number. Replacement page(s) shall be inserted as directed in paragraph 2.b. This Type B IRAC shall not be removed until receipt of the formal update. b. For IRACs affecting manual on CD-ROM affix an adhesive label to the CD-ROM case annotated with the applicable publication number and IRAC number. The label should be positioned to allow for additional IRACs as they occur and should not cover the date or CD title. Maintain the IRAC on file until receipt of the superseding CD- ROM. c. Subject IRAC shall be incorporated into applicable manual no later than 12 months after IRAC issue date (or next formal change) by (insert activity name and code). By direction I. B. IRAC Figure 2. Example of a Type B IRAC Cover Letter. 14

77 NAVAIR SEE IRAC #2 SEE IRAC #2 Figure 3. Interim RAC Identification Page (Odd Page). (Sheet 1) 15

78 NAVAIR SEE IRAC #2 SEE IRAC #2 Figure 3. Interim RAC Identification Page (Even Page). (Sheet 2) 16

79 NAVAIR NAVAIR 01-75PAA-2-26 TECHNICAL MANUAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ORGANIZATIONAL INTEGRATED ARMAMENT AND ORDNANCE STATION NAVY MODELS P-3A AND P-3B AIRCRAFT This manual supersedes NAVAIR 01-75PAA-2-26, dated 1 June 1980, Change 6, dated 1 May DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C: Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and their contractors to protect publications required for official use or for administrative or operational purposes determined on 1 July Other requests for this document shall be referred to the Commanding Officer, Naval Air Technical Services Facility, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA DESTRUCTION NOTICE: For unclassified, limited documents, destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document. Published by direction of Commander, Naval Air Systems Command 1 JULY 1991 Figure 4. Revision of a Conventional Manual. 17

80 NAVAIR NAVAIR 16-35C September 1992 TECHNICAL MANUAL MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS WITH ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN INTERMEDIATE AND DEPOT DOME CONTROL C-12056/AQS-13F PART NUMBER AND This Publication Supersedes NAVAIR 16-35C Dated 1 June 1990 With Change 1 dated 1 May 1991 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and their contractors to protect publications required for official use or for operational purposes only, determined on 1 June Other requests for this document shall be referred to Commanding Officer, Naval Air Technical Services Facility, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA DESTRUCTION NOTICE - For unclassified, limited documents, destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document. Published by direction of Commander, Naval Air Systems Command Figure 5. Revision of a Work Package (WP) Manual. 18

81 NAVAIR NOTICE NOTICE NAVAIR 01-75PAA NOVEMBER 1991 NAVAIR 01-75PAA-3-1, Rapid Action Change 9, dated 11 November 1991, has errors on the A Page, due to printer error. Remove and discard previously provided A page and replace with attached A page. Place this page behind title page after incorporation. NOTICE NOTICE Figure 6. Example of a NAVAIR Technical Manual NOTICE Cover Sheet. 19/(20 Blank)

82 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

83 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM SUPPLEMENTING TECHNICAL MANUALS, SECURITY AND CLASSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS Reference Material NAVAIR Manual Deficiency Reporting Programs... WP Department of the Navy Information Security Program Regulation...SECNAVINST Department of the Navy Security Classification Guides... OPNAVINST General Specification for Work Package Style, Format, and Common Technical Content Requirements Technical Manual (Work Package Concept)...MIL-DTL Military Specification Technical Manuals General Style and Format Requirements... MIL-STD Title Alphabetical Index Page No Appendices... 3 Control of Classified Publications... 2 Security and Classification Requirements... 3 General... 3 Identifying Security Classification of Technical Manuals... 4 Processing Instructions for the Declassification of Technical Manuals... 4 Questions Concerning Classification or Security of Technical Manuals... 4 Reporting Unsatisfactory Security Classification of Technical Manuals... 4 Safeguarding Classified Technical Manuals... 3 Security Classification Changes... 4 Supplements... 2 Classified Supplements... 2 Commercial Manual Supplements... 3 Supplements to DOD Technical Manuals

84 NAVAIR CONTROL OF CLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS a. As directed in Department of the Navy Information Security Program Regulation, SECNAVINST , each Commanding Officer will designate a Security Manager to be responsible for the administration of the Information Security Program for the command. b. Each command shall publish written security procedures specifying how the requirements of SECNAVINST will be accomplished within the command. c. Close coordination between the CTPL and the command s Security Manager is essential. Procedures will be established for the dissemination of classified material originated or received by the CTPL SUPPLEMENTS a. A supplement is a subsidiary document that complements information in a manual. b. It is prepared as specified in the basic contract or order and conforms in style and format to the requirements of the specifications used to prepare the basic manual. c. CLASSIFIED SUPPLEMENTS (1) When classified information comprises 10 percent or less of the manual s contents and is concentrated in one area of the TM, the information is normally prepared as a classified supplement to the manual. (2) Such action permits the basic manual to be issued at a lower classification or as an unclassified manual. (3) The title pages of both the basic manual and the supplement contain a cross-reference note to each other. (4) In the conventional numbering system, a classified supplement (either confidential or secret) is generally identified by a suffix letter, A, to the last numerical digit of the publication number. On the other hand, Technical Manual Identification Numbering System (TMINS) uses a C for confidential and an S for secret. d. SUPPLEMENTS TO DOD TECHNICAL MANUALS (1) Occasionally, elements of DOD make joint use of weapon systems or equipment. Under these circumstances the documents supporting the equipment are established for joint use. However, these manuals are normally prepared to the specifications and support concept of the executive or procuring service. (2) The Navy, because of its unique shipboard operational environment, must employ maintenance concepts and support criteria peculiar to its shipboard requirements. As a result, its selection of maintenance actions, support equipment, and spare parts differ greatly from that of other services. (3) To support unique Navy shipboard requirements, NAVAIR procures either a separate manual or a supplement to an existing manual. (4) A supplement carries the same title and manual number as the basic document, plus one or more alphabetic or numeric suffixes and the word supplement printed at the top of the title page. 2

85 NAVAIR other. (5) The title pages of the basic and the supplement shall contain a cross-reference to each e. COMMERCIAL MANUAL SUPPLEMENTS (1) When a commercial manual has been approved, but requires additional data to make it completely adequate, a supplement will be prepared. (2) A supplement is prepared to provide additional instructions, definition of maintenance concept, illustrations, and parts list data including SM&R codes. (3) A supplement shall be prepared in accordance with the technical manual general style and format requirements of military specification MIL-STD APPENDICES a. An appendix is used to include material in a manual that is not a part of the normal sequence of the manual, such as tables, charts, etc. Such added material becomes an integral part of the affected manual. b. When required, appendices follow the last section of a manual. Each appendix is identified with a capital letter, i.e., Appendix A. c. Pages, paragraphs, illustrations, and tables for appendices are numbered in Arabic numerals, preceded by the capital letters of the appendix, i.e., A-10 is the tenth page or paragraph in Appendix A; Figure B-10 is the tenth illustration in Appendix B; Table C-10 is the tenth table in Appendix C. d. Appendices will not appear in work package manuals SECURITY AND CLASSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS a. GENERAL (1) Department of the Navy Information Security Program Regulation SECNAVINST provides all departments of the Navy activities and personnel with regulations and guidance for classifying and safeguarding classified information. (2) For Weapon System/Equipment/Component technical manuals, the applicable Navy security classification guidance (OPNAVINST ) and/or the Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254) are the authority for classifying TMs. OPNAVINST and DD Form 254 are reviewed every 2 years and maintained current through coordination with NAVAIR Security (AIR- 07T). b. SAFEGUARDING CLASSIFIED TECHNICAL MANUALS (1) Storage, disposal, and handling of all classified TMs must conform to SECNAVINST regulations. (2) The NAVAIR TMs described in this publication are prepared in accordance with classification categories for unclassified, confidential, secret, or top-secret security requirements. (3) Classified TMs are appropriately marked and identified and must be safeguarded in accordance with SECNAVINST regulations. 3

86 NAVAIR (4) SECNAVINST regulations also establish the basic policy that no person shall be granted access to classified information that is subject to investigation under the provisions of this regulation unless it is clearly consistent with the interests of national security. c. IDENTIFYING SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF TECHNICAL MANUALS The security classification of each TM can be determined by viewing the technical data for that manual on the NATEC website at d. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION CHANGES (1) Changes in classification of TMs will be processed as rapidly as possible after such action is approved. (2) These methods are used to accomplish technical manual classification change actions: (a) Letter correspondence authorizing downgrading actions. (b) Change or cancellation notices printed on title pages of TMs received. (c) Electronic messages authorizing immediate classification actions. (3) Receipt of change notices through these methods constitutes authority for all holders of classified technical manuals to mark copies in accordance with the announced changes. e. PROCESSING INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE DECLASSIFICATION OF TECHNICAL MANUALS (1) Users shall inform the cognizant NATEC LEM before taking local action to declassify TMs. (2) The NATEC LEM will request the NAVAIR Security Office (AIR-07T) and/or the appropriate command to confirm the classification. (3) Accordingly, the cognizant NATEC LEM will advise the user of the proper classification. f. REPORTING UNSATISFACTORY SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF TECHNICAL MANUALS (1) If any using activity has reason to believe that security considerations fail to fully support the classification assigned to a specific manual, or the assigned classification is no longer applicable (downgrading required), the using activity should bring this issue to the attention of the activity s Security Officer. (2) The using activity should then submit a TPDR, in accordance with the requirements described in WP g. QUESTIONS CONCERNING CLASSIFICATION OR SECURITY OF TECHNICAL MANUALS (1) Questions concerning classification or security of TMs shall be referred to the SECNAVINST regulations and the using activity s Security Officer for additional guidance. 4

87 NAVAIR (2) Questions concerning classification or security technical manuals can also be referred to: Commanding Officer, NAVAL AIR TECHNICAL DATA AND ENGINEERING SERVICE COMMAND ATTN: Security Manager P. O. Box San Diego, CA Commercial: (619) DSN: /(6 Blank)

88 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

89 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM NAVAL AERONAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS INDEX Reference Material NAVAIR Manual Deficiency Reporting Programs... WP Technical Publications Requisitioning Procedures... WP NATEC Technical Publications Library Program... WP Naval Air Systems Command Technical Directives System... NAVAIR Navy Stock List of Publications, Forms and Directives...NAVSUP P2003 Equipment Applicability List...NAVAIR A Airborne Weapons/Stores Publication Index... NAVAIR Title Alphabetical Index Page No NAVAIR A, Equipment Applicability List... 2 NAVAIR , Airborne Weapons/Stores Manuals/Checklists Publication Index... 5 Naval Aeronautical Publications Index... 2 NAVSUP P2003, Navy Stock List of Publications, Forms, and Directives... 2 Technical Directives Status Accounting (TDSA) Standard Reporting List

90 NAVAIR NAVAL AERONAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS INDEX The Naval Aeronautical Publications Index (NAPI) consists of four distinct parts as follows: (1) The NAVSUP P2003, which is available at (2) NAVAIR A, Equipment Applicability List is no longer available in paper. It is available on the NATEC internet web site at (3) Technical Directives (TD) Listings. Listings of TDs, previously available as the NAVAIR C series and NAVAIR SE (replaced by the NAT 02 Report) issued in paper format, are available on the NAVAIR Logistics website (4) NAVAIR , Airborne Weapons/Stores Publication Index NAVSUP P2003, NAVY STOCK LIST OF PUBLICATIONS, FORMS, AND DIRECTIVES a. This is an index for all Navy TMs, forms, NAVAIR TDs, and Navy departmental directives as stocked at the Defense Distribution Depot Susquehanna Pennsylvania, Mechanicsburg, PA (DDDSP). b. This index is maintained based on information inputs provided by the individual systems commands. c. It identifies what items are stocked and available for issue at DDDSP. (1) This index should not be used to determine if a NAVAIR publication has been cancelled. (2) Research to identify status of NAVAIR technical documentation should be directed to NATEC Research/Customer Services at mailto:nllhelpdesk@navy.mil. d. At the NAVSUP P2003 website, click "Links" tab and locate the bold heading called "Forms Link" to locate/research for DOD, NAVY, and OPNAV/SECNAV forms. e. NAVSUP P2003 is available on the NAVSUP website at NAVAIR A, EQUIPMENT APPLICABILITY LIST a. This index contains a detailed cross-reference of NAVAIR cognizant aircraft components and related equipment to their associated TMs. b. This listing is arranged alphanumerically and sequenced by model, type, or part number. c. The NAVAIR A is available on the NATEC Web Page, d. This index will no longer be issued on microfiche or CD-ROM. e. Errors identified in this index should be reported via the TPDR Program (WP ) TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES STATUS ACCOUNTING (TDSA) STANDARD REPORTING LIST a. Technical directives (TDs) listings are available via the NALDA website The TDSA Reports found on the NALDA website are as follows: 2

91 NAVAIR LIST 01 LIST 02 LIST 03 LIST 04 LIST 04H LIST 06 LIST 07 LIST 301 NAT 01 NAT 02 NAT 03 NAT 04 NAT 11 NA 500C REP 07 LIST 20 Technical Directive Application Listing Non-incorporated (NINC) Listing for Equipment Incorporation/Non-incorporation Summary Matrix Incorporation (INC) for Equipment Historical INC Listing for Equipment INC/NINC Listing for Equipment INC/NINC Listing for Technical Directives INC/NINC Man-Hour Technical Directive Summary Technical Directive Catalog Report Support Equipment Technical Directive Index Technical Directive Avionics Listing Aviation Aircrew Equipment TD Listing Technical Directive/Applicability Audit Report Aeronautical Technical Directive Index Report Technical Directive Compliance Report Inventory Listing b. Technical Directives are controlled by two different types of codes, TD Code and abbreviation. The next page shows a listing of the TDs in TD Code sequence. The listing is found in NA , titled Naval Air Systems Command Technical Directives System. 3

92 NAVAIR TD Code Type of Directive Abbreviation 01 Power Plant Bulletin PPB 02 Power Plant Change PPC 03 Quick Engine Change QEC 04 Quick Engine Bulletin QEB 05 Training Equipment Change TEC 06 Training Equipment Bulletin TEB 07 Reusable Container Change RCC 08 Reusable Container Bulletin RCB 40 Commodity Software Change CSC 41 Commodity Software Bulletin CSB 50 Airframe Change AFC 51 Dynamic Component Change DCC 52 Dynamic Component Bulletin DCB 54 Avionics Change AVC 55 Avionics Bulletin AVB 56 Aviation Armament Change AAC 57 Aviation Armament Bulletin AAB 58 Accessory Bulletin AYB 61 Accessory Change AYC 62 Support Equipment Change SEC 63 Support Equipment Bulletin SEB 64 Propeller Change PRC 65 Propeller Bulletin PRB 66 Aircrew System Change ACC 67 Aircrew System Bulletin ACB 68 Photographic Change PHC 69 Photographic Bulletin PHB 73 Meteorological Equipment Change MEC 74 Airframe Bulletin AFB 75 Airborne Weapon Change AWC 76 Airborne Weapon Bulletin AWB 77 Target Control System Change TCC 78 Target Control System Bulletin TCB 79 Meteorological Equipment Bulletin MEB 83 Aircraft Launch & Recovery Equipment (ALRE), Ship-installed/Expeditionary Airfield Change LRC 84 Aircraft Launch & Recovery Equipment (ALRE), Ship-installed/Expeditionary Airfields Bulletin LRB 87 Mission Software Change MSC 88 Mission Software Bulletin MSB 91 Naval Air Maintenance Trainer Change NTC 92 Naval Air Maintenance Trainer Bulletin NTB 93 Airborne Software Change ASC 94 Airborne Software Bulletin ASB 95 Support Software Change SSC 96 Support Software Bulletin SSB 97 Naval Air Maintenance Trainer Support Software Change TSC 98 Naval Air Maintenance Trainer Support Software Bulletin TSB 99 Age Exploration Bulletin AEB -- Service Life Bulletin SLB 4

93 NAVAIR NAVAIR AIRBORNE WEAPONS/STORES MANUALS/CHECKLISTS PUBLICATION INDEX a. This index is designed to provide using activities with a guide to ensure that all existing changes/revisions have been incorporated in aircraft conventional weapon loading, release and control, AWSE, and weapon assembly/disassembly checklists and manuals on hand and that these manuals are the most recent available. b. The Naval Air Warfare Center Weapons Division, Code D/PST 32080, China Lake, CA serves as an information clearing house for U.S. Navy activities on airborne weapons, stores, and related items. Questions, concerns, suggestions, comments, or data can be resolved by calling the Ordnance Technical Hotline at DSN or commercial (760) c. This index is issued quarterly in January, April, July and October, by the Naval Air Warfare Center Weapons Division, China Lake, CA. The index is posted on the NATEC website ( and may be viewed/downloaded as desired. d. One-time requests for this manual may be obtained from NAVICP Philadelphia through normal MILSTRIP requisitioning procedures (WP ). e. Automatic Distribution of this index is available through NAVAIR ADRL Program (WP ). Non-deploying activities are encouraged to use the NA from the JKCS or NATEC Website to reduce delays in receiving updates. f. Errors identified in this index should be submitted via the TPDR Program (WP ). 5/(6 Blank)

94 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

95 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM TECHNICAL DATA NUMBERING SYSTEMS AND STOCK NUMBERING Reference Material Categories of NAVAIR Technical Manuals... WP Technical Publications Requisitioning Procedures... WP Standard Technical Manual Identification Numbering Systems... N IDX-000/TMINS Navy Standard Technical Manual Identification Numbering System... NAVAIRINST Stock Number Imprinting of Publications Stocked at the Naval Aviation Inventory Control Point Forms and Publication Branch (NAVICP)...NAVSUPINST Bar Coding of all Stocked Numbered Technical Manuals...NAVSUPINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No CD-ROM Numbering System for PDF Manuals... 4 Conventional Numbering System... 2 General... 2 Technical Manual Identification Numbering System (TMINS)... 3 Construction... 3 Use of Stock Numbers and Bar Codes on NAVAIR Technical Manuals

96 NAVAIR GENERAL a. Code numbers are assigned to manuals for the purpose of identification. The numerical and alphabetical combination of a NAVAIR TM number identifies the basic equipment category, main groups within the category, specific item of equipment, type of usage, type or model designation and specific type of manual. b. Code numbers are identified as the conventional numbering system and the Technical Manual Identification Numbering System (TMINS) CONVENTIONAL NUMBERING SYSTEM a. The NAVAIR manual conventional numbering system consists of a prefix and combination of numbers and letters divided into three parts separated by dashes (figure 1). b. Additional numbers may be added to designate multiple volumes of a manual. c. The TM prefix, i.e., NAVAIR, identifies the command responsible for developing and maintaining the manual (figure 2). d. The three parts that make up the remaining portions of the number are as follows: (1) Part I of the TM number is a two digit number (in some cases, two digits and a letter) that designate the general subject classification or major category of the manual, i.e., 01 for airframes, 02 for power plants, 03 for accessories, etc. (Refer to WP ). (2) Part ll of the TM number consists of numbers and/or numbers and letters that identify either the basic aircraft model, manufacturer of specific aircraft and engine or the specific class, group, or subcategory of the manual, i.e., NAVAIR 01-F14AAA (Grumman), 01-75PAA (Lockheed Aeronautical Systems Company), 02B-10 (Pratt & Whitney) or NAVAIR (jet engine fuel system and related equipment) (figure 3). (3) Part lli of the TM number may or may not have identifiable numerical significance within the airframe, missile, and power plant series. The number usually identifies a particular type of manual, i.e., NAVAIR 01-XXXX-2 (-2 maintenance), NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-3 (-3 structural repair), NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-4 (-4 IPB), etc. (figure 4). (a) Additional numbers may be added to indicate system grouping breakout by volume or subsystem grouping by sub-volume, i.e., NAVAIR 01-XXXX-2-2. The second -2 indicates the second volume of the maintenance series, which is usually grouped by system. Periods in a TM number should only be used when a manual is part of a multivolume set due to its size and requires more than one 3- inch binder to store it in. (b) If the number assignment is NAVAIR 01-XXXX (or 01-XXX-2-2-3), the.3 (or -3) indicates a sub-volume or sub-system within a grouping. (c) This system does not hold true in all cases. In many TM number assignments, the suffix numbers are assigned in numerical sequence for identification only and have no significance as to the type of manual. e. TMs currently assigned a NAVAIR number will not be renumbered under the Technical Manual Identification Numbering System (TMINS). A dual system, conventional and TMINS will remain in effect indefinitely. 2

97 NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERING SYSTEM (TMINS) a. The TMINS is a numbering system developed in coordination with other Systems Commands. This change was in response to a Naval Material Command sponsored project for standardizing TM numbers and their method of assignment. b. The numbering system was promulgated by N IDX-000/TMINS. c. The NAVAIR version of the TMINS was implemented by NATEC. d. The intent of TMINS was to provide a single user oriented numbering and indexing system and to satisfy the requirements of the Naval Material Systems Command for identifying, referencing, and requisitioning TMs and their associated revisions/changes. e. TMINS assigns each TM a unique identifying alphanumeric number patterned after the 13 digit stock number, i.e., 0000-LP The 13-character TMINS number serves as the TM identification number. f. In addition to its identification number, TMINS contains a provision for adding a suffix, using a C, for confidential and an, S, for secret. g. TMINS numbers are not to be used for requisitioning purposes. Use stock numbers for requisitioning. h. CONSTRUCTION (1) Most of the following information has been taken from NAVAIR Instruction and is provided herein to acquaint the reader with the basic philosophy of the TMINS system. (2) TMINS is a 13-character alphanumeric technical manual code number (figure 5). The number is developed using Command, Commodity, Weapon System Designation, Subject Identifiers, Work Unit Codes, and acronyms. i. SAMPLE CODE DEFINITIONS BY DIGIT (figure 6). As an aid to understanding the numbering system, selected codes have been provided. Figure 6 is organized by digit position within the overall TMINS number and then some of the codes one would expect to find. j. SAMPLE CONVENTIONAL/TMINS MANUAL NUMBER COMPARISONS (figure 7). A listing of TMINS as compared to conventional numbers is provided for information purposes only. k. SAMPLE TMINS NUMBERS (figure 8). A sampling of TMINS manual numbers is provided for illustrative purposes USE OF STOCK NUMBERS AND BAR CODES ON NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUALS a. NAVICP Philadelphia manages NAVAIR TM warehouse stock as items of supply. Use of stock numbers and bar codes is an integral part of the NAVICP Philadelphia supply operation. b. By adding the stock number and bar code to the title page of each TM, the item manager at NAVICP Philadelphia can provide positive identification and timely instruction on where the stock should go. Also, issue accuracy is improved since the stock number and bar code can be matched to the issue documents that cite the stock numbers and bar codes. 3

98 NAVAIR c. In accordance with NAVSUPINST and NAVSUPINST , a stock number and/or bar code has appeared in the lower left corner on title pages of all NAVAIR TMs distributed after 1 August The stock number should be used on all requisitions for NAVAIR TM as described in WP CD-ROM NUMBERING SYSTEM FOR PDF MANUALS (See table 1) a. The numbering system consists of a 13-position code, i.e., A1-CDF18AD-001. (1) Positions one and two (A1) indicate a NAVAIR TM and positions three and four (CD) indicates this is a CD-ROM. (2) Positions one through four will always be "A1-CD". (3) Positions five through seven indicate the type of manual (i.e. F18). (4) Positions eight through ten are to be used for additional characters to describe the type of manual when three digits are not sufficient (i.e. F18C/D). (5) When additional characters are not required these digits will be zeros. For instance, the first E-2C CD-ROM would be A1-CDE2C and the first F/A18A/B/C/D CD-ROM would be A1- CDFA18AD-001. (E2C). (a) Designations for all other weapon systems peculiar TMs will use a three-position code (b) The zero (0) is used in position five (TD) as a placeholder when not used as an identifying character, e.g., 0TD for Technical Directives. (c) Positions eight through ten are to be used for additional characters to describe the type of manual when three digits are not sufficient. (d) Positions eleven through thirteen will be in a sequence beginning at 001 and continuing, as required, to the highest sequence, 999. through ten. (e) A fully outfitted CTPL will have several types of TMs as indicated in positions five b. Exceptions to the above numbering system are permitted for: (1) existing technical data in digital format such as Electronic CAD/PAD, NA CD. The designator indicates the material contained within is Cartridge Actuated Devices; and (2) technical data requested such as CD on Demand (COD). c. COD's are numbered similarly to the weapons system; positions one through four are A1-CD. Positions five through ten are the Unit Identification Code (UIC). (1) Positions eleven through thirteen are an alphabetical serial code beginning with AAA for the first CD-ROM ordered. (2) This 13-position code will represent this CD-ROM for as long as it is needed. (3) Subsequent orders for the manuals therein will use the same number, even if the composition is revised. 4

99 NAVAIR (4) The front of the CD-ROM will state that it supersedes previous issues. d. Examples of CD-ROMs are shown in figure 9. 5

100 NAVAIR NAVAIR 02B-105AJB-4 NAVAIR NAVAIR 16-30ARM156-2 NAVAIR NAVAIR NAVAIR 01-H1AAB NAVAIR NAVAIR NAVAIR NAVAIR 01-15MGA-3-2 NAVAIR NAVAIR 17-35MTL-1 NAVAIR 01-AIM9-2 NAVAIR Figure 1. Examples of Conventional Numbering System Assignments. 6

101 NAVAIR NAVAIR 01-F14AAA-1 NAVAIR 01 - F14AAA - 1 PREFIX PART III PART II PART I PREFIX NAVAIR 01-85ADC PART III (AS REQUIRED) PART III PART II PART I PREFIX Figure 2. Conventional Number System Prefix and Part I/II/III Breakdown. 7

102 NAVAIR NAVAIR 01-F14AAA-1 (PREFIX)-AUTHORITY (PART I)-CATEGORY (PART II)-EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT DESIGNATION MODEL OR SERIES (PART III)-TYPE MANUAL NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND AIRFRAMES GRUMMAN F-14 TOMCAT MODEL OR SERIES NATOPS FLIGHT MANUAL (PREFIX)-AUTHORITY (PART I)-CATEGORY (PART II)-MANUFACTURER MODEL OR SERIES (PART III)-TYPE MANUAL NAVAIR 01-75PAC-1C (PREFIX)-AUTHORITY (PART I)-CATEGORY (PART II)-MANUFACTURE MODEL OR SERIES (PART III)-TYPE MANUAL SPECIFIC GROUP SUBGROUP NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND AIRFRAMES LOCKHEED AERONAUTICAL SYSTEMS COMPANY P-3C AIRCRAFT NATOPS NORMAL/EMERGENCY CHECKLIST NAVAIR HCD NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND AIRFRAMES KAMAN AEROSPACE CORP SH-2D/F HELICOPTER MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUAL AIRFRAME GROUP FLIGHT CONTROLS Figure 3. Detailed Description of the Conventional Numbering System. (Sheet 1) 8

103 NAVAIR NAVAIR 02B-10DAB-4 (PREFIX)-AUTHORITY (PART I)-CATEGORY TYPE ENGINE (PART II)-MANUFACTURER MODEL OR SERIES (PART III)-TYPE MANUAL NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND POWER PLANT JET PROPULSION ENGINE PRATT & WHITNEY J52-P-408 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN NAVAIR (PREFIX)-AUTHORITY (PART I)-CATEGORY (PART II)-SPECIFIC CLASS (PART III)-NUMERICAL SEQUENCE NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND ACCESSORIES JET ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM & RELATED EQUIPMENT OVERHAUL INSTRUCTIONS SPEED SENSITIVE CONTROL ASSEMBLY Figure 3. Detailed Description of the Conventional Numbering System. (Sheet 2) 9

104 NAVAIR NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-0 (Technical Documentation List) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-1 (NATOPS Flight Manual) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-2 (Maintenance Instruction Manual) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-3 (Structural Repair Manual) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-4 (Illustrated Parts Breakdown) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-6 (Periodic Maintenance Information Cards) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-6-1 (Turnaround Checklist) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-6-2 (Daily/Servicing Maintenance Requirements Cards) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-6-3 (Special/Preservation/Conditional/ ASPA Maintenance Requirements Cards) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-6-4 (Phased Maintenance Requirements Cards) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-8 (Work Unit Code Manual) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-12 (Crew Station/In-Flight Maintenance Manual) NAVAIR 01-XXXXX-75 (Airborne Weapons/Stores Loading Manual) Figure 4. Types of Part III of the Conventional Numbering System Technical Manuals. 10

105 NAVAIR D I G I T COGNIZANT COMMAND AIRCRAFT AVIATION I D E N T I F I E S EQUIPMENT AIRCRAFT DESIGNATION SUBJECT SERIAL TYPE MANUAL TECHNICAL MANUAL VOLUME WITHIN A SERIES VOLUME WITHIN A VOLUME NON- SIGNIFICANT CODE, ALWAYS ZERO (0) SUFFIX CLASSIFICATION INDICATOR S A M P A 1 F18 AE C L E Figure 5. TMINS Construction. 11

106 NAVAIR DIGIT/S CODE DEFINITION 1 A Naval Air Systems Command M Naval Material Command E Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command (formerly Naval Electronic Systems Command) S Naval Sea Systems Command 2 D Deck/Hangar Equipment E Electrical/Electronic Equipment 1 Aviation/Aircraft G Support Equipment M Meteorological Equipment N Instruments P Photographic S Safety/Survival 3-5 F18 Aircraft Designation (F18, S3, F14, etc.) or 200 Equipment Code (200-Catapults, etc.) or 172 Equipment Code (172-TACAN, etc.) 6-7 AE Subject serial to differentiate items of a given category but different configuration GAI General Aircraft Information SRM Structural Repair Manual TIM Testing and Troubleshooting Manual Volume I 01 Volume II 02 Volume III or 01 Volume I 02 Volume II 03 Volume III 13 0 Non-significant code, Always zero (0) 14 C Confidential S Secret T Top Secret Figure 6. Partial Listing of Sample TMINS Code Definitions by Digit. 12

107 NAVAIR CONVENTIONAL TM NUMBER TMINS NUMBER 01 SERIES (AIRCRAFT) 01-AV8B A1-AV8-TAC-000 (tactical) 01-F18 1-F18-NFM-000 (NATOPS) 01-H53 A1-H53-MRC-100 (MRC) 01-H60 A1-H60-WSI-000 (Weapon System Information) 02 SERIES (ENGINES) 02-1 A A A B A B-105 A1-T700/A1-F SERIES (ACCESSORIES) 03-1 General A Electrical Equipment A Fuel System A Oil Systems A Propellers and Accessories Equipment A Wheels, Brakes, Struts, and Related Equipment A Air and Hydraulic Equipment A Ice Eliminating Equipment A Control Units A Fire Extinguishers and Related Equipment A Oxygen Equipment A Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguisher Inflation A Purging Equipment A Pickup Equipment A Heaters and Related Equipment A Temperature Control Systems and Related Equipment A Cabin Pressurizing Equipment A Afterburners and Related Equipment A Loading Equipment A Helicopter Rotor and Related Equipment A In-flight Refueling Equipment A Turbine Starters A Jet Engine Fuel Systems and Related Equipment A Accessories Series Maintenance Requirements Cards A1-640XX-MRC-XX-6-1 (Preoperational Checklist) Accessories Series Maintenance Requirements Cards A1-640XX-MRC-XX-6-2 (Periodic Maintenance Requirements Manual) 05 SERIES (INSTRUMENTS) General AN Tachometers AN Airspeed Indicators AN Aircraft Compasses AN Flight Instruments AN Drift Meters AN Altimeters AN Navigation Equipment AN Thermometers AN Automatic Pilots, Stabilization Systems, and Related Equipment AN Pitot-static and Power Venturi Tubes AN Self-synchronous Instruments AN Electric Circuit Instruments AN Fuel Flow Meters and Content Gages AN-610 Figure 7. A Sample of Conventional/TMINS Number Comparisons. (Sheet 1) 13

108 NAVAIR CONVENTIONAL TM NUMBER TMINS NUMBER 05 SERIES (INSTRUMENTS) (CONT) Pressure, Systems, Gages, Indicators, and Transmitters AN Engine Gage Units AN Suction Gages AN Ignition and Engine Analyzers AG Signal Assemblies AN Test Equipment AG Test Equipment AG SERIES (FUELS, LUBRICANTS, AND GASES) AG-340 AG SERIES (DOPES AND PAINTS [also see 15 Series]) AG SERIES (PHOTOGRAPHY) 10-1 General AP Camera Equipment AP Projection Equipment AP Photo Lab Equipment AP Interpretation Equipment AP Photographic Keys AP Photo Test Equipment AP SERIES (AVIATION ARMAMENT/ORDNANCE AND ACCESSORIES) 11-1 General AW Bombs, Depth Charges, and Accessories AW Gun Mounts and Gun Accessories AW Pyrotechnics and Accessories AW Dispensers AW Gun Turrets, Components, and Accessories AW Tow Targets and Accessories AW Automatic Flight Control Equipment AW Armament Control Systems, Components, and Accessories AW Missiles and Related Accessories AW Mines, Mine Sweeping, and Accessories AW Rockets and Accessories AW Guns, Gunpods, and Accessories AW Production Line Maintenance AW-240-MMI Aviation Armament Series Maintenance Requirements Cards AW-800-MRC 13 SERIES (PARACHUTE AND PERSONAL SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT) AS SERIES (STANDARD PRESERATION AND PACKAGING INSTRUCTIONS) Aircraft and Airframes A1-F18-PPI Aircraft Engines A1-F40-PPI Accessories A1-650-PPI Instruments AN-524-PPI Electronics AE-450-PPI 16 SERIES (ELECTRONICS) 16-1 General AE Test Equipment Automatic and Semi-automatic AE-190/AE-398 Electronic Checkout Equipment Test Set Cards/Overlays and Punched Cards AE-190-TSC Certification Procedures (Security Equipment) AE-180-ECI Electronics Series Maintenance Requirements Cards AE-170XX-MRC (Preoperational Checklist) Electronics Series Maintenance Requirements Cards AE-170XX-MRC (Periodic Maintenance Requirements Manual) Figure 7. A Sample of Conventional/TMINS Number Comparisons. (Sheet 2) 14

109 NAVAIR CONVENTIONAL TM NUMBER TMINS NUMBER 17 SERIES (MACHINERY, TOOLS, AND TEST EQUIPMENT) 17-1 Shop and Warehouse Machinery, Tools, and Equipment General AG Shop and Warehouse Machinery, Powered Tools, and Equipment AG Inspection Test Equipment AG Instrument Calibration Procedures Metrology and Calibration Support Equipment Maintenance Requirements Cards AG-200XX-MRC XX-6-1 (Preoperational Checklist) XX-6-2 (Periodic Maintenance Requirements Manual) 19 SERIES (SERVICING AND MOBILE EQUIPMENT) 19-1 General AG Oxygen Equipment AG Airfield Lighting Equipment AG Platform and Scaffolds AG Portable Shop Equipment AG Fire Truck, Miscellaneous Trucks, and Trailers AG Field Starters (Mobile) AG Air Compressor (Other Than Power Plant) AG Tractors and Aircraft Towing AG Mobile Electric Power Plants AG Generators for Other Than Power Plants AG Portable Heaters and Coolers AG Airplane Hydraulic Jacks AG Generator, Skid or Trailer Mounted (Gas/Nitrogen) AG Motorized Material Handling Equipment AG Transporting and Loading Equipment Configuration AG Handling Equipment AG Gas Turbine Compressors and/or Power Units and Enclosures AG A Blower Gasoline Driven AG Support Equipment Maintenance Requirements Cards AG-850XX-MRC XX-6-1 (Preoperational Checklist) Support Equipment Maintenance Requirements Cards AG-850XX-MRC XX-6-2 (Periodic Maintenance Requirements Manual) 28 SERIES (INSTRUCTIONAL EQUIPMENT, TRAINING AIDS, AND SONOBUOYS A SERIES (METEOROLOGY DCNO [AIR]) AM Test and Reference Material, Climatological Information, AM-005 Directive Material, General Information, Techniques, and Procedures Meteorological and Aerological Weather Equipment AM SERIES (SHIP INSTALLATIONS) 51-5 Arresting and Barrier Gear AD Catapult Support Gear AD Homing Devices and Beacons AE Landing/Lighting Systems AD Visual Landing Aids AD-400 Figure 7. A Sample of Conventional/TMINS Number Comparisons. (Sheet 3) 15

110 NAVAIR AG-850DA-BIB-000 AG-720A0-S AT-824M0-MIB-000 AG-670BA-OMP-000 A1-216LA AG-220AO-MIB-000 AL-855TM-GYD-000 Figure 8. Sample TMINS Numbers. 16

111 NAVAIR Table 1. CD Numbering Policy. Type CD Number Format CD Date Remarks Initial Distribution Single TM (PDF, HTML, XML) IETM Set of TMs (PDF, HTML, XML) Commissioning ADRL Replenishment (On-Line Ordering) TM Number A1-PLATFORM-IETM or A1-PLATFORM-IETM-YYY (starting with 01) A1-PLATFORM-yyy (starting with 001) A1-ADRLxxxxxx(uic)-yyy (starting with 100) TM Cutoff Date (On Cover) IETM Release Date CD Creation Date CD Release Date CD Creation Date CD Creation Date IETM Set of TMs (PDF, HTML, XML) COD ADRL NATOPS Others A1-PLATFORM-IETM-yyy (starting with 001) A1-PLATFORM-yyy (starting with 001) A1-CODxxxxxx(uic)-xxx (starting with AAA) A1-ADRLxxxxxx(uic)-yyy (starting with 100) A1-NATOPSPLATFORM-yyy (starting with 001) IETM Release Date CD Creation Date CD Creation Date CD Creation Date CD Creation Date One TM per CD Single TM (new acquisition) or multiple TMs (legacy) Multiple TMs in set. Includes all IRACs linked in web copies. Includes all IRACs linked in web copy. Includes all IRACs linked in web copy. Includes all bookmarks or ERACs present in database, or all IRACS linked in web copies. Includes all IRACS linked in web copies. Includes all IRACs linked in web copies. Includes all IRACs linked in web copies. Includes all ICs linked in web copies. JKCS Updates A1-CDJxxxxx(CVUPD or LCUPD)-yyy (starting with 001) CD Creation Date Only for CV(N)s and L- Class ships. Delivered monthly. Includes all IRACs linked in web copies of TMs. FMS A1-CDxx(country code) yyyy (platform)-###(starting with 100) 17

112 NAVAIR Figure 9. Sample of an IOL CD. (Sheet 1) 18

113 NAVAIR Figure 9. Sample of JTDI Server (Ship s LAN) Update. (Sheet 2) 19

114 NAVAIR Figure 9. Sample General Series Requisition. (Sheet 3) 20

115 NAVAIR Figure 9. Sample CAD/PAD Manual. (Sheet 4) 21

116 NAVAIR Figure 9. Sample of a COD Requisition. (Sheet 5) 22

117 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM HOW TO USE THE NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL Reference Material Equipment Applicability List...NAVAIR A General Specification for Work Package Style, Format, and Common Technical Content Requirements Technical Manuals (Work Package Concept)...MIL-DTL General Style and Format Requirements Standard Practice for Technical Manuals... MIL-STD Title Alphabetical Index Page No Conventional Format... 2 Multivolume Set... 2 Single Manual... 2 Introduction... 2 Locating the Proper Technical Manual... 2 Work Package Format... 2 Multivolume Series... 2 Single Manual

118 NAVAIR INTRODUCTION a. This Work Package (WP) was developed to assist the user of NAVAIR TMs in understanding the organization of the manuals and how access to information has been enhanced. b. For purposes of this WP, the TMs will be addressed as conventional format and WP format LOCATING THE PROPER TECHNICAL MANUAL a. The Naval Aeronautical Publications Index Equipment Applicability List (NAVAIR A) is a master listing of equipment part, model, or other designation numbers with reference to the associated TM number. b. To locate the required NAVAIR TM, the user should be knowledgeable in the use of NAVAIR A. (1) In all cases, the user must know the part number, model, or designation of the equipment before attempting to use the NAVAIR A. (2) This index cross-references a part number to a publication CONVENTIONAL FORMAT a. MULTIVOLUME SET (1) In the first manual of a multivolume set, normally there is a list of the TMs that make up the series. The user selects the manual title that most closely describes the equipment/system required. (2) Upon selection of the manual, turn to the Table of Contents or Index and locate the required maintenance function. The location of the needed function will be referenced in the tabular data. (3) Turn to the referenced section, page, or paragraph and locate the information. (4) For an explanation of the use of the IPB, refer to the Introduction to the Illustrated Parts Breakdown paragraph in the Introduction section (or chapter) of the manual in which the IPB is located. b. SINGLE MANUAL (1) Turn to the Table of Contents or Index, find the required maintenance action, and note the reference to a section, page, or paragraph. (2) Turn to the referenced section, page, or paragraph and locate the information. (3) For an explanation of the use of the IPB, refer to the Introduction to the Illustrated Parts Breakdown paragraph in the Introduction section (or chapter) of the manual in which the IPB is located WORK PACKAGE FORMAT a. MULTIVOLUME SERIES (1) In volumes with unique subject matter, each volume is essentially an independent manual and shall contain its own list of effective work packages (WPs). 2

119 NAVAIR July 2006 (a) When the TM becomes a multivolume set because of bulk, the first volume contains a complete list of all the WPs in the series. (b) In the second and subsequent volumes, only those WPs included in each volume are identified in that volume. (c) The title page of each volume contains a statement that the applicable volume is incomplete without the other volume(s) of the set. (2) In the Introduction WP of the first manual in the series, there is a list of the manuals that make up the series. The user selects the manual title that most closely describes the equipment/system. (3) In the selected TM, turn to the Alphabetical Index (WP ) and locate the title describing the information required. (4) Turn to the referenced WP and locate the title describing the information required on the WP title page under Alphabetical Index. (5) Turn to the referenced page and locate the information required. (6) For an explanation of the use of the IPB, refer to the Introduction to the Illustrated Parts Breakdown paragraph in the Introduction (WP ) of the manual in which the IPB is located. b. SINGLE MANUAL (1) Turn to the Alphabetical Index and locate the title describing the information required. (2) Turn to the referenced WP and locate the information required on the WP title page under Alphabetical Index. (3) Turn to the referenced page and locate the information required. (4) For an explanation of the use of the IPB, refer to the Introduction to the Illustrated Parts Breakdown paragraph. 3/(4 Blank)

120 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

121 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM INTERSERVICE EXCHANGE OF TECHNICAL DATA Reference Material Technical Publications Requisitioning Procedures... WP Air Force Technical Order...TO Joint Interest List of Technical Manuals... NAVAIR Interservicing of Technical Manuals and Related Technology... OPNAVINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No Continuing, Follow-On, or Bulk Requirements for Other Component TMs or TOs... 4 Exchange of Technical Manuals... 3 Air Force Technical Orders... 3 Army Technical Manuals... 4 Defense Logistics Agency Technical Manuals...4 Marine Corps Technical Manuals... 3 Navy Technical Manuals... 3 Explanation of Terms Used in OPNAVINST Component... 2 Continuing, Follow-On, or Bulk Requirements... 2 Joint Interest List... 2 Reasonable Quantity... 2 Single Point Contact... 2 General

122 NAVAIR GENERAL a. Procedures listed in this work package are towards government agencies (DOD, U.S. Military, etc.). All contractors must contact their respective Contracting Account Officer for authorization and include this authorization in the request. b. The policies and agreements for assuring maximum exchange of TMs and associated information on common use equipment by the military service and the Defense Logistics Agency are covered in OPNAVINST (1) Joint Interest List (JIL) of TMs, NAVAIR , contains a list of manuals that have common service application. These TMs are identified as: (a) Jointly used by two or more DOD components and each component has assigned its own TM number or, (b) Wherein one component is providing direct distribution support to one or more of the other DOD components. (c) The JIL is divided into five sections as follows: Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and Defense Logistics Agency. (2) Distribution of the JIL is not made to all activities. Activities requiring initial issue and automatic distribution of the JIL must submit their requirements by forwarding a letter of request with justification to the Commanding Officer, NATEC, P.O. Box , San Diego, CA or call commercial - (619) ,autovon - DSN EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED IN OPNAVINST a. COMPONENT. Military service or agency including Army, Air Force, Navy, Marine Corps, and Defense Logistics Agency. b. JOINT INTEREST LIST (1) The JIL provides status of all joint interest TMs or Technical Orders (TOs). (2) The JIL is maintained by the NATEC based on inputs provided by all components. c. CONTINUING, FOLLOW-ON, OR BULK REQUIREMENTS. A continuing need for any TM or TO listed in OPNAVINST , i.e., automatic distribution of future changes. d. REASONABLE QUANTITY (1) Any quantity up to, but usually agreed upon as, no more than 10 copies of a TM or TO per component request. (2) If the requirement exceeds these limits, it must be submitted as a bulk requirement, with chargeable printing funds identified. e. SINGLE POINT CONTACT. The designated activity within each component, which is the contact for other components on all matters dealing with joint use TMs or TOs. The Single Point of Contact for NAVAIR publications media is NATEC. Other Single Point Contacts are listed in figure 1. 2

123 NAVAIR EXCHANGE OF TECHNICAL MANUALS a. The exchange of TMs is predicated on reasonable quantity requirements and is made on a no cost basis. This exchange requisitioning arrangement applies when one DOD element requires a technical manual sponsored by another DOD element, i.e., a Navy unit requesting up to 25 copies of an Air Force TO. Detailed procedures are identified in OPNAVINST b. NAVY TECHNICAL MANUALS Submit these requirements in accordance with the TMs ordering procedures in WP c. AIR FORCE TECHNICAL ORDERS (1) One-time requisitions, not to exceed a quantity of 25 copies each, for Air Force TOs can be submitted by letter to 448MSUG/GBMUU, 7851 Arnold Street (Suite 201), Tinker AFB, OK , DSN /3604/ 3868/3680, Commercial (405) /3604/3868/3680, FAX DSN , Commercial (405) or an to mailto:reqacct@tinker.as.mil. DSN number. (a) The letter must include the TO number, quantity, justification, point of contact, and (b) Air Force Technical Orders are available on the Wright Patterson Air Force Base website at (2) Activities that require follow-on support for revisions, changes, and supplements to Air Force TOs may request a Technical Order Distribution Office (TODO) code by submitting a letter of justification to 448MSUG/GBMUU. (a) The Air Force restricts TODO code assignments and, when practical, prefers assigning one code to each installation, i.e., air station. When a TODO code has been assigned to an installation, the departments, e.g., AIMD, or divisions located at the installation shall establish themselves as a sub-account to the assigned Base TODO. Contact 448MSUG/GBMUU to verify whether a Base TODO has been established. (b) Separate entities such as deployable squadrons, wings, or groups may also be assigned a TODO code when it is not operationally practical for them to be sub-accounts of the Base TODO. (c) Once a TODO code has been assigned, requisitioning procedures will be established by the Air Force office in charge of the publications. Assistance in requisitioning publications can be obtained from 448MSUG/GBMUU, Tinker AFB, OK, DSN /3604/3868/3680, Commercial (405) /3604/3868/3680, FAX DSN , Commercial (405) d. MARINE CORPS TECHNICAL MANUALS (1) Using your government CAC card, access the website at (2) Non-Marine Corps activities should submit requirements by letter or request to the Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARDE), Headquarters, USMC, 2 Navy Annex, Room 1306, Washington, DC , DSN /3552, EXT 164, Commercial (703) /3552, FAX DSN

124 NAVAIR e. ARMY TECHNICAL MANUALS (1) Activities not desiring or required to establish an account for Army manuals may request a one-time issue of TMs on organizational letterhead or DD Form Submit the letter stating One- Time, publication titles or numbers, quantities, and justification to the address below. Be sure to include a POC and telephone number in the request. Customer service POC, DSN , or commercial (314) The letter or form may be sent via FAX to DSN Army TMs are available on the Army website at Department of the Army Distribution Operations Facility ATTN: Customer Services 1655 Woodson Road St Louis, MO (2) Navy activities requiring an Army Publications Account must complete DA Form 12-R to establish the account and forward it to the following address for approval: Commanding Officer, Naval Inventory Control Point, Code 03334, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA (3) The DA Form 12-R may be downloaded from the Army website below. After establishing the account the activity may access the Army Publications and Forms Ordering and Subscription System on the Internet at (4) The instructions on the website will enable the user to view or download Army publications or contact the Customer Service to assist in preparing the DA Form R to show the publication and quantity requirements. (5) If an immediate issue of publications is desired, submit with justification on DA Form This is also an electronic form to be completed on the website. (6) A guide, Army Pamphlet 25-33, User s Guide for Army Publications and Forms, is available and may be downloaded from the website, Go to "Search by Publication Number" and enter "25-33". Then download the guide. (7) Requests for other than an unclassified account must be justified in writing via letter through the requesting activity s chain of command. f. DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY TECHNICAL MANUALS Submit a letter to the Publications Requirements Manager of the nearest Defense Logistics Agency Field Activity listed in OPNAVINST CONTINUING, FOLLOW-ON, OR BULK REQUIREMENTS FOR OTHER COMPONENT TMs OR TOs a. Activities with continuing, follow-on, or bulk requirements for TMs or TOs from another component which exceed reasonable quantity (refer to paragraph 12-2d) shall submit a letter of request, with justification to their intraservice component control office. For Department of the Navy activities this is: 4

125 NAVAIR Commanding Officer Code NAVICP Philadelphia 700 Robbins Ave Philadelphia, PA b. The intraservice component control office will review and forward the request to the required TMs or TOs component manager s control office. The component manager s control offices are listed in OPNAVINST

126 NAVAIR Sponsoring activity of TM requested, submit request (with justification) to Service/Agency Control Office at this address: Department of the Army **Dept of the Air Force U.S. Marine Corps Defense Logistics Agency Commander U.S Army Publications Distribution Center St. Louis Attn: DOL-WMDD 1655 Woodson St. Louis, MO DSN: Commercial: (314) MSUG/GBMUU 7851 Second Street, Suite 201 Tinker AFB, OD DSN /3604/3868/3680 Commercial (405) /3604/3868/3680 Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARDE) Headquarters, USMC 2 Navy Annex, Room 1306 Washington, DC DSN /3552, Commercial (703) /3552 FAX DSN , Commercial (703) Director Defense Logistics Agency (DASC-P) 8725 John J. Kingman Road Fort Belvoir, VA **Instructions on Air Force T.O. System. Automatic Distribution of Air Force TODO/Technical Order Publications Requirements shall be submitted on AFTO Form 187. (1) If the activity does not have a Technical Order Distribution Office Code (account number), an AFTO Form 43 must be filled out in duplicate and submitted. This form may be downloaded from website (2) Detailed instructions on how to obtain Air Force Technical Orders, including how to use the forms, are covered in Air Force T.O To obtain a copy of T.O , a letter of request for a one time requirement only must be sent to: Technical Order Distribution System, 448MSUG/GBMUU, 7851 Second street, Suite 201, Tinker AFB, OD Figure 1. Single Point Contacts for Automatic Distribution and/or Bulk Publications Requirements. 6

127 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM TECHNICAL MANUAL QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM Reference Material Technical Manual Quality Assurance Program Guide...AL-855TM-GYD-000 Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)... COMNAVAIRFORINST Policies and Responsibilities for Management and Coordination of the NAVAIR Technical Manual Quality Assurance Program... NAVAIRINST Policy and Responsibilities for the Naval Air Systems Command Technical Manual Program... NAVAIRINST Naval Ordnance Maintenance Management Program (NOMMP)... OPNAVINST Requirements for Technical Manuals Quality Assurance Program...MIL-DTL Title Alphabetical Index Page No Definitions... 2 Adequacy Review... 4 Fleet Review... 5 Guidance Meeting... 3 In-Process Review... 3 Quality Assurance Program Planning Conferences... 3 Validation... 4 Verification... 4 NAVAIR Technical Manual Program (Quality Assurance)... 2 General... 2 Management Requirements... 2 Technical Manual Management Agency (TMMA)... 2 Quality Assurance Program... 2 Quality Assurance Program Objectives

128 NAVAIR NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM (Quality Assurance) a. GENERAL (1) Management Requirements. NAVAIR has established a centralized management program for the acquisition and maintenance of Technical Manuals (TMs). The acquisition and maintenance of all TMs must be effectively managed through the life cycle of the system/equipment that the TMs support. (2) Technical Manual Management Agency (TMMA) (Refer to NAVAIRINST ) (a) NATEC is the NAVAIR designated Technical Manual Management Agency (TMMA) responsible for implementing TM policy and managing and coordinating the NAVAIR TM program. (b) Primary management responsibilities for TMs are vested in the NATEC Technical Data Logistics Element Management Department. b. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM (Refer to NAVAIRINST ) (1) A continuing TM Quality Assurance (QA) Program must be maintained to assure the adequacy, accuracy, and usability of technical documentation. (2) To further enhance this effort, NAVAIRSYSCOMHQ authorized the establishment and implementation of a QA Branch within the Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command (NATEC) organization to manage QA functions. (3) Quality in documentation is attained through a uniform program of monitoring contractor production, joint government and contractor in-process reviews, contractor validation, fleet verification, and fleet use. (4) The Technical Manual Quality Assurance functions have been delegated to Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command (NATEC) QUALITY ASSURANCE BRANCH QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM OBJECTIVES a. For a TM to be of use in a Navy fleet maintenance environment, its information must be accurate, adequate in depth and scope of coverage, clear in meaning, usable, and complete. b. The text and illustrations must be arranged in logical, functional order and properly indexed to make the information readily accessible to the user. c. The content must accurately describe the equipment being covered and it must cover all configurations in the fleet. d. Quality assurance is the means used to assure that TMs are adequate, accurate, and usable DEFINITIONS a. Full appreciation and understanding of the policy and requirements criteria covering the TM Quality Assurance Program require that the basic definitions of various program elements be thoroughly understood. Detail information is contained in AL-855TM-GYD

129 NAVAIR b. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM PLANNING CONFERENCES (1) The primary objective of the Quality Assurance Program Planning Conference is to ensure an adequate understanding of all contractors' quality assurance requirements relative to a specific TM acquisition. (2) The conference will also provide the opportunity for establishing contacts and providing guidance on various quality assurance techniques, which can be applied to the TM preparation processes and procedures. c. GUIDANCE MEETING (1) At the request of the NATEC LEM, FST, contractor, or Preparing Activity, NATEC QA Branch will coordinate and schedule a guidance meeting at a negotiated site. (2) The guidance meeting is convened to ensure that the contractor/preparing activity is experienced in the latest TM specifications, that source data is adequate and available to the writer, and that all other logistics elements affecting the manual are in place or programmed. (3) If available, the manual outline will be reviewed and approved. (4) In some cases, user activities will be invited to participate and provide their expertise. d. IN-PROCESS REVIEW (1) The in-process review (IPR) is specifically designed and implemented to generate improved government quality control/contractor coordination and communication during the TM preparation stages. It is anticipated that many problems can be detected and solved prior to the initial issue of the manual. (2) It is intended that this process reap benefits such as early problem detection, proper source data use, reduced cost and man-hour expenditure, as well as guaranteeing manual preparation in strict accordance with contract requirements, specifications, maintenance plans, and user needs, (3) IPR's are held at the contractor's facility but can also be held at a designated Navy facility. the Navy. (a) IPR's intended for locations other than the contractor's facility must be approved by (b) The contractor may request IPR's at any time during the term of contract when assistance or clarification is desired. (c) The Navy will request additional IPR's when it appears the program is not proceeding according to schedule. (4) The Preparing Activity/Navy will act as recorder and record decisions, results, and findings during the IPR's utilizing the Technical Manual Evaluation Record (TMER). The Navy will provide a copy of all recorded IPR comments to all parties concerned. (5) The Navy and the contractor shall resolve IPR findings that involve problem areas or findings that require further evaluation before final disposition. Discrepancies or deficiencies found as a result of the IPR shall be corrected prior to certification or acceptance of the TM. (6) User activities may be invited to participate when technical expertise is required. 3

130 NAVAIR e. VALIDATION (1) Validation was developed and imposed in contracts in an effort to detect and correct technical errors in data being developed for fleet operation and maintenance prior to manual issue. It was designated as the process by which the contractor tests a TM for adequacy and accuracy. (2) Validation is normally conducted at the contractor's facility, but under certain circumstances may be conducted at the user site. It entails the actual performance, by contractor personnel, of operation and maintenance procedures, including checkout, alignment, removal and installation, disassembly and assembly instructions, and associated checklists to ensure their technical accuracy and adequacy. (3) All disassembly and assembly or removal and installation procedures are validated by actual performance. All other data, such as troubleshooting procedures, SM&R codes in IPB's, schematic diagrams, wiring lists/data, etc., contained in maintenance manuals, and other descriptive data is check against current, approved source data. f. VERIFICATION (1) Verification is a proofing process by which the Navy assures adequacy, accuracy, and usability of the TM in the user's environment. (2) Verification is conducted by using approved production equipment and Navy approved support equipment under the coordination responsibility of a NATEC QA Specialist. (3) Fleet maintenance personnel, of the maintenance level required by the manual, test and prove written procedures. (4) Comments are recorded and dispositioned by the preparing activity resulting in TM changes, which assure a more accurate manual for use in the fleet environment. manual. (5) Dedicated participation by the user activity is required to guarantee the quality of the g. ADEQUACY REVIEW (1) The adequacy review is convened and chaired by NATEC QA Specialist who is assisted by fleet technical personnel to determine TM accuracy, adequacy, and usability. (2) When contractually required, adequacy reviews monitor the preparation of IPB and documentation in support of the PMS and may be conducted on maintenance instruction manuals to determine adequacy prior to verification. Adequacy reviews are conducted on IPB's to ensure that the coverage is in accordance with the approved SM&R codes while PMS documentation is reviewed to ensure it is ready for fleet evaluation. (3) Adequacy reviews are also performed on commercial manuals, government manuals from other services, foreign military services manuals, existing NAVAIR manuals that have a history of errors, and any other type of manual being considered for the assignment of a NAVAIR number. (4) Adequacy reviews are held at the contractor's facility but can also be held at a designated Navy facility. (a) Adequacy reviews intended for locations other than the contractor's facility must be approved by the Navy. 4

131 NAVAIR (b) The contractor may request adequacy reviews at any time during the term of the contract when assistance or clarification is desired. (c) The Navy will request additional adequacy reviews when it appears the program is not proceeding according to schedule. (5) The Navy will act as recorder and record decisions, results, and findings during the adequacy review utilizing the TMCR. The Navy will provide a copy of all recorded adequacy review comments to the contractor. (6) The Navy and the contractor shall resolve adequacy review findings that involve problem areas or findings that require further evaluation before final disposition. Discrepancies or deficiencies found as a result of the adequacy review shall be corrected prior to certification or acceptance of the TM. h. FLEET REVIEW (1) A Fleet Review is a review performed on some NAVAIR manuals that are being considered for change or revision, to ensure that they meet the needs of the user. (2) Fleet reviews are normally convened by the Technical Manual Cognizant Field Activity (TMCFA) or NATEC QA Specialist and are assisted by a team of Fleet Technicians. 5/(6 Blank)

132 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

133 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM NAVAIR TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEFICIENCY REPORTING PROGRAMS Reference Material NAVAIR Related Documentation Controlled by other Navy Elements... WP NAVAIR Technical Directives... WP Electronic and Interactive Electronic Technical Manuals... WP NATOPS General Flight and Operating Instructions... OPNAVINST Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)... COMNAVAIRFORINST Naval Ordnance Maintenance Management Program (NOMMP)... OPNAVINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No NATOPS Deficiency Reporting... 6 Technical Publication Deficiency Reporting... 3 CAT 1, 2, 3, and 4 TPDR Reporting Control Number (RCN)... 3 Category 1 TPDR... 3 Category 2, 3, and 4 TPDR... 4 FSTs/LMTCs... 5 NATEC ( )... 4 TPDR Incorporation... 7 Technical Publication Deficiency Reporting Program... 2 Tracking Status of TPDRs... 6 Types of Deficiency Reporting Programs

134 NAVAIR TECHNICAL PUBLICATION DEFICIENCY REPORTING PROGRAM a. Technical publication deficiencies are prepared in accordance with the Naval Aviation Maintenance Discrepancy Reporting Program (NAMDRP) and reported using the Technical Publication Deficiency Reporting (TPDR) process. The process provides simplified procedures for reporting technical publication safety hazards (Category 1or CAT 1) and routine deficiencies (Category 2 through 4 or CAT 2 through 4) found in NAVAIR TMs. b. This work package (WP) will familiarize users of NAVAIR manuals with how to report deficiencies in TMs. They are not used for reporting deficiencies in instructions or notices. c. For the purpose of this work package, a deficiency is defined as a TM lacking some form of quality, faculty, or characteristic necessary for accuracy and completeness. Some of the more prevalent deficiencies are: (1) Incomplete information, (2) Technical inaccuracy, (3) Erroneous information, (4) Incorrect artwork, (5) Missing details, (6) Incorrect/lacking part numbers, (7) Format errors affecting maintenance, (8) Warnings/Cautions not identified, (9) Incorrect operating procedures, (10) Incomplete troubleshooting, (11) Incorrect or non-working electronic links, (12) Inaccuracies of any other kind. d. Originators must submit separate TPDRs for each discrepancy whether the discrepancies are in the same or a different manual. This will facilitate tracking and final resolution of a valid TPDR for incorporation into the affected technical manual. IETM users may additionally submit via electronic format TYPES OF DEFICIENCY REPORTING PROGRAMS a. There are two types of manuals used to support Naval Aviation. (1) They are TM and Naval Aviation Tactical Operations Procedures Standardization (NATOPS). (2) Each has a separate and distinct process for reporting deficiencies. (3) Both methods will be outlined in this work package. 2

135 NAVAIR b. Deficiencies discovered in NAVAIR TDs (WP ) shall be reported using the same methods as TMs. (1) CAT 1 and CAT 2 through 4 TPDRs against NAVAIR 17-20, 17-50, and series manuals are to be submitted using the process outlined in WP They are not to be submitted to NATEC. (2) Refer to COMNAVAIRFORINST , and OPNAVINST for a complete description of types of TMs, and detailed instructions on the use and transmittal of TPDRs. c. Refer to WP for IETM procedures TECHNICAL PUBLICATION DEFICIENCY REPORT a. CAT 1, 2, 3 AND 4 TPDR REPORT CONTROL NUMBER (RCN). The originating activity assigns a Report Control Number (RCN), which is also used as a tool in tracking the TPDR. (1) When utilizing CAT 1 message, the RCN is comprised of four elements. (a) The first character is the service designator code (N, V, or R) of the originating activity, N is for Navy and Marine Corps aviation nondeploying units, V is for Navy and Marine Corps aviation Atlantic Fleet operating forces, and R is for Navy and Marine Corps Pacific operating forces. (b) The next five characters are the originating activity Unit Identification Code (UIC), for example for (c) The middle two digits are the last two numbers of the calendar year, for example, 06 (d) The last four digits are locally assigned control number, sequentially assigned by the originator and revert to 0001 at the beginning of each calendar year. One set of sequential numbers will be used by each originating activity for all NAMDRP reports and are assigned sequentially without regard for the type of report. (2) When utilizing CAT 2 through 4 on the NATEC web site, RCN is comprised of the three elements identified in paragraph b(1)(b) through (d) above. See COMNAVAIRFORINST for other types of reports that are included in the NAMDRP report numbering system. b. CATEGORY 1 TPDR (CAT 1) is required when a technical publication deficiency is detected which, if not corrected, could result in death or injury to or loss of aircraft, equipment, or facilities. (1) A CAT 1 TPDR (see figure 1) priority message shall be submitted within 24 hours after discovery of a deficiency. Originators will include NATEC as an addressee on messages using the plain language address (PLAD): NATEC SAN DIEGO CA//6.8.5//. (2) Reference to IETM bookmarks or other descriptive files that will be uploaded to the NATEC website could be included in paragraph 22m (Recommendations block on the CAT 1 TPDR message). 3

136 NAVAIR c. CATEGORY 2, 3, AND 4 TPDR (CAT 2, 3, and 4) are non-safety related TM deficiencies which, if not corrected, may impact mission readiness but would not result in either death or injury or loss of aircraft, equipment, or facilities. These deficiencies include technical errors, wrong measurement values, incorrect use of support equipment (SE), wrong sequence of adjustments, part number errors or omissions, etc. They are defined as follows: (1) Category 2 or CAT 2 is required when a non-safety related technical data deficiency results in ineffective maintenance practices that directly impacts mission accomplishment in an adverse manner, causing a maintenance delay of eight hours or more. All non-safety measurement value discrepancies (PSI, torque values, voltage readings, etc.) shall be submitted as a CAT 2 discrepancy. In addition, part number discrepancies causing a maintenance delay of eight hours or more shall be submitted as a CAT 2 TPDR. (2) Category 3 or CAT 3 is a non-safety related technical data deficiency, for which an acceptable workaround caused a maintenance delay of less than eight hours. In addition, part number discrepancies causing a maintenance delay of less than eight hours shall be submitted as a CAT 3 TPDR. (3) Category 4 or CAT 4 is a technical data deficiency of a non-technical or administrative nature, that has no safety or mission impact. CAT 4 TPDRs include misspelled words, List of Effective Page or typographical errors. NOTE CAT 4 TPDRs shall not be used to report illegible or incorrect part numbers or measurement values, including torque, voltage, pressure, or other measurement readings. These are not considered typographical errors and shall be reported as CAT 1 or 2, as previously defined. d. CAT 2, 3, and 4 TPDRs shall be submitted digitally using NATEC web site at (see figure 2). Submission of digital TPDRs allows for quicker receipt, review, response, and resolution by the cognizant Fleet Support Team (FST)/Lead Maintenance Technology Center (LMTC). In addition, TPDRs statuses and reports may be obtained. The TPDR originator receives notification of changes in the status of the TPDR if an address was provided during TPDR submission (1) If web site entry is not possible, TPDRs may be submitted via to nani_tpdr@navy.mil. FMS customers for further guidance contact respective FMS LEM. (2) For additional information, contact the NATEC TPDR Clearinghouse Coordinator (NATEC, Code 6.8.5) at DSN or COMM (619) or the local TPS at the telephone numbers listed in WP e. NATEC (Code ), as the central distribution manager for all COMNAVAIRSYSCOM TMs and the central clearinghouse for COMNAVAIRSYSCOM's TPDR Program shall: (1) Provide a TPDR clearinghouse function staffed to coordinate TPDR actions, FST/LMTC responsibilities, reassignment of TPDRs between sites/fsts/lmtcs and to monitor, follow up and ensure responses are provided within the prescribed time frames as follows: (a) Within one working day after receipt of a CAT 1 TPDR. (b) Within 30 days of receipt of a CAT 2, 3, or 4 TPDR. 4

137 NAVAIR (2) Maintain an active and historical record of all TM deficiencies in the TPDR database with TMAPS on the NATEC website ( (3) Assign action on all CAT 1 TPDRs to the responsible FST/LMTC, making notification within one working day after receipt of a CAT 1 TPDR in the NATEC web site. (4) Coordinate action with responsible TM authoring activities (FSTs/LMTCs, OEMs, or subcontractors) to ensure correction of TMs. (5) Provide TPDR status as requested. f. FSTs/LMTCs shall: (1) Screen all incoming TPDRs to ensure they have been submitted using the applicable categories (CAT 1 through CAT 4) and change or update status on each within NATEC TMAPS web site to acknowledge they have been taken for action, per fleet entitlements as defined as: (a) Within five working days of receipt of a CAT 1 TPDR. (b) Within 30 working days of receipt of a CAT 2, 3, or 4 TPDR. (2) Determine validity and develop corrective action(s) (as appropriate) to provide resolution per the following timeframe: (a) CAT 1 TPDRs. Every effort shall be made to complete resolution and issue corrective action within 30 days of receipt of CAT 1 TPDRs. Corrective action is defined as an IRAC, RAC, Change or Revision to applicable TMs. 1 If resolution is not determined within five working days of receipt of CAT 1 TPDR a Preliminary Response shall be provided. In all cases, a response or report shall be provided within five working days of receipt of a CAT 1 TPDR; either as a Preliminary Response or a Final Report. 2 If resolution is not determined within 30 days and for every 30 days thereafter an Interim Response(s) shall be provided until final resolution. 3 Upon final resolution, a Final Report shall be provided indicating final disposition and pending/closing action(s) (as appropriate). A Final Report may take the place of a Preliminary Response if final resolution is determined within five working days of receipt of CAT 1 TPDR. (b) CAT 2 TPDR. Complete validation and annotated TPDR status within NATEC TMAPS web site to indicate validity and additional steps to be taken (if any). Every effort shall be made to complete and ensure corrective action as soon as possible after determining a CAT 2 TPDR is valid. Corrective action is defined as an IRAC, RAC, Change or Revision to applicable TM(s). Corrective action may be constructed to resolve multiple CAT 2 TPDRs as a cost effective measure. (c) CAT 3 and 4 TPDRs. Screen for safety review and change TPDR status within NATEC TMAPS web site to indicate screening has been completed. (d) CAT 3 and 4 TPDRs shall be held for additional review, validation and incorporation as funding permits. The FST/LMTC shall attempt to incorporate CAT 3 and 4 TPDRs in conjunction with higher priority manual changes. (3) Provide TPDR status (as required) to the ACC/TYCOM. 5

138 NAVAIR (4) Coordinate with NATEC to resolve problems with identification of responsibility for TPDRs, to ensure they are: (a) Assigned to the correct engineering and data management authorities. (b) Managed effectively to provide TM users timely and accurate corrective actions NATOPS DEFICIENCY REPORTING a. NATOPS publications include Flight Manuals, NATOPS checklists, Passenger Information Cards, and Ditching and Bailout Placards. Aircraft TMs include Tactical Manuals, Tactical Pocket Guides, and Tactical Information Airborne Information Documents. b. Deficiencies are reported under the NATOPS and Aircraft Tactical Manual Programs by submitting a NATOPS/Tactical Change Recommendation OPNAV Form 3710/6 or by other acceptable means as specified in OPNAVINST c. These deficiency reports are not to be submitted to NATEC. Routine deficiencies are forwarded to the NATOPS or Aircraft Tactical Model Manager unit responsible for maintaining the publication. Urgent deficiencies are forwarded to the TYCOM in the originator s chain of command. d. Detailed information on the NATOPS/Tactical Manual Deficiency Reporting Program is contained in OPNAVINST TRACKING STATUS OF TPDRs a. Activities, (for example; NAMDRP Coordinator of a military activity) tracking status of outstanding and historical TPDRs for their respective activities or TM, can do so utilizing the NATEC web site. Web site entry of TPDRs significantly reduces submission and response times. b. Once in NATEC's website: (1) Select Publication Deficiency Reports (TPDRs) link from the TMAPS Main Menu. (2) The TPDR Database screen is used for searching TPDR records that match the inputted search criteria. It is also utilized to add TPDR records. Functions are available according to the permissions given to the user. (3) On the TPDR Database screen, fill-in the activity UIC (this is for locating all TPDRs as requested by the selected desired category and/or search options). If looking for a specific TPDR fill-in the appropriate search fields as displayed on the screen. Remember, the "?" icon on upper right hand corner of the screen also gives guidelines in utilizing the TPDR Database screen. (4) Select the desired category: (a) All Categories - Select this option to search all TPDRs against the requested UIC. (b) CAT 1 - Select this option to search for only Category 1 TPDRs. (c) CAT 2 Select this option to search for only Category 2 TPDRs. (d) CAT 3 Select this option to search for only Category 3 TPDRs. (e) CAT 4 Select this option to search for only Category 4 TPDRs. 6

139 NAVAIR (f) CAT II Select this option to search for only Category II TPDRs. (5) Select one of the following search options: (a) Search Active TPDRs Select this option to search for all outstanding TPDRs against TMs that match the search criteria. Click the Submit button to display the TPDR Search Result screen. (b) Find TPDRs Against TDs Select this option to search for all outstanding TPDRs against TDs that match the search criteria. Click the Submit button to display the TPDR Search Result screen. (c) Search History File Select this option to search for all incorporated TPDRs that match the search criteria. Click the Submit button to display the TPDR History Search Result screen. (d) List User's TPDRs Select this option to view all TPDRs created by the user. Click the submit button to display TPDR Search Result screen. (6) Once the information has been displayed, download the file into excel for tracking. (7) If the Fleet activity NAMDRP Coordinator does not have access to NATEC's website, the CTPL may assist by downloading the outstanding TPDRs. It is still the NAMDRP Coordinator's responsibility to track outstanding TPDRs as described in COMNAVAIRFORINST and CSEC TPDR INCORPORATION a. A response to a CAT 1 or CAT 2, 3, or 4 TPDR will not be used to make a pen change to a NAVAIR TM. Physical alteration of the technical content of NAVAIR TMs is not authorized. b. All valid TPDR s and resulting IRAC s are considered source data to be incorporated during the next scheduled update of the affected TM. 7

140 NAVAIR FM USS CARL VINSON TO NATEC SAN DIEGO CA//TPDR// NAVAIRWARCENWPNDIV CHINA LAKE CA//JJJ// AIG FOUR TWO THREE INFO COMSTRKFITWINGSPAC LEMOORE CA//JJJ// BT UNCLAS //N04790// MSGID/GENADMIN/USS CARL VINSON// SUBJ/CAT 1 TPDR NES-12 PARACHUTE ASSY// REF/A/DOC/COMNAVAIRFORINST /01FEB05// REF/B/DOC/NA /01OCT95// NARR/REF A IS NAVAL AVIATION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. REF B IS EMERGENCY PERSONNEL AND DROGUE PARACHUTE SYSTEM MANUAL.// RMKS/1. USS CARL VINSON AIMD/03370 (Reporting Custodian and UIC) 2. NAVAIRWARCENWPNDIV CHINA LAKE CA (Aircraft/equipment/program FST/LMTC) 3. R (Reporting Control Number) /USS CARL VINSON (Julian date deficiency was discovered and location of reporting unit. Omit location if entry will cause the message to become classified.) LP (NSN of publication) 6. THROUGH 21. NA 22. A. NA (Details, technical publication number.) B. NES-12 PARACHUTE ASSY (Aircraft/weapon system model or equipment number.) C. 01 OCT 95 (Basic date of technical publication.) D. NA (Change data and change number) E. NA (Work package number, if applicable.) F C (Page number.) G A-14 (Paragraph number.) H C (Figure number/table number.) I. THROUGH K. NA L. ASSY INDUCTED INTO AIMD FOR SCHEDULED REPACK AND USE AS A TRAINING AID BY PARALOFT PERSONNEL. DURING TRAINING AND ACTIVIATION OF THE FOUR LINE RELEASE SYSTEM, THE DAISY CHAIN SECURING LINES 1 AND 2 FAILED TO UNCHAIN. INVESTIFATION REVEALED THAT THE FF THREAD ENTERS AND EXITS THE FLUTE TOO CLOSELY, THE INDIVIDUAL THREADS OF THE FLUTE WEBBING WILL BRAK INSTEAD OF THE FF THREAD. IF THE LAST LOOP OF THE DAISY CHAIN IS NOT PULLED INTO THE FLUTE TO POSITION IT DIRECTLY UNDER THE ENTRY AND EXIT POINTS OF THE FF THREAD IN THE FLUTE, THE THREAD WILL BREAK BUT COULD BE PULLED THROUGH THE FLUTE WEBBING AND BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO BECOME ENTANGLED IN THE DAISY CHAIN. THIS COULD CAUSE A LOCKING OF THE REMAINING DAISY CHAIN AS IT DID IN THIS CASE. IF THE FF THREAD DOES NOT PIERCE THE LANYARD THROUGH THE CENTER, BUT ONLY CATCHES A PORTION OF THE OUTER CASING, IT IS POSSIBLE TO RUPTURE THE OUTER CASING OF THE LANYARD AND FAIL TO BREAK THE FF THREAD TACKING. PHOTOGRAPHS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST. (Deficiency, be specific.) M. RECOMMENDATION (Recommendations, be specific.) 1. RECOMMEND FOLLOWING WARNING BE INSERTED BETWEEN STEPS 13 AND 14 OF PARA 15-18A OF REF B: WARNING ENTRY AND EXIT POINTS OF THE FF THREAD ARE AT LEAST 14 INCHES APART. THE LAST LOOP OF THE DAISY CHAIN IS PULLED FAR ENOUGH INTO THE FLUTE TO POSITION IT DIRECTLY BENEATH THE ENTRY AND EXIT POINTS OF THE FF THREAD. 2. RECOMMEND FIG 15-12C BE CHANGED TO SHOW EMPHASIS ON SEPARATION OF ENTRY AND EXIT POINTS OF THE FF THREAD AND POSITIONING OF THE LAST LOOP. BT N. J.A. MILLER, PRCS, ALSS LCPO, DEPLOYED// (Name, title, DSN and telephone numbers of cognizant official (E-7 or above). If deployed, delete phone number and insert the word "DEPLOYED".) (Explanation of elements utilized in message.) Figure 1. Sample CAT 1 TPDR Message. 8

141 NAVAIR Figure 2. Sample CAT 2 TPDR (Filled out TPDR on NATEC web site) (sheet 1) 9

142 NAVAIR Figure 2. Sample CAT 2 TPDR (Ready for printing from NATEC web site) (Sheet 2) 10

143 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM NAVAIR TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES Reference Material NAVAIR Technical Publications Deficiency Reporting Programs... WP Technical Publication Requisitioning Procedures... WP Central Technical Publications Library Operating Procedures... WP Central Library Verification/Audit Requirements... WP NATEC Technical Publications Library Program... WP NAVAIR Technical Directives System Management and Procedures Manual... NAVAIR NAVAIR Technical Directive System... NAVAIRINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No Concurrent Validation/Verification of Technical Directives... 7 CTPL TD Management Procedures (WP )... 7 Methods of Updating Technical Directives... 5 Amendment... 5 Revision... 5 NATEC TD Assistance... 8 NAVAIR Technical Directive (TD) System... 2 Technical Directive Categories... 3 Immediate... 3 Record Purpose... 4 Routine... 4 Urgent... 3 Technical Directive Completion, Supersedure, and Cancellation... 5 Cancellation... 6 Completion (Formerly Rescission)... 5 Supersedure... 6 Technical Directive Issued in Parts... 6 Technical Directive Requisitioning Procedures... 7 Formal (Hard Copy) Documents... 7 Formal TD and Bulletin Classifications... 7 Messages or Message Format Letters (If Enclosures are Required)... 7 Bulletin Messages or Message Format Letters... 8 Interim Change Messages or Message Format Letters... 7 RAMEC Messages or Message Format Letters... 8 Technical Directive Types... 2 Bulletin... 2 Formal Change... 2 Interim Change... 2 Rapid Action Minor Engineering Change (RAMEC)... 3 Validation of Proposed Technical Directives... 6 Verification of Proposed Technical Directives

144 NAVAIR NAVAIR TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE (TD) SYSTEM a. The TD system is the only authorized medium for directing the accomplishment and recording of modifications and one-time inspections of NAVAIR accepted equipment. b. NAVAIR INSTRUCTION contains governing policy instructions on the TD system. NAVAIR is the management and procedures manual for the TD system. c. The Central Technical Publications Library (CTPL) will maintain a master file of applicable TDs. Copies of TDs properly stamped, issued, and controlled by the CTPL are authorized for use in work centers. NOTE Effective TD changes and bulletins, which affect Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) equipment and clothing, and are issued between changes or revisions to ALSS manuals, should be recorded in the appropriate section of the manual as directed by the TD change or bulletin. The modified section of the manual for the affected equipment shall be annotated in the outer margin of the page with a vertical line and the number of the TD change or bulletin. A copy of the TD change or bulletin will be filed in a separate binder in the ALSS work center. When ALSS manuals are updated, these changes will be incorporated into the applicable chapters and the text of the chapters updated to reflect these TD changes and bulletins. IMAs may hold, in the work center (on a controlled basis), copies of TDs considered to be ongoing. d. Deficiencies discovered in the TD system shall be reported as a CAT 1 TPDR Message or as a CAT 2, 3 or 4 TPDR (WP ) TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE TYPES a. A TD is a collective term, which includes four types of technical issues: Formal Change, Interim Change, Bulletin, and Rapid Action Minor Engineering Change (RAMEC). b. FORMAL CHANGE. A Formal Change TD directs the accomplishment and recording of a configuration change; that is, a material change, a repositioning, a modification, or an alteration in the characteristics of a system. Normally, a Change is issued as a formal (hard copy) document identified as an Airframe Change (AFC), Avionics Change (AVC), Support Equipment Change (SEC), etc. c. INTERIM CHANGE. Urgency sometimes dictates dissemination of a TD by message or message format letter when enclosures are required. Under these circumstances this action is designated as an Interim Change. d. BULLETIN. A Bulletin directs a one-time inspection to determine whether a given condition exists and specifies what action shall be taken if the condition is found. (1) It may contain instructions for corrective action using approved repair procedures, provided no change in material or configuration is involved. (2) Or, it may require issuing a change TD to remedy a deficiency. (3) Bulletins are disseminated as Naval messages or as message format letters when enclosures are required. 2

145 NAVAIR (4) When required and appropriate, a Bulletin may include direction for issuing an IRAC or for creating a local MRC to establish continuing inspection requirements for the same action. Grounding Bulletins restrict flight operations by requiring inspection prior to further flight, preflight, turn-around, daily inspection, next equipment use, or within the next ten flight hours. e. RAPID ACTION MINOR ENGINEERING CHANGE (RAMEC). The concept of the RAMEC program is "fleet self-help". A RAMEC directs the accomplishment and recording of a minor configuration change. (1) RAMECs are issued by Naval messages or letters (in message format) as change TDs (e.g., AFCs, AVCs). (2) NAVAIR , Appendix D, describes the management and procedures functions of the NAVAIR RAMEC TD system. (3) NAVAIR or specifically designated approval authority at cognizant field activities shall issue these types of technical directives. (4) TYCOM/Controlling Custodian re-addresses and disseminates RAMEC TDs to subordinate activities TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE CATEGORIES a. Four categories of TDs are assigned in accordance with the importance and urgency of accomplishing the work involved. The four TD categories are: Immediate Action, Urgent Action, Routine Action, and Record Purpose. b. IMMEDIATE. This category shall be used when an uncorrected, unsafe condition exists which could result in fatal or serious injury to personnel; or extensive damage to or destruction of valuable property; and such conditions embody risks that are calculated to be unacceptable. (1) The urgency of this category requires immediate action to: (a) Ground aircraft, (b) Prevent launch of missiles, or (c) Deny use of related support equipment or munitions. reports. (2) Assignment of this category shall be justified by incident, accident, hazard, or similar (3) CNO/CMC concurrence is mandatory. c. URGENT. This category shall be issued under the governing factors of combat necessity or potential hazardous conditions that could result in injury to personnel, damage to valuable property, or unacceptable reductions in operational readiness. (1) These conditions compromise safety or embody risks that are calculated to be acceptable only within definite time and/or performance limits. (2) Urgency of this category requires compliance within specified time limits. to: (3) If compliance is not accomplished by expiration of time limit, this category requires action 3

146 NAVAIR (a) Ground aircraft, (b) Discontinue use of air-launched weapons, (c) Prevent launch of missiles, equipment, (d) Discontinue operation of ground communications, electronic or meteorological (e) Discontinue use of support equipment, personnel equipment, materials, or munitions. d. ROUTINE. This category shall be issued for conditions that embody degrees of risk calculated to be acceptable within broad time limits. (1) The uncorrected existence of these conditions could: (a) Constitute a hazard through prolonged use, (b) Have a negative effect on operational effectiveness or readiness, (c) Reduce tactical utility or supportability, (d) Reduce operational service life. (2) Routine Action category shall not be assigned to Interim Change TDs or Bulletins. e. RECORD PURPOSE. The Record Purpose category is assigned to Formal Change TDs issued to document configuration changes that have been incorporated in all affected equipment by the change designer/originator before the TD is issued. (1) The primary purpose of the Record Purpose TD is to provide the official record of an engineering change for Technical Directive Status Accounting (TDSA) purposes. (2) Some additional criteria governing use of Record Purpose TDs are: (a) TDs that require forced retrofit or changes to spares in the inventory may not be assigned the Record Purpose category. Purpose. (b) TDs issued to supersede and formalize Interim Change TDs may not be Record (c) Bulletins, Interim Change TDs, RAMECs, and other message TDs may not be assigned the Record Purpose category. (d) The Record Purpose category may be assigned only to Formal Change TDs and only when the period for change incorporation in all affected systems is 18 months or less from date of NAVAIR Change Control Board (CCB) approval. (e) Record Purpose TDs may be used to support changes applicable only to Foreign Military Sales (FMS), on an exception basis, when approved by the NASC. 4

147 NAVAIR METHODS OF UPDATING TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES a. AMENDMENT. An amendment to a TD clarifies, corrects, adds to, deletes from, makes minor changes, extends a target completion date, or cancels an existing TD, revision or amendment. (1) An Amendment shall include: TD category, TD title, TD number, TD code, amendment number, issue date, target completion date, subject, references (if required), purpose, detailed instructions, signature, prepared by, and verified by. (For example refer to WP , figure 3) (2) The PURPOSE section of Amendments shall state the reason the amendment is required. (3) When applicable, an amendment to a TD shall explicitly state additional work required on equipment modified or inspected in accordance with the basic TD, existing amendments, or previous revision. (4) A maximum of three amendments may be issued before a revision shall be required. (5) Amendments are identified numerically (e.g. AVC 3500 Amendment 1). b. REVISION. A Revision is a completely new edition of an existing TD. (1) The DOCUMENTATION AFFECTED section of Revisions shall state that the revision supersedes the basic TD or previous TD Revision and all existing amendments thereto. (2) The PURPOSE section of Revisions shall re-state the purpose of the basic TD, and in addition, state the reason the revision is required. (3) When applicable, a Revision to a TD shall explicitly state the additional work required on equipment modified or inspected in accordance with the basic TD, existing amendments, or previous revision. (4) If a rescinded/completed TD requires reactivation status, it shall be issued as a Revision. (5) Revisions are identified alphabetically (e.g., AVC 3500 Revision A) TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE COMPLETION, SUPERSEDURE, AND CANCELLATION a. COMPLETION (FORMERLY RESCISSION). Completion is the normal process by which TDs are moved from active TD files to the history TD files when records show all compliance have been accomplished. The terms Completion and Target Completion Date have replaced Rescission and Rescission Date. (1) A completed TD is not cancelled or repealed. It has simply been moved administratively to an inactive (History) file to facilitate and better focus management attention on active TDs. (2) All TDs, except Interim Changes, are assigned Target Completion Dates. This date represents a future point in time when compliance requirements are expected to be complete. (3) A TD does not have to be extended past its Target Completion Date, or reactivated to be complied with. COMNAVAIRSYSCOM (AIR ) should issue kits on demand. Kits should be ordered and compliance actions should be performed regardless of whether a TD is in active or completed status. 5

148 NAVAIR (4) Completed TDs shall not be discarded. They shall be retained as a permanent record of system configuration by NATEC and at the designated compliance maintenance level. b. SUPERSEDURE. Supersedure is the process by which an issued/published TD is removed from active files upon issue of a superseding TD. (1) Interim Change TDs are superseded by Formal Change TDs. (2) TD Revisions supersede the basic TDs, including all previously issued amendments and revisions to them. c. CANCELLATION. Cancellation terminates compliance requirements and removes TDs from the active files. (1) Cancelled TDs may be discarded. (2) TD cancellation is affected by issuing a TD amendment. (3) Cancellation is applicable to any TD, if after approval, a program manager decides it should be terminated for any reason TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES ISSUED IN PARTS a. When a TD is to be issued in parts, the first or basic issue of the TD will always be Part 1, even though it will not be identified as such in the TD number. Subsequent issues shall be identified by Arabic numbers as Part 2, Part 3, etc. (e.g., F/A-18-AFC-234 Part 2). b. The Issue Date for each part will be the date that specific part was issued. c. Each part shall be a complete, stand-alone TD VALIDATION OF PROPOSED TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES a. Validation is an engineering process by which the originator of a change validates the change instructions by accomplishing all required tasks on applicable systems to ensure the modified items function as intended. b. Validation is usually conducted at an organic depot or contractor facility, but may be conducted at an operational site as directed by the NAVAIR Assistant Program Manager of Logistics (APML)/Logistics Manager (LM). Software changes usually are validated by designated Software Support Activities (SSAs) VERIFICATION OF PROPOSED TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES a. Verification is a TD installation/compliance process where a naval activity tests an unissued TD for accuracy and adequacy. b. Verification is the actual installation of change kits, incorporation of changes or performance of inspections by personnel of the prescribed skill, using a proposed TD, support equipment and special tools available at, and in an environment comparable to the average service facilities of the lowest authorized compliance maintenance level. c. Verification is the responsibility of the APML. d. TDs calling for compliance by naval activities shall be verified prior to issue. 6

149 NAVAIR e. TD verification shall be assigned a sufficiently high priority to enable completion of the required action within the prescribed time limit. f. If a verifying activity determines a TD to be unsatisfactory or deficient in any respect, that activity shall report difficulties, make recommendations or corrections, and request instructions from the APML/LM. g. Exceptions to verification requirements are identified in NAVAIR , Section III CONCURRENT VALIDATION/VERIFICATION OF TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES Concurrent validation/verification shall be accomplished in accordance with the instructions contained in NAVAIR , Section III CTPL TD MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE (See WP ) TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE REQUISITIONING PROCEDURES a. FORMAL TD AND BULLETIN CLASSIFICATIONS (1) TDs fall into two distinct classifications, Formal (Hard Copy) TDs and Bulletins. (2) The procedures for requisitioning vary, based on the classification of the TD involved. b. FORMAL (HARD COPY) DOCUMENTS (1) These TDs are printed by the Defense Automated Printing Service (DAPS) and stored at Defense Distribution Depot Susquehanna Pennsylvania, Mechanicsburg, PA. (2) They are stock numbered and listed in the NAVSUP P2003. (3) To order required TDs, the MILSTRIP/NLL system will be used (WP ). c. MESSAGES OR MESSAGE FORMAT LETTERS (IF ENCLOSURES ARE REQUIRED) (1) Interim Change Messages or Message Format Letters (a) Shall be distributed by the NAVAIR Address Indicator Group (AIG) and supplemental AIG number system. (b) Other affected addressees shall be included when a supplemental AIG number has not been established. (c) Interim Change message format letter distribution is accomplished utilizing NAVAIR AIG system as a guide in conjunction with the Standard Navy Distribution List (SNDL) to affected addressees. (d) Activities shall submit requests for additional copies of Interim Change Messages or message format letters to NATEC, by calling DSN or Commercial (619) , or FAX DSN or FAX Commercial (619)

150 NAVAIR (2) Bulletin Messages or Message Format Letters (a) Shall be distributed by the NAVAIR AIG and supplemental AIG number system. (b) Other affected addresses shall be included when a supplemental AIG number has not been established. (c) Bulletin message format letter distribution is accomplished utilizing NAVAIR AIG system as a guide in conjunction with the Standard Navy Distribution List (SNDL) to list affected addressees. (d) Activities shall submit requests for additional copies of Bulletin Messages or message format letters to NATEC, by calling DSN or Commercial (619) , or FAX DSN /2682 or FAX Commercial (619) d. RAMEC MESSAGES OR MESSAGE FORMAT LETTERS (1) Shall be distributed by the NAVAIR AIG numbering system and the applicable AIG supplemental list. (2) TYCOM/Controlling Custodian re-address and disseminate RAMEC TDs to subordinate activities. (3) Activities shall submit requests for additional copies of RAMEC messages or message format letters to NATEC, by calling DSN or Commercial (619) , or FAX DSN or FAX Commercial (619) NATEC TD ASSISTANCE a. NATEC provides the following TD assistance functions: letter to: or (1) Maintains a master archival file of TDs. Activities requiring copies may submit a request by Commanding Officer ATTN: Technical Directives (Code ) BLDG 90-1 Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command P O Box San Diego, CA (2) to: nani_techdirectives@navy.mil b. Assistance in this area may also be obtained from NATEC, by calling DSN or Commercial (619) or FAX DSN or FAX Commercial (619) c. Furnishes automatic distribution of formal (hard copy) changes through the NAVAIR Automatic Distribution Requirements List Program (ADRL), WP d. Provides a Weekly Summary for issued TDs that were distributed during the previous week (WP ). This summary is a message directed to the TYCOMS for readdressal to fleet activities. 8

151 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, AND DATA ITEM DESCRIPTIONS (DIDs) Reference Material Technical Publication Requisitioning Procedures... WP Acquisition Management Systems and Data Requirements Control List...DOD L How to Obtain Specifications and Standards from the Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP).... DOD Index of Specifications and Standards (DODISS)... DOD Index of Classified Standardization Documents...No Number Title Alphabetical Index Page No Data Item Descriptions (DIDs)... 5 Definitions of Specifications and Standards... 2 Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards (DODISS)... 3 DODISS Automatic Distribution... 4 DODISS One Time Issue... 4 Indexing... 3 Media... 4 Requisitioning Procedures... 3 Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP)... 2 List of Federal /Military/Industry Specifications and Standards, and NAVAIR Series Documents Approved by the Naval Air Systems Command

152 NAVAIR DEFINITIONS OF SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS a. Specification and standards are issued by the Department of Defense (DOD) to standardize material and equipment used within the government service. b. Procuring activity will refer to a specification or standard in the contract when purchasing material or equipment for use by a government agency. This ensures the purchased material/equipment meets the requirements of the Navy and user activity. (1) A typical example is the procurement of a TM. (a) NATEC imposes selected specifications in the contract. (b) These specifications stipulate the format, technical content and IPB requirements. Additional specifications and standards details to be used in the TM data. (2) Another example is that of hardware. (a) Bolts are procured in very large numbers. (b) When bolts are required, a procuring activity advertises for bids to provide X number of bolts in accordance with a designated specification or standard. (c) The specification or standard in turn fully describes the bolt by material to be used, bolt length, diameter, thread size, head size, and any other pertinent information to ensure uniformity of all bolts under that specification or standard number DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE SINGLE STOCK POINT (DODSSP) a. The Defense Automated Printing Service (DAPS) has established an office for the management of specifications and standards. b. This office, DODSSP, was created to centralize the control, distribution, and access to the extensive collection of Military Specifications, Standards, and related standardization documents either prepared by or adopted by the DOD. c. The responsibilities of the DODSSP include electronic storage, indexing, cataloging, maintenance, POD, distribution, and sale of Military Specifications, Standards, and related standardization documents and publications comprising the DODSSP collection. d. The DODSSP also maintains the Acquisition Streamlining and Standardization Information System (ASSIST) management/research database. e. For more information please refer to the DODSSP website at click on What s new or call customer service at (215) or DSN f. A website has been established at DODSSP to distribute the specifications ands standards. g. The address is h. The website may be used to obtain a copy of the ASSIST Online program, user ID and password. i. There is no charge for the program or for the documents. 2

153 NAVAIR DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE INDEX OF SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS (DODISS) a. INDEXING (1) Military Specifications and Standards are indexed in Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards (DODISS). (2) Full instructions covering policy and procedures are covered in the Introductory Material of the Indexes. (3) Specifications and Standards are issued free of charge. (4) Unclassified Specifications and Standards are cataloged in the DODISS. (5) The DODISS contains the complete list of Standardization documents in the DODSSP Collection. The information contained in this reference publication is available online to all ASSIST subscribers, on CD-ROM for single issue, or in paper format from the Superintendent of Documents at the GPO Online Bookstore at (6) The DODSSP issues complete revisions of the DODISS every other month. Defense and federal specifications and standards, DOD adopted non-government standards, and many other types of Defense Standardization Program (DSP) documents are indexed in the ASSIST database. You can search the database by using either ASSIST-Quick Search or ASSIST Online. b. REQUISTIONING PROCEDURES (1) The Acquisition Streamlining and Standardization Information System (ASSIST) program is a database system for DOD-wide standardization document information management. (a) It is the official source of DOD specifications and standards. (b) ASSIST accounts may be established free of charge to view or download specifications and standards. (2) Activities that have not established ASSIST accounts to download from the Internet may submit requests for specifications by FAX at DSN Commercial (215) (3) Unclassified specifications and standards may also be requisitioned on DAPS-Phila-4125 or company letterhead and submitted to DODSSP, Philadelphia, PA. (a) Address mail to: DODSSP, Building 4/D, Attn Subscriptions, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA (b) Customer Assistance: DSN , Commercial (215) (4) DODSSP Philadelphia web page also contains information on obtaining reports and other products generated by DAPS. (5) Requisitions for classified specifications and standards will be submitted to DODSSP, with a statement of justification. (a) The request may be on letterhead or FAX. 3

154 NAVAIR (b) Classified documents are available only through the proper releasing activity within the military services on a need to know basis. (6) Certain Standardization Documents, e.g., NOFORN (No Foreign) and documents with Distribution Statements other than A (Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.) are issued to DOD activities only. (7) Non-DOD activities should submit request for these items to the activity that originated the standardization document for approval. c. MEDIA (1) The DODISS is available in Hard Copy (paper) and in CD-ROM. (2) The DODISS is also on the DODSSP web-site facility and is available to view and download available documents. (3) The basic edition is published yearly in July with cumulative bimonthly supplement lists of changes that are used in conjunction with the basic. (4) The DODISS consists of four parts: (a) Part I Alphabetic Listing. (b) Part II Numeric Listing. (c) Part III Federal Supply Class Listing. (d) Part IV Appendix Cancelled Documents (published every three years). (5) The DODISS in the paper form is available on subscription basis at no cost. (6) The CD-ROM version is available for a subscription fee. (7) The on-line DODISS can be accessed at no cost. It is available via the Internet at d. DODISS ONE TIME ISSUE. Submit request on Product/Subscriptions Order Form (DAPS- Phila 5270) to DODSSP, located at DAPS, Building 4/D, Attn: Subscriptions, 700 Robbins Ave, Philadelphia, PA e. DODISS AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION (1) Navy and Air Force activities may be placed on Automatic Distribution by submitting requirements to DODSSP, located at DAPS, Building 4/D, Attn: Subscriptions, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA (2) All other DOD activities may submit their request for automatic distribution to DODISS through their respective Departmental Standardization Office (DEPSO). (3) Following is a list of the proper addresses to use in procuring the DODISS: 4

155 NAVAIR (a) Army Activities: Submit request to DODSSP via: Department of the Army Distribution Operations Facility 1655 Woodson Road St Louis, MO Customer Service P.O.C. DSN: (b) Defense Logistics Agency: Submit request to DAPS Philadelphia/DODSSP via: Director Defense Logistics Agency ATTN: DLA-SE Cameron Station Alexandria, VA (4) Government/Civil Agency/Industry/Individuals may obtain DODISS from DODSSP, Building 4/D Attn Subscriptions, 700 Robbins Ave, Philadelphia, PA DATA ITEM DESCRIPTIONS (DIDs) a. DIDs define the data required of a contractor to successfully solicit for a government contract. DIDs specifically define the data content, preparation instructions, format, and intended use. b. The Acquisition Management Systems and Data Requirements Control List (AMSDL) is no longer published, as all Data Item Descriptions (DIDs) have been incorporated into the ASSIST database. (1) If you know the number of the DID(s) you are looking for and just want to download a copy of a few DIDs, then a good tool to use is the ASSIST-Quick Search. (2) A recommendation to cancel DOD L is currently being staffed with the Military Departments and Defense Agencies LIST OF FEDERAL/MILITARY/INDUSTRY SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS, AND NAVAIR SERIES DOCUMENTS APPROVED BY THE NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND a. All documents that are listed in the DODISS will be requested from DODSSP (WP ). b. Purchase Descriptions (PDs), NAVAIR Requirements (ARs) and NAVAIR Data (ADs) are management documents generated by NAVAIRSYSCOM. c. These management documents should be ordered directly from NAVAIRSYSCOM HQ Attn: AIR-4.1.C. 5/(6 Blank)

156 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

157 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS REQUISITIONING PROCEDURES Reference Material NATEC Product Data Division... WP Specifications, Standards, and Data Item Descriptions (DID)... WP Marine Corps Printing and Publications Regulation...Marine Corps Order P MILSTRIP/MILSTRAP Desk Guide...NAVSUP PUB 409 Naval Supply Procedures...NAVSUP PUB 485 Naval Logistics Library...NAVSUP PUB 600 Fleet Use of MILSTRIP; Promulgation of...navsupinst Environmental and Natural Resources Program Manual... OPNAVINST Department of the Navy Information Security Program Regulation...SECNAVINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No Action to be Taken Upon Receipt of Wrong Publications from NAVICP-Philadelphia Disposition of Excess Manuals Destruction of Unclassified Technical Manuals Disposition of Unclassified CD-ROMs NAVAIR Technical Publications Binders General... 3 Obtaining Publications on CD... 9 Automatic Distribution Requirements (ADRL) CD... 9 Deployed CDs Procurement of NAVAIRSYSCOM Publications and Directives... 5 Unclassified SECNAV and OPNAV Directives... 5 Request Forms and Ordering Procedures... 5 DD Form Defense Automated Addressing System (DAAS)... 6 Explanation of Status From NAVICP-Philadelphia, Forms and Pubs Branch... 7 Letter... 5 Material Obligation Validation (MOV) Report... 8 Military Specifications and Standards... 5 NAVAIR Directives... 5 Naval Logistics Library (NLL)... 7 Requisition File... 8 Requisition Follow-Up Procedures... 7 Responsibilities of Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command (NATEC), Defense Distribution Depot Susquehanna Pennsylvania (DDDSP), and Naval Inventory Control Point Philadelphia (NAVICP Philadelphia)... 3 NATEC Customer Service... 3 NAVICP Philadelphia Customer Services... 4 Two Copies Limitation for POD Printing

158 NAVAIR Title Page No Types of Material Stocked at DDDSP... 4 COG 0I... 4 COG 1I... 4 Unlisted Documentation Requests for Assistance with Unlisted Publications

159 NAVAIR GENERAL a. This work package describes procedures to be used by Naval activities and other DOD Organizations requiring TMs or TDs that are under the management cognizance of the Naval Air Systems Command. b. Additional information is provided to assist in procurement of manuals issued by the Naval Supply System and directives issued by the offices of the Secretary of the Navy (SECNAV) and the Chief of Naval Operations (OPNAV). c. The NAVAIRSYSCOM Publications distribution program is built around a computerized automatic push to user system where the user establishes the requirements. However, due to changes in requirements or other extenuating circumstances, it sometimes becomes necessary to submit single action, or onetime requests, through the pull process RESPONSIBILITIES OF NAVAL AIR TECHNICAL DATA AND ENGINEERING SERVICE COMMMAND (NATEC), DEFENSE DISTRIBUTION DEPOT SUSQUEHANNA PENNSYLVANIA (DDDSP), and NAVAL INVENTORY CONTROL POINT-PHILADELPHIA (NAVICP-PHILADELPHIA) a. Under the direction of the Commander, Naval Air Systems Command, TM distribution management is delegated to the Commanding Officer, NATEC, Code (1) NATEC Customer Service is briefly outlined on the NATEC website homepage, (2) The mailing address for NATEC, Code is: Commanding Officer Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command Bldg. 90, Code P.O. Box San Diego CA (a) The services available include: (WP ). 1 Initial outfitting requests: Letter request to NATEC at the address shown 2 Automatic Distribution: Submit ADRL files via to nani_adrl@navy.mil. ADRL files may also be submitted by mail to NATEC at the address shown. You may contact the ADRL desk at DSN /2561/2593 or at Commercial (619) 545-XXXX. 3 Publication research may be requested from NATEC by letter to the address shown above with Attention Research, or , nani_tps@navy.mil, or DSN Technical directives research may be requested from NATEC by to, nani_techdirectives@navy.mil, or DSN (b) Direct liaison with the NATEC TPS is available. TPS locations and phone numbers are listed in WP (c) When unable to contact a TPS, fleet users may also contact the Product Data Division listed in WP

160 NAVAIR b. Receiving, storage, and shipment of TMs are the supply responsibility of the Commanding Officer, DDDSP. c. NAVICP-PHILADELPHIA CUSTOMER SERVICES are outlined on their Internet web page. (1) The address for the web page is (2) The services listed include: (a) Customer Support, requisition status: DSN , Commercial (215) , or (b) Ordering Procedures, (c) Stock Number Information, (d) Product Description, (e) Other Publication Links. d. The management of TMs and dissemination of data at the user level is the responsibility of the user activity TYPES OF PRINTED MATERIAL STOCKED AT DDDSP a. Printed matter carried in the Navy supply system under the inventory management of NAVICP- Philadelphia or the Defense Automated Printing Service (DAPS) is referred to as Cognizant Symbol I (COG I). COG I material is divided into two major groups. b. COG 0I. COG 0I is under the inventory management of NAVICP-P. This includes TMs, NAVAIR TDs, Training Manuals, Ships Manuals of all types, Directives and Repair Manuals for all types of equipment. (1) Stock Lists, Indexes, Administrative Manuals, Navy Recruiting Aids, Rate Training Manuals, Personnel Qualification Standards, (2) Navy Directives issued by Washington, DC Headquarters organizations, (3) Cog 0I material is issued without charge, (4) Publications are assigned a 13 character stock number used for ordering purposes with a unique LP appearing in the country code field, (5) Navy Departmental Directives (including NAVAIR TDs) stocked at DDDSP are assigned a 13 character stock number for ordering purposes with LD appearing in the country code field. c. COG 1I. COG 1I is under the management control of DAPS. This includes Forms, Laminated Placards, Labels, Decals, Lithographs, and TQL training material such as videotapes. (1) Cog 1I material is available for download at no charge from the DAPS website, if it is digital. Non-digital forms and the other products are cost-items and requisitions must have Fund Codes or Accounting Data assigned. 4

161 NAVAIR (2) Forms are all assigned a 13 character stock number used for ordering purposes with "LF" appearing in the "country code" field PROCUREMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY ISSUANCE DIRECTIVES UNCLASSIFIED SECNAV AND OPNAV DIRECTIVES. This is a set of CD-ROMs issued to provide a source for unclassified OPNAV and SECNAV directives and forms. (1) The NAVICP-Philadelphia no longer stocks or issues paper copies of these directives. (2) There may still be some unclassified directives available from NAVICP-Philadelphia, however, they will not be replenished as they are exhausted. (3) The CLASSIFIED directives will continue to be stocked at NAVICP-Philadelphia. (4) This CD-ROM set of 5 disks is issued quarterly, sponsored by the SECNAV/OPNAV Directives Control Office, in Washington Navy Yard, DC. Automatic distribution of one set (5 CD-ROMs) is made to the Navy activities listed in SNDL Part 1 and Part 2. (a) Currently distribution is not made to Marine Corps activities. (b) Marine Corps activities may request distribution of the CD-ROMs or distribution of paper copies of specific instructions. HQMC will assist activities in either option. (5) Activities desiring a second set of the CD-ROMS may purchase them from DAPS Philadelphia. For assistance in ordering fax request including complete mailing address and activity UIC to validate the order at (202) REQUEST FORMS AND ORDERING PROCEDURES a. LETTER. A letter or FAX may be used to request assistance from NAVICP Philadelphia in ordering non-stock numbered departmental directives. b. However, those which have stock numbers, (see NAVSUP P2003), must be ordered from NAVICP Philadelphia in MILSTRIP via DAAS. c. As already shown the unclassified SECNAV and OPNAV directives are on the CD-ROM set issued by OPNAV or at the website, d. NAVAIR DIRECTIVES are listed on the web page, e. MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS (1) The primary procedure for ordering all military and federal specifications and standards is to access the Web page (2) The procedures for viewing or downloading Military Specifications and Standards are contained in WP

162 NAVAIR f. DD FORM 1348 system. (1) The standard MILSTRIP/MILSTRAP requisition form used throughout the Navy supply (2) Used to initiate a one-time (supply action) request for NAVAIRSYSCOM TMs, TDs and departmental directives. (3) Activities use this form for submitting requisitions with exception data (i.e. no stock number) (4) Complete instructions for use of DD Form 1348 are contained in NAVSUP PUBs 409, and (5) Additional reference material on the use of MILSTRIP/MILSTRAP may be found in NAVSUPINST g. DEFENSE AUTOMATIC ADDRESSING SYSTEM (DAAS) (1) Use of DAAS is the method of submitting MILSTRIP/MILSTRAP requisitions. (2) NAVSUP Pub 485 contains detailed guidance on the use of DAAS. (3) NAVSUP Pub 409 provides the information on the codes used with the DAAS. (4) DAAS Requisition Transmission. (a) WEB Requisitioning (WEBREQ) is a DAASC Web product that provides customers a means to input materiel requisitions, cancellations, follow-ups, modifications, and MOV documents. WEBREQ also provides status and response documents back to the user. 1 Requisitions submitted via WEBREQ reach DAASC almost immediately. The requisitioner can either order publications by entering individual records following the format of the DD FORM 1348 or by uploading a file created within the TPL Program and saved to a floppy disc. 2 A User Id and Password from DAASC must be obtained before requisitioners can use the WEBREQ. The procedures are explained on the DAASC Home Page, 3 Requisitioners can also check the status of publications requisitions and receive assistance with ordering by calling NAVICP Philadelphia Publications Directorate NLL Customer Service Desk at DSN , Commercial (215) , or toll-free telephone (b) Additional DAAS programs available to activities are: 1 DIELOG. DAAS Integrated Logistics System. 2 DAMES. DAAS Automated Message Exchange System. 3 DARS. DAAS AUTODIN Replacement System. 4 DDN. Defense Data Network (c) Additional information and assistance with these programs can be obtained from the DAASC web page, 6

163 NAVAIR h. NAVAL LOGISTICS LIBRARY (NLL) (1) An additional manual ordering option provided by NAVSUP s Fleet Logistics Operations Directorate (NAVSUP Code 0363) is the NLL P2003 Online Search, Order, and Status Tool via the Internet. (2) The NLL P2003, accessed at provides complete supply support, including requisition validation, and status information for customers using either method. (3) The P2003 User Guide for The Naval Logistics Library is available to all users, those with accounts and those with browse only privileges. When logging on, select the Help option, the Help Information screen will offer several choices, select P2003 User Guide. (4) Requisitioners can also check the status of manuals by calling the NAVICP Philadelphia NLL Customer Service Desk at DSN , Commercial (215) , or toll-free telephone i. REQUISITION FOLLOW-UP PROCEDURES (1) If an activity has not received any communication, i.e., status from NAVICP- Philadelphia, concerning its requisitions for manuals within 45 days of the original request for CONUS based activities and 60 days for activities based outside of CONUS, they should follow-up on the requisition. (2) Follow-up on requisitions submitted either via DAAS or on-line is available in either of two methods. (3) They may be prepared with the identical information as the original document with one exception; in the Document Identifier (DOC ID CC 1-3), Card column 2, enter a T. For example, if you originally submitted an A05 document, the tracer should be an AT5 document. (4) Follow-up procedure is automatically performed by the TPL program each time you perform the MILSTRIP function when a requisition is over 45 days old or the last follow-up (tracer) was submitted over 45 days ago. (5) The status of any requisition for the unit may be checked on the NLL P2003 Online Search, Order, and Status Tool via the Internet. The procedures are explained in the P2003 User Guide for The Naval Logistics Library. (6) Reordering without researching the current status of the initial requisition may cause duplicate publications to be received by the requester. j. EXPLANATION OF STATUS FROM NAVICP PHILADELPHIA PUBLICATIONS DIRECTORATE (1) Refer to the NAVSUP PUB 409, and NAVSUP PUB 485. (2) Depending upon code selected, NAVICP Philadelphia will notify the requisitioning activity and/or the ship-to activity of the status of its requisition. (3) Customers can also obtain status of their requisitions by obtaining a USERID and password for an account with DAASC named WEBVLIPS. The information for this account is available from Assistance may be obtained from the Product Data TPS with this program. 7

164 NAVAIR (4) CTPL must have a basic understanding of how to review status information on manual requisitions. (5) For more specific answers to problems encountered with requisitions, refer to your local Supply Customer Service Facility or the cognizant NATEC Product Data Division TPS (WP ). k. MATERIAL OBLIGATION VALIDATION (MOV) REPORT (1) MOV is a DOD program which looks at requisitions with priorities that have been on backorder for more than 30 days, or more than 75 days for priorities The NLL will send a transaction to the requisitioner for each requisition, asking if the requirement is still valid. (2) Requisitioners are required to send responses back to the NLL identifying which requisition should be cancelled or kept on backorder. (3) Each quarter on the 20 th of January, April, July, and October the Naval Supply System (NAVICP-Philadelphia) reviews all requisitions that are aged, and have been assigned the status code of BB (Back-ordered). This review contains all the back-ordered material for the unit and there may not be any manuals included. (4) The MOV is sent to the Customer Service Facility of your local supply activity. (5) The CTPL with manuals on back-order may screen the MOV to determine the appropriate response to be made or the requisitions being reviewed will be cancelled by the supply system for failure to respond. (6) The local Customer Service Facility will distribute and collect the responses and return them to NAVICP. The response procedures are included with the MOV. (7) If you have requisitions on back-order and are not receiving the MOV, contact your Material Control Division. If they are not receiving it, contact your local Supply Customer Service Facility. (8) You may also contact any NATEC Product Data TPS for assistance (WP ). l. REQUISITION FILE. A local requisition log must be available to track the progress of documents in the Supply process. The minimum requirements for the log are: (1) Julian date (2) Serial number (3) Stock Number (4) Quantity (5) Work Center for which ordered (6) Status with date assigned (7) Date received (8) Remarks include Follow-up if sent. (9) Additional columns may be added if desired. 8

165 NAVAIR (a) The form needs to meet the requirements of the user. (b) Contact the TPS for assistance in establishing and maintaining the appropriate records of accountability for the requisitions. (10) Each CTPL is responsible for ordering manuals and will maintain a local requisition log. (a) If the NAVSUP NLL website is used to submit requisitions, the website will return to the CTPL a confirmation . (b) This information should be entered into the Requisition log, showing the status. (c) At those activities using the NATEC TPL program, the order log prepared by the NATEC TPL program may be used. (d) Locally generated requisition logs may be discarded when the Requisition procedure in the TPL Program is used. (e) Status reports may be discarded when the information has been entered into either the locally generated Requisition log or the TPL program database OBTAINING PUBLICATIONS ON CD a. AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS LIST (ADRL) CD (1) On-line CD Ordering on the NATEC Website has the capability for the user to order the TMs listed on their ADRL on CD-ROM(s). (2) Access the website and select On-line CD Ordering. (3) From the next menu selecting on line ordering will give you another menu from which you can select, (a) ADRL (b) COD (CD On Demand) (c) (A1-CDGENSER-100) (d) (A1-CDGENSER-300) (e) NATOPS CD (f) CAD/PAD ( CD) (g) ALSS CD (A1-CD00-ALSS-001) (h) CASS CDs (i) (j) F/A-18E/F IETM H-60B IETM (k) TPL Program (Version 3.01) 9

166 NAVAIR b. Follow the instructions to place on order the desired CD-ROMs. (1) You may request your entire ADRL, or select any of the digital publications in your library with the COD. The remaining selections provide access to several reference documents, provided they are in your ADRL. (2) The current version of the NAVAIR TPL Program is available on CD-ROM. c. DEPLOYMENT CDs (1) Using the COD process, deployment CD-ROM s may be ordered for each work center. (2) Once the arrangement of the CD-ROMs is determined they may be reordered when the manuals are updated. The arrangement may be modified at that time by adding or removing manuals UNLISTED DOCUMENTATION a. Occasionally even after researching the NAVAIR indexes, i.e. NA A or NALDA, the user will be unable to identify technical documentation for a given weapon system or equipment. b. This situation will normally exist because of any of the following reasons: (1) Manual release subsequent to index update. (2) The document in question does not fall within the COG I series. (3) It may be an unnumbered commercial manual. (4) It may be a publication under issue control of another DOD element. c. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE WITH UNLISTED PUBLICATIONS should be submitted by letter to the Commanding Officer, NATEC, Attn: Product Data Division Research Bldg. 90, PO Box , San Diego, CA or to mailto:nani_customerservice@navy.mil. In the subject line state "Research Assistance for Unlisted Publications." (1) To assist the research personnel, all information available should be provided. (2) Examples of the type of information to be provided are: (a) Nomenclature or noun name (b) Type/Model/Series. (c) Serial number. (d) Manufacturer s name or identification code number, Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE). (e) Part number. (f) National stock number. (g) Identification to next higher assembly. 10

167 NAVAIR (h) Aircraft or system application. d. To enable the researcher to contact you for additional information, provide detailed point of contact (POC) information such as; (1) Name, (2) Rate/rank/grade, (3) Activity name, (4) Department/work center, (5) Level of maintenance, (6) Commercial phone number, (7) DSN telephone number, (8) address. e. Urgent requests will be accepted by telephone DSN or commercial (619) or FAX DSN or commercial (619) ACTION TO BE TAKEN UPON RECEIPT OF WRONG PUBLICATIONS FROM NAVICP PHILADELPHIA a. Review the requisition to determine if the material shipped agrees with the shipping document. Check to determine that the correct information was entered to requisition the material. b. If the requisition data is incorrect, take the following steps: (1) If the requisition was created from within the FOXPRO version CTPL program, verify that the stock number is in agreement with the NAVSUP P2003. (2) Resubmit the requisition with the correct stock number information. c. If the wrong material is received the second time, contact your local TPS, WP DISPOSITION OF EXCESS MANUALS a. The cost of postage and the cost of restocking are such that in most cases the manuals that are in excess of the activity s requirements will be disposed of locally. b. Manuals may be passed to any other Navy or Marine Corps activity requiring the manuals. c. DESTRUCTION OF UNCLASSIFIED TECHNICAL MANUALS (1) Although most TMs are unclassified, they are utilized as operational manuals and should not be disposed of in the trash. Some options are: (a) large strip (1/2 inch) shredding (b) pit burning 11

168 NAVAIR maintained). (c) Recycling into pulp at a commercial facility (positive military control must be (d) Hand tear (or machine cut) each page into quarters. Maintain quarter page separation with bagging and place out for local refuse pickup. Ensure bags are left for pickup on alternating days. NOTE Ensure the Local Commanding Officer s instructions are followed in selecting one or more of the above destruction procedures. (2) Classified material. Dispose of as set forth in SECNAVINST M d. NAVAIR TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS BINDERS Check with other activities in your area to see if they are in need of binder(s). e. DISPOSITION OF UNCLASSIFIED CD-ROMs (1) If your local ADP has established a disposal program, comply with their procedures. (2) For unclassified, limited documents, destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the documents. (3) Disposal of plastic CD-ROM discs at sea shall be per OPNAVINST TWO COPIES LIMITATION FOR POD PRINTING a. Fleet and other NAVAIR customers when requisitioning POD, will receive a quantity restriction of two copies per UIC and supplemental address combination per quarter on secondary printing requirements. b. Exceptions to the two-copy limitations are requisitions initiated for; Hot Ships, cash sales, FMS requisitions, and NATOPS requests routed via the LEM, and other justifiable requirements identified by COMNAVAIRFOR and TYCOMs via NATEC at the time of mobilization. 12

169 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM ISSUE PRIORITY CODE SYSTEM Reference Material The Uniform Material Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS)... OPNAVINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No Force/Activity Designator (F/AD)... 2 General... 2 Priority Designator... 3 Urgency of Need Designator (UND)

170 NAVAIR GENERAL a. The issue priority code system is established to ensure that requirements are processed in accordance with the importance of the mission of the requesting activity and the urgency of need. b. The provisions of this system are applicable to all requistioners authorized to request supply support from and within any military supply distribution system. c. This system establishes criteria for both the requisitioner and the distribution system. d. The Force/Activity Designator (FAD) and the Urgency of Need Designator (UND), although not directly applied to requisitions, are the governing factors needed to determine the Issue Priority Code which is applied directly to requisitions. e. A general background of the requirements for assigning these priority codes is provided below to afford a more thorough understanding of the issue priority code system. f. Refer to OPNAV Instruction for complete coverage FORCE/ACTIVITY DESIGNATOR (F/AD) a. A F/AD (Roman numerals I through V) is assigned by the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Department of Defense (DOD) staff, or individual DOD components to indicate the mission essentiality of the unit, organization, installation, project, or program to meet national objectives. b. The FAD, combined with the Urgency of Need Designator (UND) code (an alphabetic character), selected by the requiring activity, determines the priority designator. c. This designator expresses the basic military urgency for material movement and issue transactions. The Force/Activity (F/A) consists of the following: (1) A unit, organization, or installation performing a specific function or mission. (2) A body of troops, ships, aircraft, or a combination thereof. (3) A function, mission, project or program including those under military assistance (grant aid and/or sales). (4) The FAD is assigned in accordance with the mission essentially as follows: (a) Designator I. Primarily assigned only on combat conditions. This designator is assigned, however, during special peacetime missions, such as top national priority or declared emergencies. 24 hours. (b) Designator II. Primarily assigned for combat ready forces maintained to deploy within (c) Designator III. Primarily assigned to combat ready forces maintained to deploy within 30 days in support of those covered in Designator II. (d) Designator IV. Primarily assigned to combat ready forces maintained to deploy within 30 to 90 days. 2

171 NAVAIR (e) Designator V. Assigned to all other activities, including administrative/staff units not covered in Designators I through IV URGENCY OF NEED DESIGNATOR (UND) a. The UND is assigned in relationship to the function or mission performed by the activity. b. These designators (letters A through C) are assigned primarily as shown in figure 1 and as follows: (1) Designator A: Assigned for emergency and immediate requirements for non-available material without which the force/activity concerned is unable to perform mission or tasks. Assigned for material required to eliminate existing work stoppage. (2) Designator B: Assigned for immediate/urgent requirements for non-available material without which impairs the capability of the force/activity concerned or the operational capability of aircraft/equipment. Missions can be performed but with decreased operational effectiveness and efficiency. (3) Designator C: Assigned for material requirements for initial outfitting and filling allowances, scheduled maintenance, routine stock, repair or maintenance of supply support and stocks not immediately required PRIORITY DESIGNATOR a. Combining the assigned FAD and the appropriate UND will enable the requisitioner to determine the appropriate Priority Designator. b. It should be noted that an assigned FAD normally limits the requisitioner to choosing form three priority designators consistent with the UND. c. Figure 1 will provide the user with a method of determining the right priority. 3

172 NAVAIR UMMIPS: HOW TO DETERMINE THE RIGHT PRIORTY URGENCY OF NEED DESIGNATORS UNABLE TO IMPAIRED PERFORM OPERATIONAL MISSION CAPABILTTY ROUTINE FORCE/ACTIVITY DESIGNATORS A B C I IN COMBAT II POSITIONED FOR COMBAT III POSITIONED TO DEPLOY/COMBAT IV OTHER ACTIVITY & SELECTED RESERVE FORCES V ALL OTHERS Figure 1. Issue Priority Designator Conversion Table. 4

173 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM ESTABLISHING AN AERONAUTICAL CENTRAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY Reference Material NATEC Product Data Division... WP Technical Publications Requisitioning Procedures... WP Issue Priority Code System... WP Central Technical Publications Library Operating Procedures... WP Central Library Verification/Audit Requirements... WP Dispersed Library Operation... WP NATEC Technical Publications Library Program... WP Naval Warfare Publication System... NWP 1-01 Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)... COMNAVAIRFORINST Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program (ALREMP)... OPNAVINST Naval Ordnance Maintenance Management Program (NOMMP)... OPNAVINST Navy Comptroller Manual...Volume II, Chapter 5 Title Alphabetical Index Page No Aeronautical Publications Initial Outfitting Allowances... 5 Initial Outfitting Letter... 6 Obtaining Initial Outfitting Lists (IOLs)... 5 Types of Lists... 5 Aeronautical Publications by Weapons Systems... 5 General Aeronautical Publications List...5 Automatic Distribution Errors... 9 Automatic Distribution Mailing Label... 9 Automatic Distribution Requirements... 7 Automatic Distribution Requirements List (ADRL), Obtaining Current Copy... 8 CTPL Required Directives, Manuals and Documents CTPL Transaction File Establishing a Technical Publication Library... 2 General... 2 Pushed Publications... 9 Technical Publications Library Information Sheets (TPLIS)...11 Termination of Automatic Distribution Requirements Types of Libraries... 3 Central Technical Publications Library (CTPL)... 4 Dispersed Library... 4 Naval Warfare Publications Library

174 NAVAIR GENERAL a. The TM system cannot operate effectively at the user level without a definitive management system. This control revolves around the technical publications library. b. The aeronautical technical publications library serves two important logistics functions. (1) First, it provides a positive source of up-to-date information for the use of technical personnel in the performance of their work. (2) Second, it is the major source of reference information to facilitate personnel training and individual improvement. c. To properly perform these functions, the technical publications library must maintain sufficient copies of applicable manuals. d. COMNAVAIRFORINST directs all Navy and Marine Corps Aviation activities to the contents of this manual for establishment of an aeronautical technical publications library. e. This Work Package (WP) provides operating activities with sufficient detail to establish a technical publications library system ESTABLISHING A TECHNICAL PUBLICATION LIBRARY a. Initial outfitting begins with an initial outfitting letter on official letterhead from an activity that is newly commissioned or reactivated and from existing activities transitioning to a new or different aircraft or missile model (figure 1). b. This request is submitted to NATEC distribution. NATEC personnel will prepare a file with the applicable TMs and TDs in a.dbf (database format) and send file to activity via or regular mail if no address was provided. (1) Activity CTPLs will be provided an Initial Outfitting List (IOL), on CD-ROM, of all the manuals for their weapon platforms, including the general series and common TMs. . (2) When a TM is added or changed on the website, the appropriate CTPLs will be notified via c. The file will be forwarded to the requesting activity. d. The activity will tailor the IOL for the quantities of each NAVAIR TM or TD required and submit the tailored IOL for requisitioning of the publications (figure 2). e. CTPL must enter a record into NATEC FOXPRO TPL or TMAPS ELMS program database for each copy of a NAVAIR manual requested. Those on FOXPRO TPL submit an ADRL file to NATEC Distribution. Not required for TMAPS ELMS users. f. Upon receipt of tailored IOL and ADRL files, NATEC forwards requisitions for appropriate supply action and updates the NATEC ADRL database. The activity will receive files indicating the following information: (1) Document numbers used for the Commissioning. (2) NAVAIR numbers that cannot be identified. 2

175 NAVAIR (3) NAVAIR numbers that are cancelled. (4) NAVAIR numbers that are number assignments only. (5) NAVAIR numbers that are restricted issue. g. CTPL will note discrepancies in the NATEC TPL program, and research for corrections. h. Once the received manuals have been recorded, filed and distributed, it is mandatory that a complete requirements analysis be conducted. (1) Indexes should be screened to identify possible new requirements and all activity publication users consulted to determine total requirements of manuals. (2) QARs must be involved in this process to ensure all required publications are obtained. i. Additional requirements can be satisfied immediately by submission of one-time MILSTRIP requisitions (WP ). j. If an activity desires up-to-date information on the status of its manual requisitions you have three options: (1) Go to the DAAS Dayton website (WEBREQ) at (NOTE: The DAAS website requires a user ID and password, which may be applied for online). (2) Go to the NAVICP website at htps://nll1.ahf.nmci.navy.mil/ (NOTE: The NAVSUP website requires a user ID and password, which may be applied for online). (3) Call NAVICP Customer Services at commercial (215) , DSN , or commercial k. An ADRL file must be submitted to NATEC Distribution whenever automatic distribution requirements is changed, and must be submitted at least once annually via TPL Program. ADRL for TMAPS ELMS users is submitted automatically via the ELMS Program each time quantities are adjusted. l. The CTPL shall maintain an accurate ADRL for all manuals used by their unit. m. The ADRL must include all manuals required regardless of media or whether acquired via NATEC website, Joint Knowledge Caching Server (JKCS), CD-ROM, or in paper format. n. Each activity s CTPL shall continuously review and submit current ADRL requirements in order for NAVAIR to accurately assess funding requirement for initial print and distribution of manuals TYPES OF LIBRARIES a. To be effective, the technical publication library must be a centrally managed function. Therefore, based on an activity s organization, there may be three types of libraries; (1) a CTPL, (2) a number of dispersed libraries in the work centers, (3) and there may also be a Naval Warfare Publications (NWP) library maintaining NATOPS and Tactical manuals in the Operations Department. 3

176 NAVAIR b. CENTRAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY (CTPL) (1) A CTPL shall be established to coordinate and manage TM functions. (2) This library shall be solely responsible for the analysis of an activity s requirements, procurement of documents, receipt and local distribution, security compliance, maintenance, and update of all TMs under their cognizance. (3) The CTPL shall act as the activity s single point of contact with NATEC concerning automatic distribution requirements of all NAVAIR manuals including NATOPS/tactical manuals. (4) Inventory control of the NATOPS/tactical manuals will require special management attention with the unit s NATOPS officer (WP ). (5) Because of the size and unique characteristics of the operating unit, it may be more feasible to establish an additional CTPL. (6) When this system is elected, each library operation will be considered a CTPL, responsible for establishing/directing additional controls on dispersed libraries in accordance with WP (7) For continuity, effective operation and adequate training, personnel assigned to a CTPL should be retained in the billet a minimum of 1 year. c. DISPERSED LIBRARY (1) When one CTPL is designated within the activity, all other libraries shall be subordinate to, and under the management control of the CTPL. (2) Work center (W/C) or Depot supervisors are responsible for informing the CTPL of additional manual requirements and replacement of damaged manuals. (3) Dispersed library functions shall be assigned and performed as outlined in WP (4) Dispersed libraries will be responsible for the storage, update, and user availability of the publications issued to them. (5) Personnel assigned as a dispersed librarian, should be retained in the billet a minimum of 6 months. d. NAVAL WARFARE PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY (1) The Naval Warfare Publications (NWP) Library provides for central administration of Naval Warfare Publication including aircraft tactical manuals (NWP 55 Series). (2) When the CTPL controls the NATOPS/Tactical manual distribution, inventory control of the NATOPS and or the tactical manuals will require special management attention with the unit s NATOPS officer (WP ). (3) The guidelines for the organization and administration of the NWP Library are contained in the NWP 1-01, Naval Warfare Publication System. 4

177 NAVAIR AERONAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS INITIAL OUTFITTING ALLOWANCES a. TYPE OF LISTS (1) General Aeronautical Publications List - This list consists of manuals and directives of a general nature; the manuals listed have no application to a specific weapons system. (2) Aeronautical Publications by Weapons Systems equipment. (a) This list consists of manuals and directives applicable to a specific weapons system or (b) These lists can be further divided by levels of maintenance, i.e., organizational, intermediate, and depot level. (c) An explanation of the column headings as follows: 1 PUBLICATION NUMBER. NAVAIR publication number. 2 STOCK NUMBER. Identifies basic publication. All updates will be forwarded with the basic publication. 3 QTY. Set number in NATEC database. b. OBTAINING INITIAL OUTFITTING LISTS (IOL) (1) Obtaining the required publications has been made relatively easy. Prior to submitting a request to NATEC distribution, the user is encouraged to update their automatic distribution requirements and contact the area NATEC TPS for assistance (WP ), if required. (2) Time frames for obtaining the required manuals in a timely manner are essential. The following guidelines will be used in establishing milestones: (a) The requesting activity shall ensure the publications are in-place prior to receipt of the first aircraft/equipment. equipment. tailored IOL. (b) Request for IOL shall be submitted 6 months prior to receipt of the first aircraft/ (c) The requesting activity will ensure NATEC has 3 months lead time to process the 1 Mailing the IOL file is the least desirable method of submittal. 2 Transmitting electronically is the most effective submittal method. (d) Use of a priority designator in accordance with WP is appropriate. Use of a higher priority on the initial outfitting requisition must be substantiated by statements containing valid reasons for the higher priority requirement. 5

178 NAVAIR c. INITIAL OUTFITTING LETTER (1) A formal request on official letterhead for initial outfitting is mailed to: Commanding Officer ATTN: Distribution Bldg 90 IOL NATEC P. O. Box San Diego, CA (2) A sample format for requesting an IOL is illustrated in figure 1. (3) The request must include the following information: (a) Specific type of IOLs requested; i.e., F-18D, S-3B, and General Listing, etc. (b) Statement as to the use of NATEC TPS. This identifies for NATEC headquarters personnel an additional point of contact and allows the activity to coordinate with the TPS prior to submission of the request. (c) Level of maintenance for IOLs requested. (d) Required date listing is needed by. (e) The NATEC assigned account number if known. NATEC will assign the account number for a new activity. (f) Complete mailing address (g) UIC (h) Point of contact (i) (j) Phone number address, if applicable. (4) A sample format for submitting a tailored IOL back to NATEC for a commissioning is shown in figure 2. by mail. (a) Tailored IOL may be returned to NATEC via (nani_distribution@navy.mil) and (b) The letter must include the following information: 1 Specific type of IOLs submitted; i.e., F-18D, S-3B, and General Listing, etc as an enclosure or attachment. 2 Statement as to the use of NATEC TPS. 3 This identifies for NATEC headquarters personnel an additional point of contact and allows the activity to coordinate with the TPS prior to submission of the request. 6

179 NAVAIR II, Chapter 5. WP Unit Identification Code (UIC) as listed in the Navy Comptroller Manual, Volume 5 Priority designator as determined in accordance with the requirements in 6 Required delivery date for manuals. 7 The NATEC assigned account number if known. 8 NATEC will assign the account number for a new activity AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS a. Automatic Distribution Requirements are those manuals and TDs an activity requires NATEC to distribute automatically when revisions or changes are released or when new manuals or TDs are created and distributed affecting equipment the activity is supporting. b. Detailed instructions for submitting automatic distribution requirements of NAVAIR manuals media is contained in the NATEC Technical Publications Library (TPL) Program (WP ). c. ADRL for TMAPS ELMS users is submitted automatically via the ELMS Program each time quantities are adjusted. d. TMAPS ELMS users will utilize the "Audit Library" feature in the program. e. Upon NATEC receipt of the ADRL from an activity, it will normally take only a few days for the new requirements to take effect. (1) However, receipts by the activity may not be visible for at least ninety (90) days, based on the requirements submitted and updating of the manuals. (2) Library personnel must ensure that issued/held manuals are up-to-date by reviewing the TPL program Audit Report performed against the latest returned ADRL (WP ). f. NATEC will acknowledge receipt of new distribution requirements by or letter depending on the method by which it was received. If no response is received by the activity within 30 days after submission, send follow-up by letter, message, to nani_distribution@navy.mil, or FAX to (619) (DSN ) to NATEC requesting status of ADRL file receipt. g. NATEC personnel will upload the activity s ADRL file into a master distribution file. h. Once an activity s ADRL has been entered, all future manual updates will be automatically distributed by NATEC through a mailing label system. i. When a manual is issued or revised, mailing labels are released to a printer, which distributes to those activities identified on the mailing labels. j. When an activity s location changes their mailing address, NATEC Distribution must be notified 30 days prior to their movement. Activities using FOXPRO TPL Program will submit an updated ADRL, and those using ELMS will update their mailing address in "Customer Account". k. Contractors who elect to go on automatic distribution for manuals should be aware that they will be charged, and verification of contract will be required in writing from the defense command that entered into or manages the contract. 7

180 NAVAIR (1) For more information concerning cost of manuals, contractors can contact NATEC by letter or FAX at Commercial (619) (DSN ) or by to (2) Contractors who are not authorized to be on automatic distribution for NAVAIR publications media may purchase from NATEC FOIA/Government/Industry Sales Branch by letter or FAX at Commercial (619) (DSN ) or by to system. (3) Contractors are not authorized to requisition NAVAIR manuals media from the supply AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS LIST (ADRL), OBTAINING CURRENT COPY file. a. The ADRL is the activity s automatic distribution requirements on the NATEC master distribution b. A copy of the activity s ADRL is available on the NATEC website for review if the activity is receiving questionable documentation, i.e., receipt of wrong quantities of manuals from the automatic distribution system. c. Letters, or telephone calls requesting a copy of the activity s ADRL are accepted by NATEC (see figure 3). d. Upon receipt of a returned ADRL from NATEC or downloading the file from the NATEC website, an activity should compare the listing with the TPL program ADRL file. (1) This process will identify any discrepancies between the desired quantities as entered in the TPL program and what NATEC carries in the master distribution file. (2) If changes are needed or errors are found, activities must submit corrections utilizing the ADRL function of the TPL program (WP ) or by making the appropriate changes on their customer account on the NATEC website. e. Activities whose libraries contain more than 10 manuals are required to submit ADRLs annually to NATEC. (1) ADRLs must also be submitted when requirements change. (2) Activities with 10 or less NAVAIR manuals should submit a formal letter to NATEC to update their automatic distribution requirements along with a point of contact. (a) An alternative to submitting an ADRL annually is to update your automatic distribution requirements directly on the NATEC website. (b) Updating your requirements on the NATEC website satisfies the annual requirement to submit an ADRL file. f. Activities must place their actual requirements on their ADRLs to ensure receipt of required quantities. (1) This includes requirements for electronic as well as paper manuals. (2) When the requirement for a publication is for electronic format only then the pub type in the TPL program must be <E> vice <N>. This will eliminate the distribution of excess paper manuals. 8

181 NAVAIR AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION MAILING LABEL a. See figure 4 for an example of a mailing label. b. An understanding of the mailing label format is essential for library personnel. With this knowledge, obvious errors can be detected and corrective action taken. c. The mailing label format is as follows: (1) NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER. Allows quick comparison of mailing label to contents of envelope. (2) NATEC ASSIGNED ACCOUNT NUMBER. Consists of the activity s Standard Navy Distribution List (SNDL) number and a sequential number assigned by NATEC to identify individual activities. (3) QUANTITY REQUESTED. Identifies quantity enclosed, and should correspond to activity ADRL requirements. (4) TECHNICAL MANUAL STOCK NUMBER. The stock number of the manual enclosed PUSHED PUBLICATIONS a. As new equipment/weapons systems are developed and procured by NAVAIR, the manuals are sometimes PUSHED to the user by NATEC based on the type equipment codes (TEC) submitted on your ADRL file as cited in WP b. The user must be able to readily identify these PUSH manuals and determine if: (1) The manuals are, in fact, required and (2) The quantities are sufficient. c. If these PUSH manuals are determined to be required and the quantities require modification, then the user must submit an update to the ADRL. Note that PUSH manuals are not automatically added to an activity s ADRL. d. Prior to discarding the label from received manuals, the user should review the label with the TPL database. e. If the publication is not in the TPL file, the publication could be one that was PUSHED to you based on the equipment codes you selected on your ADRL submission AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION ERRORS a. When errors in the automatic distribution system are encountered, the following action should be taken: (1) The cognizant NATEC TPS should be contacted for assistance. Most often, the problem can be resolved with the assistance of the TPS (WP ). (2) If the problem cannot be resolved, a letter or should be sent or telephone call made to NATEC. 9

182 NAVAIR b. Disposition of material received in excess shall be in accordance with the instructions contained in WP , Disposition of Excess Publications TERMINATION OF AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS a. When an activity no longer has requirements for automatic distribution of NAVAIR publications media, a letter requesting cancellation will be submitted to NATEC 120 days prior to the deactivation date (i.e., decommissioning date) and discontinue sending ADRL files to NATEC. b. A sample letter for terminating an ADRL Account number is contained in figure CTPL TRANSACTION FILE a. The CTPL Transaction File must be created virtually at the very beginning of the establishing a CTPL, the file provides a central collection point for the documents that will be sent to the Quality Assurance Division relative to manuals being provided to the activity. b. The CTPL Transaction File is a collective term for all of the records and files that represent the work carried out by the CTPL. c. Some of the records and files will be stored on the computer as digital files, some will be hard copy paper, others will be completed audits, still others correspondence files or training reports. d. The CTPL will maintain the following minimum files (records): (1) The most recent copy of the ADRL with transmittal form used to forward ADRL file. This may need to be a memorandum prepared to document the last time an on-line update was made to the NATEC website. This is not applicable to TMAPS ELMS users. (2) The most recent from NATEC acknowledging processing of ADRL and an annotated copy of the returned ADRL file and annotated copy of the audit summary. This is not applicable to TMAPS ELMS users. (3) All correspondence on automatic distribution requirements for the past year. Technical Publications Library Information Sheets (TPLIS) will be maintained in the correspondence area of the CTPL Transaction File. Also, traffic between the activity and NATEC Distribution may be retained. (4) Dispersed library audit results shall be retained by the CTPL, in work center order, for four consecutive audits (one year). (a) CTPL audits will be retained for one year. (b) They shall be reviewed for repeat discrepancies. (c) These files will help identify trends. (5) Annotated Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) (COMNAVAIRFORINST ) for the CTPL and DTPL audits. (6) A publication requisition log consisting of: (a) A log identifying all pertinent information on outstanding requisitions (WP ). (b) Record of current status information. 10

183 NAVAIR (c) The Outstanding Requisitions may be resident in the TPL Program for those activities using the TPL Requisitioning (ZORD) feature. (7) A copy of the billet description/assignment form for CTPL (WP , figure 1), DTPL (WP , figure1) and a copy of indoctrination syllabus for each DTPL (WP , figure 2). (8) Completed Dispersed Technical Publications Library (DTPL) training attendance rosters. (9) A current copy of the TPL program COMPLETE LISTING of manuals. This is often a working document, used by CTPLs to enter the update information before entering it into the TPL Program. (10) A current copy of the TPL program DEAD FILE. This can be either a hard copy or a floppy disk file. This is not a requirement for TMAPS ELMS users. (11) File of outstanding and completed CECRs for the past quarter. These will be used during the coming quarter to compare with the work center manuals during the quarterly audit. (12) Annotated Weekly IRAC and Technical Manual Trackers for the past six months. (13) Annotated Weekly Tech Directive Summary for past six months. JTDI) (14) JTDI System Administrator's and Central Technical Publication Librarian's guide (if utilizing (15) JTDI User's Guide (if utilizing JTDI) CTPL REQUIRED DIRECTIVES, MANUALS AND DOCUMENTS a. The CTPL requires specific directives and manuals to assist in setting up and operating a library. Figure 6 shows the minimum requirements. b. Activities are encouraged to increase their files as necessary to properly support maintenance of assigned weapons system/equipment TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY INFORMATION SHEETS (TPLIS) a. The TPLIS is seasonally issued on a quarterly basis (Winter, Spring, Summer, and Fall) to provide CTPLs with the latest NAVAIR policy and articles that may become NAVAIR policy related to NAVAIR publications and TDs. Special Editions TPLIS are also issued to report on significant events in CTPL management. b. Retention of the TPLIS for future reference is encouraged as numerous articles impact CTPL management. See CTPL Transaction File for location of maintained TPLIS. c. CTPLs are encouraged to submit their ideas, suggestions, comments and recommendations for TPLIS articles to nani_tps@navy.mil. d. The TPLIS is located on NATEC's website. 11

184 NAVAIR (COMMAND LETTERHEAD ONLY) From: Commanding Officer To: Commanding Officer, Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command, Code Subj: REQUEST FOR INITIAL OUTFITTING LIST Ref: (a) NAVAIR (b) Navy Comptroller Manual, Vol II, Chapter 5 1. In accordance with reference (a), request appropriate IOLs be provided. This activity will tailor the IOLs to reflect the requirements for the listed NAVAIR publications and technical directives. Date 2. This activity (has been) (has not been) in contact with the area NATEC Product Data Division Technical Publications Specialist addressed in WP of reference (a). 3. The following information is provided: a. Unit Identification Code (UIC) as listed in reference (b). b. Appropriate aircraft/equipment/missile/general listing. c. Required date of listing. d. Level of maintenance. e. NATEC assigned account number. (NOTE: NATEC will assign the code for a new activity.) 4. Point of contact for this activity is:. DSN Commercial number. 5. Forward applicable listings to: (Mailing Address) or Electronic Mail Address: By direction (Authorized signature) (SAMPLE ONLY) Figure 1. Sample of a Request of Initial Outfitting List. 12

185 NAVAIR (COMMAND LETTERHEAD ONLY) From: Commanding Officer To: Commanding Officer, Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command, Code Subj: SUBMISSION OF TAILORED INITIAL OUTFITTING LIST Ref: (a) NAVAIR dated (b) Navy Comptroller Manual, Vol II, Chapter 5. Date: Encl: (1) Tailored Initial Outfitting List (IOL) 1. Enclosure (1) is submitted in accordance with reference (a). Request subject tailored IOL be provided to this activity. 2. This activity (has been) (has not been) in contact with one of the NATEC Product Data Division Technical Publications Specialist identified in WP of reference (a). 3. Requirements for automatic distribution will be/have been submitted in accordance with NATEC TPL program ADRL feature (WP ). 4. The following information is provided: a. Unit Identification Code (UIC) as listed in reference (b). b. Appropriate aircraft/equipment/missile/general listing. c. Required date of listings. d. Level of Maintenance. e. NATEC assigned account number. (NOTE: NATEC will assign the code for a new activity.) f. Force/Activity Designator as determined in accordance with the requirements in WP Point of contact for this activity is. DSN, Commercial number. 6. Forward applicable commissioning(s) to: (Complete Mailing Address) or (Electronic Mailing Address) 7. Mail publications to: By direction (Authorized signature) (SAMPLE ONLY) Figure 2. Sample Request of a Tailored Initial Outfitting List. 13

186 NAVAIR (COMMAND LETTERHEAD ONLY) Date: From: To: Subj: Commanding Officer, Commanding Officer, Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command REQUEST FOR AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS LISTING Ref: (a) NAVAIR It is requested that a copy of this activity's Automatic Distribution Requirements Listing be provided in accordance with WP of reference (a). 2. This activity (has been) (has not been) in contact with one of the NATEC Product Data Division Technical Publications Specialists identified in WP of reference (a). The following activity information is submitted: a. NATEC assigned account number for NAVAIR manual distribution. Point of contact for this activity is at DSN Commercial Number or . Forward Automatic Distribution Requirements Listing to: (Mailing Address) or (Electronic Mail Address) By direction (Authorized signature) (SAMPLE ONLY) Figure 3. Sample Letter Format for Requesting Automatic Distribution Requirements Listing. 14

187 NAVAIR DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY COMMANDING OFFICER ATTN DISTRIBUTION NATEC NAS NORTH ISLAND P O BOX BLDG 90-1 SAN DIEGO CA OFFICIAL BUSINESS ADRL QUANTITY SHIPPED MEDIA MAIL 01-85ADC-4-5 QTY: LP B2 0068A NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER NATEC ASSIGNED TECHNICAL MANUAL ACCOUNT NUMBER STOCK NUMBER COMMANDING OFFICER ATTN AIMD TPL USS NIMITZ (CVN-68) FPO AP Figure 4. Sample of a Mailing Label. 15

188 NAVAIR (COMMAND LETTERHEAD ONLY) Date: From: Commanding Officer, To: Commanding Officer, Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command Subj: TERMINATION OF AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS LIST (ADRL) FOR NATEC ASSIGNED ACCOUNT NUMBER Ref: (a) NAVAIR Per reference (a), request cancel automatic distribution of NAVAIR publications under subject NATEC assigned Account Number effective. The reason for this request is. 2. This activity (has been) (has not been) in contact with one of the NATEC Product Data Division Technical Publications Specialists identified in WP of reference (a). 3. Point of contact for this activity is at DSN Commercial Number or . By direction (Authorized Signature) (SAMPLE ONLY) Figure 5. Sample Letter Format Terminating Automatic Distribution Requirements Listing. 16

189 NAVAIR DOCUMENT TITLE/SUBJECT REQUIRED/OPTIONAL SECNAVINST M Department of the Navy Information Security Program Regulation REQUIRED OPNAVINST Uniform Material Movement and Issue Priority System (UMMIPS) REQUIRED OPNAVINST Naval Aviation Maintenance Program REQUIRED COMNAVAIRFORINST Naval Aviation Maintenance Program REQUIRED OPNAVINST Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program OPTIONAL OPNAVINST Naval Ordnance Maintenance Management Program REQUIRED OPNAVINST Navy Official Mail Management Instructions REQUIRED OPNAVINST Standard Navy Distribution List (SNDL) OPTIONAL NAVAIRINST Naval Air Systems Command Technical Directive System OPTIONAL NAVAIRINST Requests for Copies for Engineering Drawings for Naval Aircraft, OPTIONAL Airborne Weapons, Aeronautical Equipment and Related Ground Support Equipment NAVAIRINST Policy and Responsibilities for the Naval Air Systems Command OPTIONAL Technical Manual Program Figure 6. Management Control Documents Required for Operation of a Central Technical Publications Library. (Sheet 1) 17

190 NAVAIR DOCUMENT TITLE/SUBJECT REQUIRED ITEM NAVAIR Naval Air Systems Command Technical Manual Program REQUIRED NAVAIR Naval Air Systems Command Technical Directives REQUIRED System Management and Procedures Manual NAVAIR Joint Interest List of Technical Manuals OPTIONAL NAVAIR Management Procedures for Out of Production Category OPTIONAL of Aircraft/Equipment Manuals NAVAIR A Naval Aeronautical Publications Index, Equipment Applicability List OPTIONAL (Available on internet NAVAIR Airborne Weapons/Stores, Manuals/Checklists REQUIRED Lists/Stores Reliability Cards AL-855TM-GYD-000 Technical Manual Quality Assurance Program Guide OPTIONAL NAVSUP Publication 409 MILSTRIP/MILSTRAP Desk Guide REQUIRED NAVSUP Publication 2003 Naval Logistics Library P2003, Publications Search Engine REQUIRED (Available on internet S0005-AA-GYD-030/TMMP Guide for User Maintenance of NAVSEA Technical Manuals OPTIONAL S9086-AA-STM-000 Naval Ship Technical Manual Chapter 001 OPTIONAL NWP 1-01 Naval Warfare Publication System OPTIONAL JTDI/JKCS CTPL's Guide JTDI/JKCS Systems Administrator's and CTPL Guide) (Available on internet REQUIRED JTDI/JKCS User's Guide JTDI/JKCS User's Guide (Available on internet REQUIRED IRAC Tracker Cumulative Interim Rapid Action Change (IRAC) Tracker REQUIRED (Available on internet TD Summary Weekly Summary of Issued Technical Directives (Navy message) REQUIRED (Available on internet COG I BULLETIN Information concerning COG I material (NAVICP) OPTIONAL Figure 6. Management Control Documents Required for Operation of a Central Technical Publications Library. (Sheet 2) 18

191 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM CENTRAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY OPERATING PROCEDURES Reference Material Categories of NAVAIR Technical Manuals... WP NAVAIR Related Documentation Controlled by Other Navy or DOD Elements... WP NATEC Product Data Division... WP Technical Publication Update Methods... WP Supplementing Technical Manuals, Security and Classification Requirements... WP NAVAIR Technical Publications Deficiency Reporting Programs... WP NAVAIR Technical Directives... WP Technical Publications Requisitioning Procedures... WP Central Library Verification/Audit Requirements... WP Dispersed Library Operation... WP Dispersed Library Audit Procedures... WP NATEC Technical Publications Library Program... WP Department of the Navy Information Security Program Regulation...SECNAVINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No Binders for Publications... 6 Cancelled Manuals Media Change Entry Certification Record (CECR)... 7 Change Entry Certification Record (CECR) File Part Change Entry Certification Record (CECR) File Part Control of Classified Publications... 4 Control of Publications... 3 CTPL Files on Automated Data Processing (ADP) Systems... 5 Description of NATEC TPL Program Database... 4 Incorporation of Updates to NAVAIR Technical Publications...8 Notices... 9 Pick-up Revision... 8 Revision... 8 TM Rapid Action Changes (RACs)... 9 Inventory Control... 5 Library Responsibility... 2 Management of Technical Directives (TDs)... 9 Reproduction of Unclassified Publications Retention of TPL Program Files... 4 Active TPL File... 4 Dead File... 4 Deck Load Change... 5 Storage and Identification of Publications Held by the CTPL... 6 Training

192 NAVAIR LIBRARY RESPONSIBILITY a. Activity Commanding Officer is responsible for the development, establishment, and operation of technical library services in support of local operations and maintenance. b. Activity Commanding Officer shall designate an appropriate officer or Depot Department Head to implement and carry out policies and procedures to effectively maintain an aeronautical technical library. c. Management of the technical library is a function assigned to the Quality Assurance (QA) Division of Navy and Marine Corps Aviation Units and to an appropriate Department at the Depots. d. The technical library s responsibilities include functions and tasks as follows: (1) Maintain a CTPL, which is adequate to complete the assigned functions of the activity. Retention of master copies of publications within the Central Technical Publications Library (CTPL) is optional. (2) Requisition, receive, screen, review, route, distribute, as necessary, and file all incoming technical publications. (3) Establish dispersed libraries and necessary control functions. (4) Establish and maintain a training program for assigned library personnel, including dispersed librarians. (5) Develop an automatic verification program using the guidance provided in WP (6) Establish and maintain a program to distribute data to dispersed libraries. (7) Develop and maintain a program for classified technical data receipt, stowage, distribution, inventory, and disposition. (8) Establish and maintain a program to audit the CTPL annually (WP ) and dispersed libraries quarterly (WP ), as a minimum. (9) Develop an effective checklist so that discrepancies identified during audits can be identified and corrective action noted. Refer to COMNAVAIRFORINST Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC). Server. (10) Upon receipt of JTDI CD updates, deliver to ADP for immediate loading onto the JTDI e. Quality Assurance (QA) Officers, Division Officers and key supervisors, i.e., QA Chief, Work Center Supervisors and Depot Supervisors, must become involved and knowledgeable of library operations. f. Of critical importance is the need to ensure that assigned personnel have the necessary supervision and support required to ensure all facets of library management are correctly functioning. g. Outdated manuals, wrong type and quantity of manuals on-hand, lack of use and lack of command attention are caused primarily by a limited knowledge of the Technical Publications Library (TPL) system. h. Often, because of the operational tempo and lack of personnel, TPL assignments are given to inexperienced and junior personnel. Because this frequently occurs, senior personnel must be capable of providing the much needed management guidance to the assigned TPL clerk. 2

193 NAVAIR i. TPS (WP ) is available to assist the user community in any problem area related to technical publication libraries. (1) The use of the TPS is encouraged, since they are a vital link between NATEC, the supply system and the user community. (2) Problems and difficult situations can be minimized or all concerned through the prompt and effective utilization of the TPS TRAINING a. Personnel assigned to a CTPL shall receive indoctrination and continuous training in library operation. Attending the FASO CTPL Course as discussed in paragraph 20-2f below, is highly encouraged. Follow-on training is required and includes training conducted during audits or by TPS. b. Figure 1 is the CTPL billet description/assignment form. c. Training includes OJT with formal schooling available. d. The training of dispersed librarians is a responsibility of the central librarian/command or the appropriate Departments at the Depots. e. Dispersed librarian training, including the clerk in the Operations Department will be provided at least quarterly. f. Information on formal schools may be obtained from the following: (1) FLEET AVIATION SPECIALIZED OPERATIONAL TRAINING GROUP PACIFIC (FASOTRAGRUPAC) NAS North Island, San Diego, CA 92135, DSN or Commercial (619) (2) FLEET AVIATION SPECIALIZED OPERATIONAL TRAINING GROUP ATLANTIC (FASOTRAGRULANT) NAS Norfolk, VA 23511, DSN or Commercial (804) CONTROL OF PUBLICATIONS a. A record in the NATEC FOXPRO Technical Publications Library (TPL) program or TMAPS ELMS will be used to control all publications media managed by CTPL. (1) There are two NATEC TPL programs (FOXPRO and ELMS) utilized for controlling technical data managed by CTPL. (2) The process utilized for the FOXPRO TPL Program also applies to the TMAPS ELMS Program unless otherwise stated. b. The NATEC TPL program is the primary management tool for CTPLs (WP ). c. The TPL database arranges the entries alphanumerically for all manuals without regard to the originator or the media. d. A record in the TPL database for TDs is optional. e. NAVAIR series manuals issued on METPRO CD disks will require a TPL database record only on the NA 17-35MTL-1 and ICP disks identified in WP

194 NAVAIR f. DOD publications and commercial manuals not assigned NAVAIR numbers (WP and WP ) may be entered into the TPL program. g. Commercial manuals, when provided with new equipment, will be delivered to the CTPL for entry in the TPL program. h. NAVSUP publications do not come under the management control of the activity CTPL unless distribution is controlled by the CTPL. (1) Management control of NAVSUP publications normally falls under the control of the activity Supply/Material Control Officer. (2) NAVICP Philadelphia publications are used by material control for ordering/reference purposes and these publications can be retained as a single copy issue, but only in Material Control. Automatic distribution, including quantities for NAVICP Philadelphia publications, is provided by way of the Standard Navy Distribution List (SNDL) system. (3) Additional information on how to obtain NAVSUP publications is furnished in WP , while more information on NAVICP Philadelphia publications is provided in WP (4) NAVAIR related manuals such as Illustrated Parts Breakdowns (IPBs) held by Material Control come under the management controls as established by the activity CTPL. i. NATOPS/Tactical manuals, when maintained in the NWP library in the Operations Department, normally come under the management control of the activity s NATOPS Officer vice the CTPL CONTROL OF CLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS a. Close coordination between the CTPL and the command s Security Manager is essential. b. Procedures will be established for the dissemination of classified material originated or received by the CTPL (WP ) DESCRIPTION OF NATEC TPL PROGRAM DATABASE (See WP ) RETENTION OF TPL PROGRAM FILES a. ACTIVE TPL FILE (1) A record is maintained on each copy of each manual controlled by the CTPL until it has been deleted from the library. (2) This file shall consist of all manuals media controlled by the CTPL including cancelled manuals retained for equipment being maintained and manuals received in digital format (WP ). b. DEAD FILE (1) TPL records deleted from the Active TPL File are placed in the Dead File within the TPL Program. (2) This file contains all those manuals deleted from the active files due to removal from the CTPL or manual is revised. (3) The TPL program annotates the reason for removal from the active database. (a) If as the result of update this will be shown. 4

195 NAVAIR (b) If as the result of an update by the CTPL clerk, it may be entered as: CANCELLED, OBSOLETE, or NOT REQUIRED. (4) These records will be retained within the TPL Program for a minimum of 1 year. (5) The TPL Program will purge the files reaching the storage expiration date when the Dead File Report is run the first time after the expiration of the holding period. c. DECK LOAD CHANGE (1) Upon a change of manual requirements, usually because of a change of aircraft Type/Model/Series (T/M/S) or equipment, active TPL file records affected may be deleted from the TPL Program after work center audits have been completed to ensure that the TMs are no longer held in the work center. (2) ADRL requirements shall be updated at this time by the CTPL CTPL FILES ON AUTOMATED DATA PROCESSING (ADP) SYSTEMS a. The NATEC TPL Programs (FOXPRO and ELMS) are the only approved programs for automation of a NAVAIR technical publications library (WP ). b. Publication information shall be maintained digitally in the TPL program. c. Storage and handling of classified information shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements of SECNAVINST d. Entry of management information into the TPL program on classified manuals is required for tracking purposes the same as for unclassified manuals INVENTORY CONTROL a. All forms of TM data and changes including TDs must be marked for proper inventory control. b. A locally procured stamp shall be used on each type of TM media. The stamp should include, as a minimum, the following items of identification: (1) Activity (2) Copy Number (3) Location c. The stamp will be placed on the title page that identifies the date of the publication. d. For media such as CDs, IETMs, or microfiche place the stamp on the container using a mailing label. e. For TDs, the stamp shall be placed on the first page. The copy number is not required on technical directives at Depots. Control and distribution at depot level is maintained by workload control documentation. f. For IRACs, the stamp shall be placed on the first page. g. The CTPL will establish a simple numbering system as Copy Numbers for all manuals under CTPL control. 5

196 NAVAIR h. The CTPL shall issue a quarterly NATEC TPL program Locator listing for all work centers. This listing arranges publications in an alphanumeric sequence and should be used by the work center as the readily accessible listing of publications and their locations BINDERS FOR PUBLICATIONS a. NAVAIR TMs and directives are drilled with three large and two small holes. The three large holes fit the posts of the special NAVAIR publication binders. The two small holes allow for use of the standard three-ring loose-leaf binder. b. The specially designed NAVAIR binders are available through any Naval Supply stocking point. Stock Numbers for binders are: (1) 2 Binder - S/N (2) 3 Binder - S/N c. Binders provide a uniform means of protection as well as storage of loose documents. d. There is no restriction as to the type of binder used, as long as it fits the needs of the user and proper identification can be displayed STORAGE AND IDENTIFICATION OF PUBLICATIONS HELD BY THE CTPL a. Each manual/directive received will be placed in an appropriate binder or information technology (IT) repository. CTPL are not required to maintain "master copy" of all TMs maintained in the activity. b. When more than one manual or type of directive is placed in the same binder, the lowest NAVAIR manual or type directive number shall appear first on the spine, followed by the term thru and ending with the highest manual or directive (figure 2). c. Classified Publications shall be stored in accordance with SECNAVINST d. After filing the above documents the binders are stored on shelves as follows: (1) Manuals shall be arranged alphanumerically for NAVAIR publications. Manuals should not be in different areas around the CTPL but in NAVAIR number sequence and all together. (2) TDs shall be filed by specific type (WP ). (3) Manuals other than NAVAIR, may be filed in separate binders under an appropriate general heading. (4) MRC decks shall be stored in appropriate card index containers in alphanumerical order. (5) Instructions and notices shall be filed in separate binders in Standard Subject Identification Code (SSIC) sequence. An additional breakdown by major echelon, i.e., type commander, wing, etc., is also authorized. (6) Non-standard size manuals should be stored in appropriate containers, conveniently located for ready use and the location noted in the TPL program database. (7) CD-ROMs shall be arranged alphanumerically in CD-ROM number sequence and stored in an appropriate storage cabinet or container. 6

197 NAVAIR CHANGE ENTRY CERTIFICATION RECORD (CECR) a. The CECR is used as a record by the CTPL to ensure updates to manuals have been issued to and incorporated into dispersed libraries. b. The CTPL shall establish procedures whereby updates to TMs are picked up or delivered on a daily basis. c. The CECR is generated by the TPL program. d. The CECR is a receipt for: (1) The issuance of an update to be incorporated by the holder of a manual. (2) The CTPL indicating an update has been issued for incorporation to a specific manual held by a designated work center. (3) Ensuring old/discarded pages of a manual are accounted for in accordance with locally established procedures. e. A CECR is initiated on all updates to TM data media issued to the dispersed libraries. f. The CTPL will incorporate the update into the CTPL copy as soon as practical. (1) Use of the CECR by the CTPL is not required on CTPL copies unless someone other than the CTPL (i.e. an appropriate QAR) is incorporating the basic/revision, change, or RAC/IRAC/ERAC. (2) If there are multiple librarians working in the library the use of the CECR is a good way to keep track of who actually incorporated the update. g. If discrepancies are identified (such as missing pages, poor quality printing, etc.), the update copies will not be issued to the dispersed libraries. Additional guidance and assistance shall be requested from the QA division supervisor or appropriate Depot Department. h. The CTPL shall train the dispersed librarian(s) in the use of the CECR and the proper methods of making the various types of changes to publications media held (WP ) CHANGE ENTRY CERTIFICATION RECORD (CECR) FILE PART 1 a. The CTPL shall establish a CECR tickler file containing the following: (1) A 2-day file of CECR PART 1s for IRACs. (a) Due to the critical nature of the update, IRACs shall be incorporated by the work center within 2 working days of receipt from the CTPL. (b) For those programs still issuing formal changes this also applies to RACs. (2) A 5-day file of CECR PART 1s for routine revisions/notices. Routine revisions and notices shall be incorporated by the work center within 5 working days of receipt from the CTPL. b. CTPL training of dispersed librarian(s) shall outline the procedures of when and where to pick up the CECR and manual(s) media consistent with the time limitations set forth in the preceding paragraph. c. This tickler file is a suspense record of CECR PART 1s issued to dispersed libraries along with the appropriate manual media update vehicle. 7

198 NAVAIR d. The CTPL should set the CECR file up sequentially by due date to facilitate a daily review of outstanding updates. e. The CECR PART 1 is removed from the tickler file and discarded upon receipt of the completed CECR PART 2, indicating applicable action has been completed CHANGE ENTRY CERTIFICATION RECORD (CECR) FILE PART 2 a. The CTPL shall establish a file of CECR PART 2s maintained in dispersed library sequence. b. The CECR PART 2 shall be returned to the CTPL along with cancelled publications or superseded pages, indicating completion of the applicable update to the manual media. c. Appropriate security measures will be adhered to when returning classified manuals media to the CTPL. d. After proper annotation in the TPL program by the CTPL, the CECR PART 2 file shall be maintained in dispersed library sequence. e. CECR Part 2 file on manual media without discrepancies may be disposed of after successful completion of the next Quarterly Audit conducted on the dispersed library. f. The audit report on manual media with discrepancies will be include in the CECR PART 2, identifying the individual who incorporated the update. g. These reports are retained in the CTPL Transaction File for one year (WP ) INCORPORATION OF UPDATES TO NAVAIR TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS (Refer to WP ) a. As the electronic age of TMs progresses formal changes will be discontinued in favor of Revisions and IRACs. b. All other sources of updates to NAVAIR TMs are unauthorized and must be referred to NATEC via the TPDR system for appropriate action (WP ). c. REVISION. This is a complete reissue of a manual with all change information incorporated. d. PICK-UP REVISION (1) This is an economical way of putting out a complete manual to alleviate a low stock situation in the warehouse. (2) Before printing a new change the change is collated into the manual and the whole manual is printed for distribution and stock. (3) A pick-up revision incorporates the basic manual, all previous changes and the new data that would require the issuance of an additional change. (a) Only those changed, revised or added WPs/pages shall have the current change number and date. (b) Other existing WPs/pages shall be reissued without changes to dates, change symbols or other modification. 8

199 NAVAIR (c) A supersedure notice is placed on the title page reading: This manual supersedes A1-XXXXXX/NAVAIR XXXXXX dated XXXXXXXXXX with change XX. The latest change information, change XX dated XXXXXXXX has been incorporated in this issue. e. TMs RAPID ACTION CHANGES (RACs). TM RACs are developed to expedite the issuance of technical information, which relates to safety of personnel/flight, aircraft grounding, mission capability/fleet readiness, equipment damage, and/or environmental impact restrictions. TM RACs will be of the following types: (1) IRACs - Issued by Naval activities or Contract Administrative Offices (CAO) as a Naval Message providing urgent TM change data. For an example, refer to WP , figure 1. (2) RACs - Issued by Naval activities or CAOs as a complete formal change to TM (including all associated format matter). Hard copy shall be used to issue IRACs containing information in the form of illustrations, schematics, wiring diagrams and other forms, which cannot be issued as messages. An electronic copy shall be sent to NATEC via to address nani_irac@navy.mil. f. NOTICES. The method for correcting minor errors in NAVAIR TMs that do not require the issuance of a formal change MANAGEMENT OF TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES (TDs) a. Upon receipt of a TD, the CTPL shall apply the control stamp (which will also include the date received) to those TD copies received (figure 3). b. Entry into the TPL program is optional. c. Place all extra copies in a pending file. d. Route a copy of the TD (utilizing the TD Routing and Tracking Sheet provided in COMNAVAIRFORINST , volume V) to the Program Manager/Quality Assurance (QA) supervisor, who shall review the TD for applicability to assigned equipment. This may necessitate use of other work centers within the activity, i.e., Maintenance Control (M/C), etc. e. Once the status of the TD has been determined, the CTPL will route applicable copies to M/C for the purpose of requisitioning required material or compliance. NOTE A copy of the technical directives and changes related to Aviation Life Support Systems (ALSS) will be maintained in the ALSS work center. IMAs may hold, in the work center (on a controlled basis), copies of TDs considered to be ongoing. f. A master file copy of the TD will be filed in the CTPL. Annotate the filed copy as to location of other issued TD copies. g. Random duplication of TDs must be avoided. (1) Often TDs will be issued as Amendments, Revisions etc. (2) The CTPL shall obtain and provide additional copies of TDs as needed to support detachments of the parent unit. (3) Positive control must be maintained by the CTPL. 9

200 NAVAIR h. Annotate page 1 of the TD maintained by the CTPL or use of the NATEC TPL program to account for location of other copies. This will maintain positive control. i. When TD copies are returned, the CTPL will dispose of them in accordance with local procedures established for disposal of unclassified TMs (WP , paragraph 17-9). (1) An appropriate annotation will be made on the master file copy, i.e., VP-60, 010, returned 11/24/04. (2) The NATEC TPL program record for return copies shall be wiped from the database if the TD had been entered. j. Upon receipt by the CTPL, the Weekly Summary for Issued Technical Directives should be processed and retained for reference in accordance with WP REPRODUCTION OF UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS a. Source of material for reproduction is an authorized CTPL copy of the publication. b. A digital manual downloaded from the NATEC website or received from NATEC on a CD-ROM would be considered an authorized copy. c. Requirement for reproduction is to replace missing or damaged portions of an authorized copy of a manual or a requirement for an additional copy. d. Publications annotated with Missing Pages or Changes during an audit of a work center may be restored from the digital data available from NATEC. e. All reproduced copies will be managed in the same manner as the original by entering them into the TPL program and affixing appropriate library stamps. f. The copy held by the dispersed library must, as a minimum, be comprised of: the Title Page, all referenced material, all of the Numerical Index of Effective Work Packages/Pages, and the Work Packages or pages desired by the Work Center Supervisor. g. A copy number will be assigned and the Remarks field of the TPL Program will be annotated with: This manual consists of the Title page, Numerical Index pages XXXX, and Work Package XXX XX, pages XXX to XXX. This is a complete manual for audit purposes, the remainder of this manual is maintained on the NATEC Website, JTDI, or CD-ROM maintained by the activity. h. Refer to WP for IETM marking procedures. i. Control of non-routine reproduced portions of the TM when the CTPL is not available is as follows: (1) A QA Subject Matter Expert (SME) shall review all printed material for completeness and ensure proper control. (2) Identify the reproduced TM in the corrective action block of the VIDS/MAF 4790/60 or work order by annotating the TM number and specific pages that were printed. Example, NA 01-1A-35, dtd 01 Aug 05, pgs 1-1 thru 1-10, total of 10 pgs. (3) The work center supervisor shall ensure that all printed material is accounted for and destroyed upon completion of a maintenance action per procedures outlined in this TM. The supervisor's signature on the VIDS/MAF or work order indicates the printed material is verified current, accounted for, and destroyed per requirements explained in WP

201 NAVAIR j. If printing a manual directly from the NATEC web site, be advised that the hyperlinks (e.g. see IRAC XX) will not be visible in the printed copy unless the individual printer setting is set in accordance with the established procedures described by the Adobe Reader version utilized by the activity. Select the "Printer Icon" from the PDF file (do not use the file menu to print) (See figure 4). (1) When the print screen appears, the following procedures apply as appropriate to the Adobe Version in use by the activity: (a) For Adobe Reader 7.0 and 8.0, in the upper right corner under the "Comments and Forms" drop down, select "Documents and Markups". (b) For Adobe Reader 6.0, in the lower left corner under "Print What" drop down, select "Document and Comments". (c) For Adobe Reader 5.0, in the middle of the left side in the "Print Range", click "Comments" box. (2) This must be done while running the applicable Adobe Reader outside of the Internet Explorer browser application in order to save the setting for future use. If these settings are not saved through the Adobe Reader, you will have to change the setting each time before printing. (3) If there are any questions or need assistance, contact one of the Technical Publication Specialists (TPS) at nani_tps@navy.mil CANCELLED TECHNICAL MANUALS MEDIA a. TM data may be cancelled due to the following reasons: (1) TM data may be cancelled by other superseding manuals. Supersedure notices on the title page of superseding manual identifies superseded/cancelled manuals. (2) Manuals may also be cancelled without being superseded by other manuals. Included in this category are manuals supporting aircraft or equipment no longer in the NAVAIR inventory. (3) A Reliability Centered Maintenance Program (RCM) within NAVAIR has resulted in manuals being cancelled when it was determined it was not economically feasible to perform some levels of preventive maintenance upon the equipment. b. If you have been authorized by higher authority to operate and maintain equipment no longer in the NAVAIR inventory, you may: (1) Go to NATEC's web site and access "Technical Manual Application System (TMAPS)". Click on "Technical Manual Central Repository", type in publication under options, click "Query Cancellations (History)", and then click the "Submit" button. (2) If the digital copy is not available for the cancelled TM data, go to NATEC's website. At the "NATEC Authorized User's Login Screen," under "Correspondence," click "Contact Information". In the right column, click "NATEC Archived/Cancelled Publications Request Form" and fill in all applicable blocks for the requested TM(s). Click "submit" and the on-line request is automatically sent to nani_repository@navy.mil. (3) If you don't have access to the NATEC web site, send request or questions concerning cancelled publications via to nani_repository@navy.mil. 11

202 NAVAIR (4) All cancelled manuals provided by NATEC, regardless of media, will be stamped with a "CANCELLED" watermark on the title page. c. Refer to WP , paragraph 24-6e for instructions on maintaining cancelled TM data in the NATEC FOXPRO Library Program or ELMS database. 12

203 NAVAIR From: Quality Assurance Officer To: Subj: (Name/Rate) CENTRAL TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARIAN BILLET DESCRIPTION/ASSIGNMENT Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST (b) SECNAVINST (c) NAVAIR Assignment: You are hereby assigned the billet of Central Technical Publications Librarian (CTPL). You are directly responsible to the Quality Assurance Officer in the performance of this duty. It is recommended you maintain this position a minimum of one year, and shall perform the duties of CTPL as outlined below. 2. Description: The CTPL responsibilities include, but are not limited to: a. Maintain the activity s Central Technical Publications Library (CTPL) in a complete and current status per references (a) through (c). b. Requisition, receive, screen, review, route, distribute as necessary and file all incoming technical manuals media. c. Establish dispersed libraries and necessary control functions to distribute data. d. Establish and maintain a training program for assigned library personnel, including dispersed librarians. e. Develop an automatic verification program using the guidance provided in reference (c). f. Develop and maintain a program for classified technical media receipt, stowage, distribution, inventory, and disposition in accordance with reference (b). g. Establish and maintain a program to audit the CTPL annually, dispersed libraries quarterly, and detachment libraries on return, in accordance with reference (c). h. Develop an effective check list/audit form to identify discrepancies during audits and corrective action noted in accordance with reference (a), Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC). 3. I have read and understand the above listed duties and accept the related responsibilities. Member s Signature Date CONCURRENCE: QAO Signature Date Figure 1. Central Technical Publications Librarian Billet Description/Assignment Format. 13

204 NAVAIR Figure 2. Identification Strip in Loose Leaf Spine. 14

205 NAVAIR Figure 3. Technical Directive with a Control Stamp Affixed. 15

206 NAVAIR ADOBE READER 8.0 Select "Document and Markups" ADOBE READER 7.0 Select "Document and Markups" Figure 4. Using Adobe Reader to Print TMs with IRACs from NATEC Web Site. (Sheet 1) 16

207 NAVAIR ADOBE READER 6.0 Select "Document and comments" ADOBE READER 5.0 Click "Comment" Box Figure 4. Using Adobe Reader to Print TMs with IRACs from NATEC Web Site. (Sheet 2) 17/(18 Blank)

208 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

209 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM CENTRAL LIBRARY VERIFICATION/AUDIT REQUIREMENTS Reference Material NAVAIR Related Documentation Controlled by Other Navy or DOD Elements... WP NATEC Fleet Liaison Division... WP Technical Publication Update Methods... WP Naval Aeronautical Publications Index... WP NAVAIR Technical Directives... WP Technical Publications Requisitioning Procedures... WP Establishing an Aeronautical Technical Publications Central Library... WP Equipment Applicability List...NAVAIR A Airborne Weapons/Stores Publication Index... NAVAIR Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)... COMNAVAIRFORINST Weekly Summary for Issued Technical Directives...NATEC website/message Interim Rapid Action Change (IRAC) Tracker...NATEC website/message Technical Documentation List...assigned by aircraft model Title Alphabetical Index Page No Audit Requirements... 4 Purpose... 2 Verification Requirements... 2 Processed Automatic Distribution Requirements List (ADRL)... 3 Weekly Interim Rapid Action (IRAC) and Technical Manual Tracker... 3 Weekly Summary for Issued Technical Directives (TDs)

210 NAVAIR PURPOSE a. Conducting verifications and audits of the CTPL is a responsibility assigned to the Quality Assurance (QA) Division of Naval aviation units and to the responsible Department at the Depots. b. Verifications as defined in this work package (WP) shall consist of procedures performed by the CTPL personnel to confirm that all applicable NAVAIR manuals media and TDs (distributed by the NATEC automatic distribution system) have been received by the CTPL. c. Audits as defined in this WP shall consist of procedures to ensure that the NAVAIR manuals media and TDs (maintained in the CTPL) are up to date. d. Figure 1 lists research/verification reference documents and their frequency of issue, and describes the primary purpose of each listed reference. (1) Items identified as RESEARCH documents enable the CTPL librarian to identify the availability of NAVAIR manuals media and TDs on an as-needed basis. (2) Items identified, as VERIFICATION documents shall be used to verify and annotate that the applicable and required NAVAIR manuals media and TDs have been received by the CTPL VERIFICATION REQUIREMENTS a. As each of the following VERIFICATION documents is received, the CTPL librarian will review the applicable sections of each document and ensure that required manuals and TDs have been received or accounted for. b. WEEKLY SUMMARY FOR ISSUED TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES (TDs) (figure 2) (1) This is a weekly message report released by NATEC to TYCOMs and applicable AIGs listing TDs released during the previous week. notified. (6) months. (a) When fleet users fail to receive message TDs, the appropriate TYCOM should be (b) Copies of TD summaries shall be maintained on file by each activity for a period of six (c) The file of TD summaries may be in either paper or digital format. (2) Interim TDs are used to dispense urgent action information and are released in Naval message format to a pre-selected distribution or AIG. (3) However, formal TDs may be in the distribution cycle and as yet not received. (4) TDs identified as being applicable but not received shall be annotated on the summary and procured by the CTPL librarian and reviewed by cognizant personnel as identified on the TD Routing Form. (5) The Weekly Summary for Issued TDs is also available on the NATEC website at 2

211 NAVAIR c. WEEKLY INTERIM RAPID ACTION CHANGE (IRAC) AND TECHNICAL MANUAL TRACKER (figure 3) (1) The Tracker is issued weekly and is available on the NATEC website ( (a) Copies shall be maintained on file by each activity for a period of six (6) months. (b) The file may be maintained in either paper or digital format. (2) Upon receipt, an appropriate review and annotation shall be conducted by the CTPL librarian and SME to verify that all applicable IRACs and TMs have been received. (3) However, TMs and Type B IRACs that have not been received may be in the distribution cycle. For TMs see the statement on the Tracker for requisitioning requirements (WP ). (4) A complete listing of all outstanding IRACs is contained on the NATEC website at d. PROCESSED AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS LIST (ADRL) (1) The processed ADRL file is a computer generated listing containing all NAVAIR manuals media controlled by NATEC that the user currently receives via automatic distribution (WP ). (ADRL). (2) The processed ADRL will be available each time an activity submits their requirements (3) Upon download of the processed ADRL file from NATEC, the CTPL shall execute the AUDIT Process of the NAVAIR TPL Program to compare the listing with their current requirements. (Perform an audit) (a) Any errors noted shall be corrected by submission of a new ADRL or editing on-line the Account Update screen in the TMAPS of the NATEC website. (b) Updated requirements, which are not the result of error, shall be handled in accordance with WP (4) New, not previously distributed manuals, based on the Type/Model/Series (T/M/S) or Type Equipment Code (TEC) listed in the ADRL are often PUSHED to the user. (a) If this type of manual is received and is not listed on the ADRL, the CTPL will determine if it is required and if the quantity is sufficient. (b) If the manual(s) required and not listed or the quantity is incorrect, the TPL Program should be updated and a new ADRL reflecting these changes may be submitted to NATEC. (c) By updating the ADRL with any new (PUSHED) publication, the user will be placed on distribution for future updates. (5) As each piece of official mail is received, the following shall be accomplished: (a) Verify that the contents of the package agree with the label (figure 4). 3

212 NAVAIR If contents disagree with the label, send original label (or photo-static copy) with what was actually received (i.e., manual number and quantity received) to Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command, ATTN PRODUCT DATA DIVISION, P.O. Box , San Diego, CA The correct material will be shipped to the activity without further action. (b) Verify that the mailing label agrees with the ADRL. 1 If mailing label disagrees with ADRL, make certain that the item is not a PUSHED manual such as described in paragraph 21-2d(4). 2 Otherwise, send original label (or photo-static copy) with submittal of what was actually received (i.e., publication number and quantity received) to Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command, ATTN: PRODUCT DATA DIVISION, P.O. Box , San Diego, CA with explanation of what is incorrect. (c) Compare activity needs from the TPL Program against the quantity listed on the NATEC ADRL. If the quantity received agrees with the mailing label and the ADRL, but is insufficient, submit a revised ADRL or edit the values on-line in the TMAPS portion on the Account Update Screen and requisition additional requirements. (6) Additional assistance on any problem related to the user s distribution of NAVAIR TMs may be obtained from one of the NATEC TPS (WP ). (7) By following day-to-day verification requirements as described in these instructions, currency of the manuals in the CTPL is assured AUDIT REQUIREMENTS a. Audits of the CTPL shall be conducted by a SME or at Depot facilities, a designated representative to ensure that the manuals and TDs used by the activity are up-to-date. b. The CTPL shall be audited at least annually, and whenever one of the following events occurs: (1) Upon any change in mission or deck load/aircraft assignment. (2) If the CTPL librarian is replaced. (3) When directed by higher authority. c. Results of an annual audit should determine that: (1) All TMs held within the activity are current. (2) TPL program database is accurate. (3) Basic TM media guidelines are being complied with ). (4) The automatic distribution system is properly supporting the activities requirements (WP (5) Deficiencies identified are promptly resolved. 4

213 NAVAIR d. As a minimum, the annual audit shall consist of the following: (1) A complete inventory of all CTPL publications media using the TPL Program Work Center List or ELMS Work Center Report as the primary inventory tool. Any discrepancies shall be annotated with the error and corrected as they are detected. (2) Other audit responsibilities should be considered and performed at this time (i.e., all manuals are properly stamped, arranged alphanumerically, identification strips in binder spines are properly annotated, etc). (3) Perform the Audit function. (a) In the NATEC TPL Program, the audit function compares the TPL Program database to the latest ADRL file returned from or downloaded from the NATEC website. Note any publications, which are not as current as the ADRL file. (b) The audit function in ELMS compares database contents to the latest information in TMAPS. In ELMS, discrepancies are indicated by anything other that a normal Adobe icon. (c) Requisition any manuals/changes necessary to update the CTPL (WP ). (4) Compare the verified/corrected Work center list to the current copy of the activity s ADRL (WP ). Update the ADRL if necessary ). (5) Complete Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) (COMNAVAIRFORINST e. All TMs listed on COD will have an entry made in the TPL Program. The CD number can be identified in the remarks section to indicate this TM is a COD request. f. ADRL CDs are used as a backup to JTDI servers. TMs listed on these CDs do not require additional entries in the TPL Program. g. JKCS CD updates do not require entry in the TPL Program. h. There are exceptions to the normal audit considerations. Manuals not controlled by NATEC but required to support the organization s mission, and under the management control of the CTPL librarian must be accounted for. (1) NAVSEA/SPAWAR/NAVORD/NWP/CV/CVN/NAVSUP publications (WP ) are some of the technical documentation that the CTPL librarian may have to account for. (2) The latest issue dates for most of these publications can be found on NAVSUP's Naval Logistics Library ( (3) Regardless of the reference source used, the purpose of the audit is to ensure that each manual in the CTPL is up-to-date. (4) An additional requirement will be to ensure that each manual is on automatic distribution. (5) A separate file labeled Miscellaneous Automatic Distribution Requirements should be maintained for future reference. 5

214 NAVAIR i. Ensure that a complete summary of audit findings (i.e., difference listings, list of manuals/changes requisitioned, annotated ADRL, etc.) and corrective actions is retained in the CTPL Transaction File for a minimum of 1 year (WP ). j. The results of the annual audit will be reviewed by the Quality Assurance Officer and shall be subject to review by the Maintenance Officer/Depot Manager. k. Activities are encouraged to expand on the annual audit requirements to suit individual needs. l. Users may also contact the cognizant NATEC Logistics Element Manager (LEM) to confirm the validity of NAVAIR technical manuals. 6

215 NAVAIR APPLICATION TITLE FREQUENCY NATEC Processed ADRL file Audit Summary Processed ADRL NATEC Returned Text File As submitted PURPOSE AUDIT Used to perform library audit VERIFICATION. Provides list of NAVAIR publications (controlled by NATEC currently on automatic distribution for future issues of changes/ revisions (WP ). NAVAIR A Equipment Applicability List NATEC WEB RESEARCH. Provides cross-reference of part numbers to publications (WP ). NAVAIR Airborne Weapons/Stores Publication Index Quarterly RESEARCH. Provides latest update information on Airborne Weapons/Stores by type/model aircraft (WP ). Message Weekly Summary for Issued Technical Directives Weekly VERIFICATION. Message report, identifies technical directives issued during the previous week (WP ). Message Weekly IRAC and Tech Manual Tracker Weekly VERIFICATION. Message report; identifies latest Interim Rapid Action Changes and Tech manuals issued previous week (WP ). A1-XXXX-AML XXXXX-0 Technical Documentation List (commonly referred to as the -0 manual) Periodic Updates RESEARCH. Identifies NAVAIR publication applicable to specific aircraft requirements. Provides a part number to publication breakdown. ADRL Automatic Distribution Requirements Listing (ADRL) Periodic Updates VERIFICATION. Provides list of NAVAIR publications (controlled by NATEC currently on automatic distribution for future issues of changes/ revisions (WP ). Report NATOPS Status Report Periodic Updates VERIFICATION. Provides latest information on NATOPS publications by type/model aircraft. Report available at website, Figure 1. Research/Verification Reference Documents. 7

216 NAVAIR FM NATEC SAN DIEGO CA//3.3A24// TO AIG ONE ONE ZERO ZERO FOUR AIG SEVEN SIX FIVE EIGHT AIG SEVEN SEVEN FIVE NINE AIG NINE NINE FIVE FOUR INFO RUWFTBA/NATEC SAN DIEGO CA//3.3A24// BT UNCLAS //N13052// MSGID/GENADMIN/NATEC SAN DIEGO// SUBJ/WEEKLY SUMMARY FOR ISSUED TECH DIRECTIVES.// POC/V. LINDSAY, L. SANPEDRO/CIV/3.3A24, 3.3A91/- /TEL:FAX OR 2292/TEL:DSN OR 2292// RMKS/1. FROM CODE 3.3A24 TECH DIRECTIVES FOR COMNAVAIRLANT /N85/N421G/COMNAVAIRPAC ACTION CODES N422C/INFO N422/N COPIES OF BULLETINS AND RAMECS SHOULD FIRST BE REQUESTED FROM THE PREPARING ACTIVITY CITED ON EACH INDIVIDUAL TD. THIS WILL ENSURE YOUR DISTRIBUTION FOR FUTURE BULLETINS AND RAMECS. COPIES OF CHANGES NOT RECEIVED THROUGH NORMAL AUTOMATIC DISTRIBUTION CAN BE REQUISITIONED THROUGH THE NAVICP USING STOCK NUMBERS CITED ON EACH ITEM. AFTER COMPLYING WITH THESE PROCEDURES, NATEC CAN BE CONTACTED IF TDS ARE STILL REQUIRED. 3. THE FOLLOWING TDS DIST FOR THE WEEK ENDING 30 APR 99. A. AYC-957-A1, NAVAIRSYSCOM, PATUXENT RIVER, MD/AIR-3.1.1C1/ AIR-4.1.1/SV99-66ECM COOLING AIR CONTROL VALVE, MODIFICATION OF. F/A-18C/D, LOM: D, NSN 0870LD B. F/A-18-AFC-48-P2-A2,NAVAIRSYSCOM, PATUXENT RIVER, MD/AIR C1/AIR-4.1.1/AUTOMATIC AC BUS ISOLATION, INCORPORATION OF. F/A/18A/B/C/D, LOM: O/I/D, NSN 0870LD C. F/A-18-AFC-100-AE, NAVAIRSYSCOM, PATUXENT RIVER, MD/AIR C1/AIR-4.1.1/RIGHT HAND AMAD BAY MOTIVE TUB INTERFACE. MODIFICATION OF. F/A-18A/B, LOM: O/I/D, NSN 0870LD D. T-56-PPC-110, NAVAIRSYSCOM, PATUXENT RIVER, MD/PMA-231/T56-A- 427 FUEL ENRICHMENT SYSTEM, REMOVAL OF. T-56, E-2, LOM: O/I/D, NSN 0870LD E. H-1-AFB-395 NAVAVNDEPOT CHERRY PT NC/H1-ISST.2/261943Z APR 99/INSPECTION OF AUX CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL OR UH-1N, LOM: O. 4. POC ADDRESS: (ALL LOWER CASE) 5. LAST WEEKLY SUMMARY Z APR EACH ENTRY CONTAINS LOM FOR LEVEL OF MAINTENANCE. // Figure 2. Example of Weekly Summary for Issued Technical Directives. 8

217 NAVAIR Z JAN 07 R WEEKLY IRAC AND TECHNICAL MANUAL TRACKER MSGID/GENADMIN/NAS NORTH ISLAND// POC/JOSIE POSTEHER/GS-12/ /LOC:NAS NORTH ISLAND /TEL: // GENTEXT/REMARKS/1. THIS TRACKER LISTS ALL IRACS RCVD AND ALL ERACS RECEIVED AND ALL IRACS CANCELLED AND ALL NATOP INTERIM CHANGES ISSUED AND ALL TECH MANUALS ADDED OR REPLACED ON THE NATEC WEB DURING PERIOD 01 JAN 2007 THRU 05 JAN THE FOLLOWING IRACS WERE RECEIVED BY NATEC DURING THE PERIOD. MODEL NAVAIR/TMINS NO IRAC REFERENCE DTG/LTR DATE ALRE 51-5BBA NAWC LAKEHURST ZDEC06 POC TEL: DSN 624 COML KEITH.WILSON@NAVY.MIL NOTE: ALL TYPE "B" IRACS LISTED ABOVE ARE AVAILABLE ON THE NATEC WEB SITE REGARDLESS OF HARD COPY DISTRIBUTION STATUS. 3. THE FOLLOWING ERACS WERE RECEIVED BY NATEC DURING THE PERIOD. MODEL NAVAIR/TMINS NO ERAC DATE 4. THE FOLLOWING IRACS WERE CANCELLED DURING THE PERIOD. MODEL NAVAIR/TMINS NO IRAC REFERENCE DTG/LTR DATE H-46 A1-H46AE NADEP CHRPT ZMAY06 5. THE FOLLOWING NATOPS INTERIM CHANGES WERE ISSUED DURING THE PERIOD. MANUAL NUMBER IC NO DTG/LTR DATE MODEL 01-75GAJ ZDEC06 C-130 A1-E6AAB-NFM ZJAN07 E-6 6. THE FOLLOWING TECHNICAL MANUALS WERE REPLACED ON THE NATEC WEB SITE DURING THE PERIOD. MANUAL NUMBER NSN ISSUE ISSUE DATE IRAC MODEL AN-160EF LP P/U REV 12/1/2006 F/A-18 AT-901CA-MIB LP NOTICE 7/2/ E-2C AW-381VB-MIB LP CHANGE 8/30/ AV-8B A1-C2AHA-IDX LP REVISION 10/1/ C-2 A1-C2AHA LP CHANGE 8/1/ C-2 A1-F18AC LP CHANGE 10/15/2006 F/A-18 A1-H46AE-MRC LP P/U REV 6/1/ H LP CHANGE 5/31/ COMMON 7. THE FOLLOWING TECHNICAL MANUALS WERE ADDED TO THE NATEC WEB SITE DURING THE PERIOD. MANUAL NUMBER NSN ISSUE ISSUE DATE IRAC MODEL 8. THE FOLLOWING TECHNICAL MANUALS WERE CANCELLED AND REMOVED FROM THE ACTIVE REPOSITORY DURING THE PERIOD. MANUAL NUMBER NSN ISSUE ISSUE DATE IRAC MODEL 9. PEN AND INK CHGS TO THE TECH CONTENT OF A MANUAL ARE NOT AUTHORIZED. PHYSICAL ALTERATION OF THE TECH CONTENT IN NAVAIR TMS IS NOT PERMITTED. 10. ORIGINATORS ARE REQUIRED TO FORMALIZE DATA WITHIN ONE YEAR OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE IRAC. 11. PAST TRACKER MESSAGES AND INDIVIDUAL IRAC MESSAGES ARE AVAILABLE ON THE NATEC WEB SITE AT THE POC FOR GENERAL IRAC ISSUES THAT CAN BE ADDRESSED BY THE ORIGINATOR, SUCH AS DISTRIBUTION OR COPIES OF IRACS, IS PROVIDED IN THIS MESSAGE. WHEN TWO OR MORE IRACS HAVE THE SAME POC, THE POC IS LISTED AFTER THE LAST IRAC. 12. THE POC FOR SPECIFIC ISSUES ABOUT THE TECHNICAL CONTENT OF AN IRAC IS PROVIDED IN THE INDIVIDUAL IRAC MESSAGE. FOR NON- TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE PLEASE SEND AN TO NANI(UNDERSCORE)IRAC@NAVY.MIL. 13. IRACS ISSUED AGAINST TECH MANUALS WITH DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT F ARE NOT LISTED IN THE IRAC TRACKER. 14. IF YOUR ACTIVITY IS LISTED IN THE ADRL FOR THE MANUALS LISTED IN PARAGRAPHS 6 AND 7, NATEC IS PROVIDING THESE MANUALS BY INITIAL DISTRIBUTION. IF THE MANUALS ARE NOT RECEIVED WITHIN 60 DAYS, SUBMIT MILSTRIP REQUISITION. 15. REQUEST WIDEST DISSEMINATION OF THIS REPORT TO ALL SUBORDINATE/OPERATING COMMANDS UNDER YOUR COGNIZANCE. 16. PREVIOUS IRAC TRACKER WAS TRANSMITTED AS NATEC SAN DIEGO CA ZJAN MINIMIZE CONSIDERED.// Figure 3. Example of Weekly IRAC and Technical Manual Tracker. 9

218 NAVAIR DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY COMMANDING OFFICER ATTN DISTRIBUTION NATEC NAS NORTH ISLAND P O BOX BLDG 90-1 SAN DIEGO CA ADRL QUANTITY SHIPPED OFFICIAL BUSINESS MEDIA MAIL 01-85ADC-4-5 QTY: LP B2 0068A NAVAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER NATEC ASSIGNED TECHNICAL MANUAL ACCOUNT NUMBER STOCK NUMBER COMMANDING OFFICER ATTN AIMD TPL USS NIMITZ (CVN-68) FPO AP MOM Figure 4. Mailing Label Used on Military Mail. 10

219 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM DISPERSED LIBRARY OPERATION Reference Material Central Technical Publications Library Operating Procedures... WP Department of the Navy Information Security Program Regulation...SECNAVINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No Binders... 3 Classified Publications Storage... 3 Library Operation... 2 Storage Procedures for Publications

220 NAVAIR LIBRARY OPERATION a. Dispersed libraries fall under the management control of the CTPL or under the department they service at the Depots. b. DTPLs shall be recommended jointly by the appropriate Work Center Supervisor/Division Officer and designated in writing by the Quality Assurance (QA) Officer. c. The CTPL custodian or responsible Depot Department shall be responsible for providing training and assistance to both the work center/depot supervisors and the dispersed librarians. d. Such training will be provided at least quarterly. e. Work center/depot Data Center Supervisors shall: (1) Ensure dispersed libraries maintain only the required number of copies of applicable manuals on hand. (2) Avoid excessive stock piling and ordering of manuals. (3) Ensure all manual requests (that are part of dispersed library) are submitted to the CTPL for procurement. (4) Provide the necessary guidance, supervision and support necessary to manage the dispersed library. (5) Establish procedures within each work center to identify the location of all manuals held using the Locator Listing option of the TPL program. (6) Ensure the DTPL is assigned in writing using figure 1 and has completed training requirements prior to assignment (figure 2). f. The CTPL uses the NATEC TPL program to locate manuals under its control. Dispersed libraries require only a visible, readily accessible list for publications and their location. This listing is provided in the TPL program. g. Ensure that when manuals are no longer required, they are returned to the CTPL with justification for the return. The CTPL will dispose of the manual(s), annotate the TPL Program, maintain a record of these manuals and submit a new ADRL disk STORAGE PROCEDURES FOR PUBLICATIONS a. In the dispersed libraries, because of the multiplicity of copies of the same manual media, the composition of the binders will be left to the discretion of the work center supervisor. b. It may be necessary to have several binders, one at each workstation, with the same set of manuals, enabling more than one worker access to the manuals. c. Sets of MRC decks, two or more copies of the troubleshooting manual or other media are usually the reason for not having the manuals in the same storage criteria as used in the CTPL. 2

221 NAVAIR d. While the CTPL uses the TPL Program to locate TMs under its control, dispersed libraries require only a visible, readily accessible list for manuals and their location. (1) This listing is provided as the Locator Listing. (2) Primary emphasis must be on ready accessibility of the manual to the user. e. CD-ROMs shall be arranged alphanumerically in CD-ROM number sequence and stored in an appropriate storage cabinet or container with the CD-ROM end label readily visible BINDERS a. Similar to those used by the CTPL will also be used by the dispersed libraries. b. The numbering system for NAVAIR TMs and directives contained in binders used by the dispersed libraries will be identical to the CTPL. c. Within the binders, the manuals shall be arranged alphanumerically by NAVAIR publication number (WP ) CLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS STORAGE Classified publications storage will be in accordance with SECNAVINST M and local procedures established by the command and the CTPL. 3

222 NAVAIR From: Work Center Supervisor To: Via: Quality Assurance Officer (Name/Rate) Subj: BILLET DESCRIPTION AS WORK CENTER (PRIMARY/ALTERNATE) DISPERSED TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARIAN (DTPL) Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST (b) SECNAVINST (c) NAVAIR Assignment: You are hereby assigned to billet of Work Center (Primary/Alternate) Dispersed Technical Publications Librarian (DTPL). You are directly responsible to the Work Center Supervisor in the performance of this duty. You shall be required to maintain this position for a minimum of six months and shall perform the duties of DTPL as outlined below. 2. Description: The DTPL responsibilities include, but are not limited to: a. Maintain the work center's library in a complete and current status per references (a) through (c). b. Maintain an up-to-date, readily accessible listing (Location Listing produced by the TPL Program) of all publications held within the work center and the location of each. c. Ensure publication binders are maintained in accordance with reference (c). d. Incorporate all changes into publications. e. Surrender to the CTPL any publications received from other sources, including commercial/contractor publications. f. Identify reason for and correct discrepancies discovered during work center quarterly audits within two working days. g. Attend quarterly training given by the CTPL. h. Train work center personnel on proper use of publications and assist in locating the required technical information. 3. Detachment Publications: a. Procedures and processes established for DTPLs are applicable to detachment libraries. b. Ensure detachment libraries are audited in accordance with references (a) and (c). c. Upon return from detachment, ensure the detachment library is inventoried by the CTPL. 4. I have read and understand the above listed duties and accept the related responsibilities. Member's Signature Date CONCURRENCE: W/C Supervisor Signature Div Off Signature QAO Signature Date Date Date Figure 1. Dispersed Technical Publications Librarian Billet Description Assignment Form. 4

223 NAVAIR From: To: Via: Central Technical Publications Librarian (CTPL) Work center Supervisor Division Officer Subj: COMPLETION OF TRAINING FOR QUALIFICATION AS A DISPERSED TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARIAN FOR. Rate / Name) 1. On-the-job training: CTPL Signature/Date a. Review the following references: (1) COMNAVAIRFORINST (Vol I) (2) SECNAVINST (3) NAVAIR (WPs 019, 020, 021, 022, 023, 025) (4) NATEC TPL Computer Program Reports (5) JTDI/JKCS User's Guide b. Discuss each of the following publications: (1) MRC (2) Local MRC (3) IPB (4) MIM (5) PMIC c. Process CECR parts 1 &2 in accordance with NAVAIR d. Discuss time limits and procedures for incorporating, changes, revisions and Interim Rapid Action Changes. e. Discuss publication arrangement and labeling within the DTPL. f. State purpose for Technical Publications Deficiency Report (TPDR) g. Demonstrate procedures for completion and submission of a TPDR. h. State the purpose of a DTPL quarterly audit. i. Discuss viable corrective action for audit results. j. Discuss procedures for correcting material condition of pubs. k. Discuss reference information maintained in CTPL transaction file Figure 2. Dispersed Technical Publications Librarian Indoctrination Syllabus. (Sheet 1) 5

224 NAVAIR Reference publications: a. NAVSUP P2003 b. NAVAIR A c. NAVAIR I have been briefed on the above references/material by the CTPL, and I understand the duties as the DTPL for Work center. DTPL (Signature/Date) CTPL (Signature/Date) Figure 2. Dispersed Technical Publications Librarian Indoctrination Syllabus. (Sheet 2) 6

225 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM DISPERSED LIBRARY AUDIT PROCEDURES Reference Material Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)... COMNAVAIRFORINST Title Alphabetical Index Page No Dispersed Library Audits... 2 Dispersed Library Procedures for Audits

226 NAVAIR DISPERSED LIBRARY AUDITS a. The CTPL (or Depot Manager), with the assistance of assigned Quality Assurance personnel, will perform a Quarterly Audit on all dispersed library operations. b. If the CTPL is not available Quality Assurance/Depot Manager personnel will perform the audit. c. Additional audits will be conducted when: (1) Directed by higher authority. (2) A new work center (W/C) supervisor is assigned. (3) A new dispersed librarian is assigned. d. The intent of conducting audits when a new W/C supervisor or W/C dispersed librarian is assigned is to assure that some degree of continuity can be maintained between the CTPL, the W/C Supervisor and the newly assigned dispersed librarian. e. Dispersed Library audit results with copies of the annotated audit inventory list shall be retained by the CTPL in work center order, for four consecutive audits (one year) and shall be reviewed for repeat discrepancies. f. Local instructions promulgated by the Depots shall ensure compliance with the intent of this work package DISPERSED LIBRARY PROCEDURES FOR AUDITS a. As a minimum, the following items must be reviewed during dispersed library audits: (1) Adequate control of assigned TMs, i.e., an accurate locator file. (2) Are reproduced pages properly controlled and disposed of? (3) Manuals media properly stored and readily available to the user. (4) Review of Part 2 of Change Entry Certification Records to be checked against manual(s). (5) Interim Rapid Action Changes (IRACs) properly handled: (a) Are IRACs properly placed in manuals, i.e., directly behind the TM title page and in IRAC Number order? (b) For manuals media on CD-ROM. Affix adhesive label to the CD case, annotated with the following information: a b The NAVAIR publication number to which the IRAC applies. The IRAC number of the IRAC message. c Maintain the IRAC on file until receipt of the superseding CD. The information on the adhesive label should be legible and positioned to allow for additional updates as they occur. 2

227 NAVAIR (6) Work center audit listing. (7) Page check of Dispersed Library publications. Twenty five (25) percent of publications held are to be page-checked during each quarterly audit. This will ensure that all manuals have been page-checked during any calendar year. (8) For electronic media such as JTDI/JKCS, perform access verification to ensure all hands are able to search and find applicable manuals at a reasonable time. Check work center computer by using the *.PDF Search option to ensure unauthorized electronic manuals are not downloaded and being utilized. (9) Does the dispersed library hold Technical Directives (TD)? (a) Are the TDs required in the work center? (b) Are the TDs properly returned to the CTPL? (c) Is the control stamp affixed to the TD? (10) Do TMs require reordering? (a) Any damaged or missing pages? (b) Missing pages or changes should be annotated on the Title page of the affected manual and include document number [for the applicable replacement page(s)]. (11) Is the quantity of TMs media sufficient? (12) Are classified manuals properly stored and accounted for? ). (13) Complete Computerized Self Evaluation Checklist (CSEC) (COMNAVAIRFORINST b. Additional items may be reviewed at the discretion of the CTPL. 3/(4 Blank)

228 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

229 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM NATEC TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY PROGRAM Reference Material NATEC Product Data Division... WP NAVAIR Technical Directives... WP Technical Publications Requisitioning Procedures... WP Establishing an Aeronautical Technical Publications Central Library... WP Central Library Verification/Audit Requirements... WP ELMS Standalone Handbook Title Alphabetical Index Page No NATEC Technical Publications Library Program... 2 Required TPL Operations... 6 TMAPS ELMS Standalone... 7 TMAPS Enhanced Library Management System (TMAPS ELMS)... 6 TPL Program Backup Procedures... 3 TPL Program Features... 2 TPL Program Installation Instructions... 3 TPL Program Reports... 3 Validation TPL Program Database

230 NAVAIR NATEC TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS LIBRARY PROGRAM a. The NATEC Technical Publications Library (TPL) FOXPRO Program and the TMAPS Enhanced Library Management Systems (ELMS) are the only two automated systems authorized for use in managing CTPL technical data. (1) The TPL Program is designed for usage on the Windows Operating System (OS) on an IBM compatible Personal Computer (PC). (2) Recommended minimum hardware requirements include 128 megabytes (MB) of RAM, a 20 GB hard drive, a 3-1/2 high-density floppy drive, a 24X CD-ROM drive, and a color monitor. (3) Recommended OS is Windows NT 4.0 or newer, but program will run on all windows operating systems from Windows 98 and newer. b. Use of the TPL program or TMAPS ELMS is required for all activities requiring automatic distribution of more than 10 NAVAIR Technical Manuals. (1) Those activities requiring 10 or less manuals on automatic distribution should write a letter to NATEC listing their technical manual requirements, including quantities. These requirements must be submitted annually. (2) For those activities requiring more than 10 manuals the Automatic Distribution Requirements List (ADRL) shall be prepared using the ADRL option of the TPL program and submitted via to nani_adrl@navy.mil. (3) If is not available the file may be mailed to NATEC at the address shown on the ADRL cover letter printed when the disk is prepared. c. Submission of an ADRL is REQUIRED at least annually to ensure your activity continues to receive required manuals. Your 12 month cutoff date is calculated from the date of your last ADRL submission or the last change you made to your ADRL directly on the NATEC website. (1) For audit purposes a printed copy of your ADRL submission must be retained in your transaction file. (2) ADRL listings received back from NATEC must also be retained in your transaction file. d. ADRL for TMAPS ELMS users are submitted automatically via the TMAPS ELMS Program TPL PROGRAM FEATURES a. The TPL program is completely menu driven and self-contained as delivered. If it is to be installed for the first time no other software is required to run this program. If earlier versions of the TPL program were previously used, current versions will recognize that and update the database to the latest configuration when installed over the existing version. b. Context sensitive help is available throughout its operation. To access HELP, move the cursor to the item in question and press <F1>. (1) In addition, no duplicate entries are allowed. 2

231 NAVAIR (2) A backup option to provide a backup of your data is available and a backup is required at least weekly but should be performed each time you exit the program when a change has been made to the data. It is recommended that a backup be performed for each workday of the week so that you would have more than 1 backup in the event of a hardware failure. c. The TPL program keeps track of all manuals in the central and dispersed libraries including changes. (1) It also keeps track of all manuals that have been deleted from the active library for a 1(one) year period from the deletion date. (2) Maintenance of a dead file is required in the event of a possible aircraft accident investigation. The dead file is automatically purged of manuals that have been there for more than 1(one) year every time a dead file listing is printed. A dead file listing should be done at least quarterly. d. A complete listing of features is contained in the TPL program documentation available from the MAIN menu TPL PROGRAM INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS a. To download and install the latest version of the NATEC TPL program go to the NATEC website at and read and save the READxxx.TXT file (xxx is a number representing the version number. This file explains how to download and install the program. b. The complete program documentation may be read or printed from the main menu. c. A complete set of library operating procedures may be read or printed from the main menu TPL PROGRAM BACKUP PROCEDURES a. You should run the backup option of the program upon exiting the program if you make changes to the database. b. Each activity SHOULD maintain five (5) backup disks, one for each working day of the week. c. You should format these disks at least quarterly to ensure the disks are not bad. A backup MUST be run at least weekly TPL PROGRAM REPORTS a. The Automatic Distribution Requirements List (ADRL) Report from the TPL program is used to output, either, a file to be attached and submitted by to NATEC, or a floppy disk of the activity s NAVAIR technical manual requirements along with a cover letter in the event you must mail in the disk. (1) The ADRL Report is used by NATEC to update the automatic distribution requirements file to identify those publications for which future manual revisions and technical directives will be distributed to your activity. When submitting your ADRL by , identify your Account number and send it to mailto:nani_adrl@navy.mil (WP ). (2) The ADRL requires the following information: (a) Aircraft/equipment supported. If manually entering a code that is not on the pull down list, be specific and use the five (5) digit Type Equipment Codes. 3

232 NAVAIR These codes are required to identify requirements for technical directives and new manuals that may be required (WP ). 2 When asked to enter aircraft/equipment, press <F1> to access a pick-list. 3 Move to the appropriate item and press <ENTER> or <ESC> to automatically enter the proper code. 4 Follow this procedure until you have entered all supported aircraft/equipment. (b) Maintenance level. Organizational, Intermediate, Depot, etc. This provides preselected minimum quantities of technical manuals and technical directives and is used in conjunction with aircraft/equipment supported. (c) Distribution Account Code (DAC) 1 This is a 10-character code. 2 The first five (5) are the activity s Standard Navy Distribution List (SNDL) code and the last five (5) are NATEC assigned sequence numbers. zip codes here. 3 The parts of the DAC are not separated by a dash. Do not use UIC numbers or 4 This code is available on mailing labels currently being sent to the CTPL. (Enclose a label if in doubt.) (WP ). (3) Technical directives will be automatically distributed for the aircraft or equipment applications identified on the ADRL disk. No further action is required (WP ). (4) New publications associated with the maintenance level and aircraft or equipment applications identified on the ADRL disk will be distributed only once, unless identified on the floppy disk by publication number. (a) If future revisions to the new publication are required by the activity, add it to the TPL program database for subsequent submittal to NATEC. (b) If additional copies of the publication are required now, submit a MILSTRIP requisition to NAVICP Philadelphia (WP ). b. The report named COMPLETE LIBRARY is useful for annotating changes, such as issuance of Change Entry Certification Records (CECRs) and the return of them from the work centers, return of technical manuals no longer required, and correction of erroneous entries. (1) When the annotated report has sufficient entries, update the TPL program database and obtain a new report, or highlight the changes you have entered and continue using the current listing. (2) When used in this way the COMPLETE LIBRARY listing should always contain the most current data on each manual in the library. c. A description of reports named COMPLETE LIBRARY, PARTIAL LIBRARY, LOCATOR, WORK CENTER, DIVISION, OUTSTANDING DOCUMENTS, DEAD FILE, CHECKED OUT MANUALS, CLASSIFIED MANUALS, MISCELLANEOUS FIELD, and QUANTITIES BY WORK CENTER is included in the complete program documentation accessible from the MAIN menu. It may be displayed on the screen or printed for further study. 4

233 NAVAIR VALIDATION TPL PROGRAM DATABASE a. When an ADRL is received at NATEC it undergoes a validation and is made available to the originating activity. (1) The distribution file update process at NATEC provides for a computer validation of TM on the floppy disk. (2) The numbers must represent active (i.e., not cancelled) NAVAIR TMs with distribution controlled by NATEC. b. Validated TM numbers will be added to the distribution file immediately. c. TM numbers that cannot be computer validated will be identified to the originating activity for resolution. After resolution, the activity should update their TPL program database with corrected numbers, delete extraneous entries, add additional requirements, and resubmit the ADRL to NATEC. d. Typical reasons that TM numbers cannot be computer validated are as follows: (1) Too few or too many characters in publication number. (2) Wrong character in publication number (i.e., letter O vice zero). (3) Distribution of manual not controlled by NATEC (i.e., NAVAIR Series). (4) Cancelled publication. No further distribution will be made. (5) Special distribution list approval required for issue controlled manual. (6) Possible omission or error in NATEC standard list. e. Cancelled TMs and TMs under distribution control of other activities, as well as local data, may be retained in TPL program for control purposes. (1) Cancelled manuals retained must be clearly marked "CANCELLED" on the title page and a pub title other than "N" or "E" must be assigned. In accordance with figure 1, the ELMS Program suggests pub type "X". (2) For TMs under distribution control of other activities, the PUB TYPE code must be any letter than "N" or "E" in the TPL Program database to prevent transfer to the ADRL REPORT floppy disk. (See figure 1 for publication types authorized for use in both FoxPro and ELMS) REQUIRED TPL OPERATIONS Required TPL program operations include: (1) Run ADRL option and submit ADRL file or edit on-line in Account Update Screen of TMAPS process on NATEC website whenever requirements change, but at least annually. (2) Run DEAD FILE report at least quarterly. (3) Run ERROR listing report at least monthly. (4) Use to generate CECRs. 5

234 NAVAIR (5) Use to generate MILSTRIP data for requisitioning. (6) Run Daily Routine report each workday. (7) Maintain a current copy of complete library listing. Always run a new listing on ADRL submission. (8) Run locator listings for each work center at least quarterly. (9) Run work center listing for each work center at least quarterly for work center audit. (10) Run Backup of data at least weekly TMAPS ENHANCED LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ELMS) a. ELMS provide on-line, real-time updates to the technical library. NATEC has developed a schedule to convert FOXPRO TPL users to TMAPS ELMS users. Prior to your conversion date, a TPS will contact you with conversion procedures. Once you have been converted to ELMS, you may not use FOXPRO Program for library management. b. TMAPS ELMS provide users with a centralized, accurate and verifiable database for TMs (1) Access to TMAPS ELMS is achieved through the NATEC website ( A user must be registered with NATEC in order to log into the system with "read only" capability. For permissions needed to update and manage database functions, additional ELMS permissions must be granted. the NATEC user ID and DAC of the person requesting permissions mailto:nani_tps@navy.mil. (2) Click on the TMAPS, then on Enhanced Library management System link to activate the ELMS Program. c. ADRL for TMAPS ELMS users are submitted automatically via this program. Users do not have to submit a separate ADRL for processing. (1) To add a new requirement to your ADRL, click the add button in TMAPS ELMS. Fill out required information and be sure to include the Document Number and On Order Status in the space provided. (2) Remember, if you select "E" (NAVAIR Digital) as the publication type, you will not receive paper or CD(s). format). (3) Utilize pub type "N" to automatically receive TM(s) in paper or CD (depending on releasing 6

235 NAVAIR (4) You will not automatically be sent CD updates for pub type "K". Only JTDI users (refer to WP ) and IETM users (sent via platform LEM) will receive CD updates. All other requests for CD updates must be requested via CD on Demand (COD) as discussed in WP (5) TMAPS ELMS users are not required to conduct daily back-ups. NATEC will automatically conduct these back-ups. d. For TMAPS ELMS operating procedures, refer to the User's Guide located in the ELMS program under the Training button. e. Perform the following minimum functions within TMAPS ELMS: (1) Query checked out manuals monthly. (2) Run Audit Library function monthly. (3) To generate CECR, the issue date block must be left blank. (4) Maintain a current copy of the complete library listing. (5) Run locator listings for each work center at least quarterly. (6) Run work center listing for each work center at least quarterly for work center audit TMAPS ELMS STANDALONE a. ELMS Standalone is the non-web version used when the internet is NOT accessible. b. Standalone is exported from the ELMS Main Menu on the NATEC website ( c. Standalone is used by the CTPL to maintain inventory control and configuration management of technical data during unavailable periods of the internet. d. Standalone procedures are as follows: (1) To request ELMS Standalone Access, nani_tps@navy.mil. Include the Reason for Standalone, Distribution Account Code (DAC), and CTPL's NATEC User ID. (2) Prior to Requesting ELMS Standalone, print/download the following ELMS Reports: Complete List; Locator Lists; Work Center Listings/AIL and CECR. (3) When notified you have Standalone access, Export the MS Access file to the Computer "C" drive, CD floppy or flash drive. NOTE The Web access will be READ ONLY (4) Perform all ELMS updates in ELMS Standalone. If varying PCs used, perform daily backup of Standalone to an external drive. (5) When internet access is available, Import ELMS Standalone to the NATEC website. 7

236 NAVAIR (6) Verify ALL updates have been imported to ELMS web-version on the NATEC website. e. For ELMS Standalone update procedures, refer to the Standalone Handbook, which is provided once approval for the Standalone Application. 8

237 NAVAIR F K FOXPRO PROGRAM N/A ELMS PROGRAM A AIR FORCE TECH ORDERS AIR FORCE B N/A USE AS NEEDED C COMMERCIAL MANUALS COMMERCIAL D DIRECTIVES (INSTRUCTIONS & NOTICES) NAVY DIRECTIVES E N/A NAVAIR (DIGITIAL) USE AS NEEDED G N/A COAST GUARD H N/A USE AS NEEDED I N/A IETMS J N/A USE AS NEEDED N/A COMPACT DISKS L LOCAL MRC DECKS/CARDS LES M MAINTENANCE MARINE INSTRUCTIONS N N/A NAVAIR (PAPER) O N/A OTHER P MIL SPECS & STANDARDS LPS Q N/A USE AS NEEDED R ARMY TECH ORDERS REFERENCE S NAVSEA MANUALS USE AS NEEDED T TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES TECHNICAL DIRECTIVES U NAVSUP MANUALS USE AS NEEDED V N/A USE AS NEEDED W N/A USE AS NEEDED X MISCELLANEOUS/OTHERS CANCELLED Y N/A USE AS NEEDED Z N/A USE AS NEEDED Figure 1. List of Authorized Publication Types Utilized in FoxPro and ELMS Programs. 9/10 (Blank)

238 This Page Intentionally Left Blank

239 NAVAIR NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND TECHNICAL MANUAL PROGRAM ELECTRONIC AND INTERACTIVE ELECTRONIC TECHNICAL MANUALS Reference Material Central Technical Publications Library Operating Procedures... WP JTDI/JKCS System Administrator's and CTPL's Guide...Handbook JTDI/JKCS User's Guide...Handbook Title Alphabetical Index Page No CD-ROM Numbering System for PDF Manuals... 6 Creation, Storage, and Distribution of Digital NAVAIR Technical Data... 2 IETM Introduction... 7 Joint Knowledge Caching Server (JKCS)... 4 NATEC Technical Manual Website Overview... 3 Viewing PDF Technical Manuals on a CD-ROM

240 NAVAIR CREATION, STORAGE, AND DISTRIBUTION OF DIGITAL NAVAIR TECHNICAL DATA a. NATEC is responsible for defining and enforcing all policies relative to the creation, storage, and distribution of digital technical data for NAVAIR. The driving force behind NAVAIR technical data policy is to ensure standardization, ease of use by the fleet maintainers, and the economical, fast and efficient delivery of technical data to the fleet. b. To ensure configuration management and control of technical data, NATEC is the designated central repository for all NAVAIR technical manuals, whether they are in paper or digital format. (1) NATEC will distribute all TMs in paper, CD-ROM, or any other digital format. This includes all classes of IETMs. NATEC. (2) Any deviation from this policy will require a written waiver from the Commanding Officer of c. The NATEC website and/or Joint Knowledge Caching Server (JKCS) are the ONLY official repositories for storage and distribution of NAVAIR technical manuals. (1) The use of share drives or sub-folders is limited to activities not having JTDI. (2) Where in use these drives/sub-folders must be updated weekly to ensure the latest publications are maintained. (3) NAVAIR TMs for maintenance purposes shall not be distributed without a written waiver from the Commanding Officer of NATEC. d. As stated above, it is the policy of NAVAIR and NATEC to standardize digital technical data formats and viewing environments to ensure ease of use and reduce training required for the fleet maintainers. (1) All new digital technical manual projects will be coordinated through NATEC, prior to final design and development, to ensure adherence to standards and minimize potential negative impact on fleet operations. (2) It is NATEC s policy that all IETMs shall be viewable using a standard web browser such as Netscape or Internet Explorer with an appropriate browser plug-in, as required. (3) All digital manuals below class 3 IETMs shall be viewable using a standard web browser. The current standard for low-level digital technical manuals on the NATEC website is Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF). It is understood that technology will evolve and standards may change. (4) However, it is NATEC s policy to follow standard industry web-based practices, which will ensure standardization in the future and reduce the Navy s reliance on costly, proprietary technical data solutions. Any deviation from these policies shall require a written waiver from the Commanding Officer of NATEC. e. The NAVAIR standard for authoring new technical manuals is the Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML). SGML provides data tags and other functionality that increases the value of technical data for re-use and database applications. (1) In authoring technical manuals in SGML, it is critical that standard Document Type Definitions (DTDs) and style sheets be employed to ensure the ability to share and re-use technical data across the NAVAIR team. (2) The NAVAIR 3001 DTD is an evolving standard and will be used in the development of new SGML based technical manuals. 2

241 NAVAIR (3) Extensible Markup Language (XML) is an evolving standard in the Internet environment and may be used in the future for authoring new technical manuals. (4) HTML is not authorized for authoring technical manuals because of its lack of content and limited re-use capability NATEC TECHNICAL MANUAL WEBSITE OVERVIEW a. The NATEC Technical Manual Website provides distribution of NAVAIR Electronic Technical Manuals via the World Wide Web/Internet. (1) The Website; (a) will be the single distribution point for NAVAIR TMs authorized for use. (b) is operated and maintained by NATEC at NAS North Island in San Diego, California. (2) The website s Universal Resource Locator (URL) address is b. Access to the NATEC website is user-id and password controlled. (1) In order to receive an account, a user must complete the user account request on the NATEC website. (a) All mandatory information must be filled in and military and federal government employees must have a current address ending in.mil. (b) Government contractors must complete additional access request forms to ensure continued security of sensitive NAVAIR technical data. (2) Feedback and comments for the website can be provided to NATEC by selecting webmaster feedback on the website. c. Access to the website requires a reasonably fast connection to the Internet, a standard web browser such as Internet Explorer, and the Adobe Portable Data Format (PDF) reader/viewer. cost. (1) The Adobe PDF viewer can be downloaded from the Adobe website on the Internet at no (2) NATEC has chosen PDF (image & hidden text) as the best option for displaying legacy technical manuals on our website. Conversion to PDF is relatively inexpensive compared to other options. PDF is a commercial standard format for displaying information on the web. (3) PDF is also the chosen format for the other services for their lower class electronic technical manuals. In addition, PDF provides book marking and text search capabilities. (4) Other formats such as SGML, HTML, XML, and higher level IETMs will be supported as required for individual NAVAIR programs. d. The website is designed to make access to the technical manual, work package, chapter, illustration, or figure as fast and easy as possible. The website can be searched by Type Equipment Code (TEC), platform, technical manual number, or title, and supports text searches within the manuals. e. Although NAVAIR technical manuals will be available on the NATEC website, the activity central technical publications librarian (CTPL) will continue to be responsible for local technical library management and control. 3

242 NAVAIR (1) Local policies and procedures relative to technical library management remain the responsibility of the activity. (2) These policies shall be sent to the TYPE WING for applicability in other activities. (3) Downloading of electronic manuals from the NATEC website shall be monitored and controlled by the CTPL. (4) Reproduction of partial or complete manuals will be handled in accordance with this WP paragraph 16 of this manual. f. Until the fleet has Internet access at all maintenance facilities, afloat and ashore, NATEC will continue to support paper and CD-ROM versions of technical manuals, where required. (1) For short notice detachments prior to usage, respective Type Wing or Marine Air Wing shall authorized and review all local reproduction of CD-ROM(s) prior to usage. (2) Manuals issued via CD-ROM are authorized for use only when issued with the approved NAVAIR CD-ROM label affixed. (3) CD-ROMs currently in use are authorized for continued use until their next update. (4) The current supply (MILSTRIP) requisition procedures will continue to be supported and paper technical manuals will be printed and distributed in situations where the maintainer cannot use the web or CD-ROM. g. It should be noted with regards to the usage of electronic versions of NAVAIR TMs, COMNAVAIRSYSCOM message dated 28 June 2002 states "This message is not authorization nor does it direct anyone to eliminate paper manuals unless activities have all required infrastructure, including local storage and access, availability and sustainment of portable electronic display devices (PEDDS), and the demonstrated ability to use electronic media to perform the full range of maintenance actions as directed by the appropriate TYCOM." h. CD on-line ordering is available via NATEC website. (1) All CDs should only be used as backups to other electronic media (Web or JTDI) or paper. (2) TMs on the CDs are only as current as the date printed on the face label. CTPL will not receive updates for TM(s) on COD. (3) When notification is received that a publication within a CD on Demand (COD) has been updated, a new COD must be requested. (4) A request will not be made earlier than ten working days after notification. (5) Because COD can be managed many ways, the Type Wings shall provide specific written guidance as to management procedures JOINT KNOWLEDGE CACHING SERVER (JKCS) a. JKCS Server is a local caching server under the Joint Technical Data Integration (JTDI) program for technical publications and other technical data. TMs on the server are obtained through your ADRL. If you require a new TM on this server update the ADRL first. (1) JKCS Server has been installed onboard several ship, shore and oversea installations. 4

243 NAVAIR website. (2) For a complete and updated list of installations, go to and logon to the (3) Select the JTDI Stats link at the bottom of the Table of Contents. (a) Select the JKCS/TM Server Site IP Address List link. (b) This will display a table of all current JKCS/TM Server sites. b. JKCS Servers at shore sites are updated automatically each night via NATEC website. (1) Ship's will be updated manually via monthly CDs from NATEC. (a) Upon receipt of CD updates, the CTPL shall deliver to ADP for immediate updating the JTDI Server. (b) It is imperative that these CD's are loaded onto the JKCS immediately. (2) The latest set of CD updates received is authorized for continued use until next set is received. (a) The TMs listed are considered up-to-date until superseded by the next CD update. (b) Although these TMs are considered up-to-date, the IRAC/ERAC binder must be reviewed prior to viewing JKCS. c. Manuals residing within the JTDI delivery management system including JKCS local server. JTDI top-tier server farm including hosted platform specific web pages are authorized for maintenance use with the same restriction as manuals downloaded from the NATEC website. Reproduction of partial or complete manuals will be handled in accordance with WP paragraph 16 of this manual. d. It is the maintenance facility s responsibility to control manuals printed from the Web/JKCS to ensure obsolete versions of technical manuals are not being used for aviation maintenance. e. The minimum requirements for a TM printed from the web or the JKCS would be; the Title Page, all referenced material, all of the Numerical Index of Effective Work Packages/Pages, and the desired work packages or pages. (1) A QA Subject Matter Expert (SME) shall review all printed material for completeness and ensure proper control. manual. (2) The Remarks field of the TPL Program is to be annotated to reflect the composition of the (3) It would be assigned a copy number, and changes to the manual would be controlled by the issuance of CECRs (WP ). f. The following procedures shall be used for deploying activities when incorporating IRACs affecting manuals on JKCS: (1) Maintain an IRAC binder for each work center utilizing JKCS. The IRAC binder will contain all unincorporated IRACs for publications maintained on JKCS. It shall be reviewed and purged monthly after JKCS is updated. (2) An IRAC binder shall also be made available for each PEDD maintained. 5

244 NAVAIR (3) The IRAC binder will contain all unincorporated IRACs for TMs maintained on JKCS and shall be reviewed prior to searching for TM. (4) This binder shall be purged monthly after JKCS is updated. (5) Purged IRACs shall be kept on file with the ADRL CD and viewed prior to looking at TM on the ADRL CD. (6) Non-deploying activities may maintain an IRAC binder for reference purposes only. g. An ADRL CD set ordered from NATEC shall be used as a back up for JKCS. Deploying activities must order the ADRL CD set 30 days prior to deployment. h. For help in resolving JTDI/JKCS problems, contact one of the following for assistance: Phone: JTDI@ingr.com Website: i. JTDI/JKCS CTPL's and User's Guides are available on the internet The CTPL shall train the dispersed librarian(s) in the use of JKCS to include the responsibility to control printed material. j. If printing a manual directly from the NATEC web site, be advised that the hyperlinks (e.g. see IRAC XX) will not be visible in the printed copy unless the individual printer setting is set in accordance with the established procedures described by the Adobe Reader version utilized by the activity. Select the "Printer Icon" from the PDF file (do not use the file menu to print) (See figure 1). (1) When the print screen appears, the following procedures apply as appropriate to the Adobe Version in use by the activity: (a) For Adobe Reader 7.0 and 8.0, in the upper right corner under the "Comments and Forms" drop down, select "Documents and Markups". (b) For Adobe Reader 6.0, in the lower left corner under "Print What" drop down, select "Document and Comments". (c) For Adobe Reader 5.0, in the middle of the left side in the "Print Range", click "Comments" box. (2) This must be done while running the applicable Adobe Reader outside of the Internet Explorer browser application in order to save the setting for future use. If these settings are not saved through the Adobe Reader, you will have to change the setting each time before printing. (3) If there are any questions or need assistance, contact one of the Technical Publication Specialists (TPS) at nani_tps@navy.mil CD-ROM NUMBERING SYSTEM FOR PDF MANUALS a. The numbering system consists of a 13 position code, i.e., A1-CDxxxxxx-001. b. Further information on CD-ROM numbering system for PDF manuals see WP

245 NAVAIR VIEWING PDF TECHNICAL MANUALS ON A CD-ROM a. Adobe Reader is required to view the manuals contained on the CD-ROMs. b. A setup wizard for the Adobe Reader program is included on the first CD-ROM of every set. c. See the README.TXT file on the first CD-ROM of the set for instructions on loading Adobe Reader and viewing the manuals IETM INTRODUCTION a. Several platforms are providing Interactive Electronic Technical Manuals (IETMs) to the CTPL and work centers for maintenance on aircraft. (1) Each of these platforms may have different IETMs and different methods of initial distribution and updating. (2) For more information or questions, including training, repair, troubleshooting techniques, please contact the platform specific NATEC Logistic Element Manager (LEM). b. Many distributed IETM are also available via the NATEC website including H-60, F-14, E-6 and F/A-18 E/F(1) CITRIX viewing software is required as noted in the web instructions. (2) Users can access the respective IETM by entering the IETM publication number in the technical manual search area. (3) Any restrictions to IETM utilization for maintenance will be addressed as a pop up note. c. The following platforms currently have IETMs that are being or will be distributed to the fleet: (1) H-60 B/F/H, (2) F/A-18 E/F, (3) V-22, (4) E-6B, (5) F-14. 7

246 NAVAIR ADOBE READER 8.0 Select "Document and Markups" ADOBE READER 7.0 Select "Document and Markups" Figure 1. Using Adobe Reader to Print TMs with IRACs from NATEC Web Site. (Sheet 1) 8

247 NAVAIR ADOBE READER 6.0 Select "Document and comments" ADOBE READER 5.0 Click "Comment" Box Figure 1. Using Adobe Reader to Print TMs with IRACs from NATEC Web Site. (Sheet 2) 9/(10 Blank)

ASSIGNMENT 2. Textbook Assignment: "Publications." Pages 2-1 through

ASSIGNMENT 2. Textbook Assignment: Publications. Pages 2-1 through ASSIGNMENT 2 Textbook Assignment: "Publications." Pages 2-1 through 2-40. 2-1. What is the primary purpose of technical publications? 2-2. 1. To train nonmaintenance personnel 2. To replace technical training

More information

COMNAVAIRFORINST B CH-1

COMNAVAIRFORINST B CH-1 COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2B CH-1 The Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) HIGHLIGHTS Change One to the NAMP has change indicators A}, D}, and R} placed within the text indicating the specific action

More information

OPNAVINST DNS-3/NAVAIR 24 Apr Subj: MISSIONS, FUNCTIONS, AND TASKS OF THE COMMANDER, NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND

OPNAVINST DNS-3/NAVAIR 24 Apr Subj: MISSIONS, FUNCTIONS, AND TASKS OF THE COMMANDER, NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 5450.350 DNS-3/NAVAIR OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5450.350 From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj:

More information

OPNAVINST D N4 24 May (a) OPNAV M , Naval Ordnance Management Policy Manual

OPNAVINST D N4 24 May (a) OPNAV M , Naval Ordnance Management Policy Manual DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 8000.16D N4 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 8000.16D From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: NAVAL

More information

OPNAVINST B N98 4 Jun 2018

OPNAVINST B N98 4 Jun 2018 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 3510.15B N98 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 3510.15B From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: AVIATION-SERIES

More information

Subj: UNIFORM MATERIEL MOVEMENT AND ISSUE PRIORITY SYSTEM

Subj: UNIFORM MATERIEL MOVEMENT AND ISSUE PRIORITY SYSTEM DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 4614.1H N41 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 4614.1H From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: UNIFORM

More information

OPNAVINST F N4 5 Jun 2012

OPNAVINST F N4 5 Jun 2012 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 4440.19F N4 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 4440.19F From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: POLICIES

More information

ARMY AH-64A HELICOPTER

ARMY AH-64A HELICOPTER TECHNICAL MANUAL PHASED MAINTENANCE INSPECTION CHECKLIST FOR ARMY AH-64A HELICOPTER Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited TM 1-1520-238-PM dated TBD supersedes TM 1-1520-238-PM dated 30

More information

2. Cancellation. OPNAVINST

2. Cancellation. OPNAVINST DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON. DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 4440.25A N4 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 4440. 2SA From: SUbj: Chief of Naval Operations CONSOLIDATED

More information

Subj: CERTIFICATION OF THE AVIATION CAPABILITY OF SHIPS OPERATING AIRCRAFT

Subj: CERTIFICATION OF THE AVIATION CAPABILITY OF SHIPS OPERATING AIRCRAFT DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 3120.28D N96 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 3120.28D From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: CERTIFICATION

More information

OPNAVINST E N97 7 Nov 2017

OPNAVINST E N97 7 Nov 2017 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 1540.51E N97 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 1540.51E From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: SUBMARINE

More information

OPNAVINST B N8 7 Nov Subj: NAVY TEST, MEASUREMENT, AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATIC TEST SYSTEMS, AND METROLOGY AND CALIBRATION

OPNAVINST B N8 7 Nov Subj: NAVY TEST, MEASUREMENT, AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATIC TEST SYSTEMS, AND METROLOGY AND CALIBRATION DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 3960.16B N8 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 3960.16B From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: NAVY TEST,

More information

Joint Electronics Type Designation Automated System

Joint Electronics Type Designation Automated System Army Regulation 70 76 SECNAVINST 2830.1 AFI 60 105 Research, Development, and Acquisition Joint Electronics Type Designation Automated System Headquarters Departments of the Army, the Navy, and the Air

More information

Subj: NAVY TRAINING DEVICE UTILIZATION REPORTING (UR) Encl: (1) Definitions (2) Training Device Utilization Reporting Data Elements

Subj: NAVY TRAINING DEVICE UTILIZATION REPORTING (UR) Encl: (1) Definitions (2) Training Device Utilization Reporting Data Elements OPNAV INSTRUCTION 10170.2A DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON. D.C. 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 10170.2A N12 From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: NAVY

More information

Department of Defense DIRECTIVE. SUBJECT: Single Manager Responsibility for Military Explosive Ordnance Disposal Technology and Training (EODT&T)

Department of Defense DIRECTIVE. SUBJECT: Single Manager Responsibility for Military Explosive Ordnance Disposal Technology and Training (EODT&T) Department of Defense DIRECTIVE NUMBER 5160.62 June 3, 2011 Incorporating Change 1, May 15, 2017 SUBJECT: Single Manager Responsibility for Military Explosive Ordnance Disposal Technology and Training

More information

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE AIR FORCE POLICY DIRECTIVE 21-1 29 OCTOBER 2015 Maintenance MAINTENANCE OF MILITARY MATERIEL COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY ACCESSIBILITY: This

More information

R} APPENDIX B Forms and Reports

R} APPENDIX B Forms and Reports R} APPENDIX B Forms and Reports COMVAIRFORINST 4790.2B CH-1 Retention symbols assigned to reporting requirements, imposed by this instruction, pertain to completed forms. Retention symbols and definitions

More information

DOD INSTRUCTION DEPOT MAINTENANCE CORE CAPABILITIES DETERMINATION PROCESS

DOD INSTRUCTION DEPOT MAINTENANCE CORE CAPABILITIES DETERMINATION PROCESS DOD INSTRUCTION 4151.20 DEPOT MAINTENANCE CORE CAPABILITIES DETERMINATION PROCESS Originating Component: Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition and Sustainment Effective: May 4, 2018

More information

Table of Contents. COMNAVAIRFORINST C 15 Jan 2017

Table of Contents. COMNAVAIRFORINST C 15 Jan 2017 CHAPTER 1 Introduction and Guide for Using the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) Instruction, Overview of the NAMP, and Organization for Naval Aviation Maintenance Table of Contents 1.1 Guide to

More information

Subj: MISSION, FUNCTIONS, AND TASKS OF NAVAL SPECIAL WARFARE COMMAND

Subj: MISSION, FUNCTIONS, AND TASKS OF NAVAL SPECIAL WARFARE COMMAND DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 5450.221E N3/N5 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5450.221E From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: MISSION,

More information

MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATION

MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATION CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE ADMINISTRATION As a nonrated person striking for an aviation rating or a new PO3, you will probably be assigned to the aircraft maintenance department of a squadron, ship, or shore

More information

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 8026.2C N411 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 8026.2C From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: NAVY MUNITIONS

More information

U.S. Army Ammunition Management in the Pacific Theater

U.S. Army Ammunition Management in the Pacific Theater Army Regulation 700 116 Logistics U.S. Army Ammunition Management in the Pacific Theater Headquarters Department of the Army Washington, DC 22 October 2010 UNCLASSIFIED SUMMARY of CHANGE AR 700 116 U.S.

More information

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY BY ORDER OF THE COMMANDER 56TH FIGHTER WING (AETC) LUKE AFB INSTRUCTION 21-117 9 JUNE 2009 Certified Current on 28 August 2013 Maintenance PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS

More information

Subj: SAFE ENGINEERING AND OPERATIONS PROGRAM FOR LANDING CRAFT, AIR CUSHION

Subj: SAFE ENGINEERING AND OPERATIONS PROGRAM FOR LANDING CRAFT, AIR CUSHION DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 3120.42C N95 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 3120.42C From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: SAFE

More information

THE AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (ALREMP)

THE AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (ALREMP) THE AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (ALREMP) DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS WASHINGTON, D.C. RECORD OF CHANGES IDENTIFICATION OF CORRECTION OR

More information

ARMY MODEL AH-64A HELICOPTER (NSN ) (EIC: RHA) THEORY OF OPERATION

ARMY MODEL AH-64A HELICOPTER (NSN ) (EIC: RHA) THEORY OF OPERATION TECHNICAL MANUAL AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL FOR ARMY MODEL AH-64A HELICOPTER (NSN 1520-01-106-9519) (EIC: RHA) THEORY OF OPERATION SUPERSEDURE NOTICE: This manual supersedes

More information

Ammunition Peculiar Equipment

Ammunition Peculiar Equipment Army Regulation 700 20 Logistics Ammunition Peculiar Equipment Headquarters Department of the Army Washington, DC 17 March 2015 UNCLASSIFIED SUMMARY of CHANGE AR 700 20 Ammunition Peculiar Equipment This

More information

Department of Defense DIRECTIVE

Department of Defense DIRECTIVE Department of Defense DIRECTIVE NUMBER 5230.24 March 18, 1987 USD(A) SUBJECT: Distribution Statements on Technical Documents References: (a) DoD Directive 5230.24, subject as above, November 20, 1984 (hereby

More information

OH-58A/C AIRCRAFT PHASED MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST

OH-58A/C AIRCRAFT PHASED MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST TECHNICAL MANUAL OH-58A/C AIRCRAFT PHASED MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST This manual supersedes those portions of TM 55-1520-228-PMS, 24 September 1976, that pertain to Periodic Inspections. HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT

More information

ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR: PERSONNEL TROOP PARACHUTE SYSTEM

ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR: PERSONNEL TROOP PARACHUTE SYSTEM *TM 10-1670-299-20&P TO 14D1-2-470-2 NAVAIR 13-1-41 UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL, INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL) FOR ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT FOR: PERSONNEL TROOP PARACHUTE SYSTEM CASE, PARACHUTISTS,

More information

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY *ARMY TM 10-5410-284-13&P MARINE CORPS TM 10602A-13&P OPERATOR S, UNIT, AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL, INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL) FOR THE NSN 8340-01-456-3637 (GREEN)

More information

Subj: REQUIRED OPERATIONAL CAPABILITY AND PROJECTED OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT STATEMENTS FOR FLEET AIR RECONNAISSANCE SQUADRON SEVEN (VQ-7)

Subj: REQUIRED OPERATIONAL CAPABILITY AND PROJECTED OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT STATEMENTS FOR FLEET AIR RECONNAISSANCE SQUADRON SEVEN (VQ-7) DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 3501.338B From: Chief of Naval Operations OPNAVINST 3501.338B N2/N6 Subj: REQUIRED

More information

TECHNICAL MANUAL ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR

TECHNICAL MANUAL ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR ARMY NAVY AIR FORCE TM 11-5411-211-24P-1 TO 35E4-172-4-2 ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR SHELTER, ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT STORAGE S-640/G

More information

NAVSEA STANDARD ITEM CFR Part 61, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants

NAVSEA STANDARD ITEM CFR Part 61, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants NAVSEA STANDARD ITEM ITEM NO: 009-01 DATE: 01 OCT 2017 CATEGORY: I 1. SCOPE: 1.1 Title: General Criteria; accomplish 2. REFERENCES: 2.1 Standard Items 2.2 40 CFR Part 61, National Emission Standards for

More information

Subj: MISSION AND FUNCTIONS OF THE NAVAL SAFETY CENTER

Subj: MISSION AND FUNCTIONS OF THE NAVAL SAFETY CENTER DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 5450.180E N09F OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5450.180E From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: MISSION

More information

Department of Defense SUPPLY SYSTEM INVENTORY REPORT September 30, 2003

Department of Defense SUPPLY SYSTEM INVENTORY REPORT September 30, 2003 Department of Defense SUPPLY SYSTEM INVENTORY REPORT September 30, 2003 TABLE OF CONTENTS Table 1.0 Department of Defense Secondary Supply System Inventories A. Secondary Items - FY 1973 through FY 2003

More information

Subj: SECRETARY OF THE NAVY SAFETY EXCELLENCE AWARDS

Subj: SECRETARY OF THE NAVY SAFETY EXCELLENCE AWARDS ASN (EI&E) DASN (Safety) SECNAV INSTRUCTION 5305.4B From: Secretary of the Navy Subj: SECRETARY OF THE NAVY SAFETY EXCELLENCE AWARDS Ref: (a) DON Safety Memorandum of 6 July 2009, Department of the Navy

More information

OPNAVINST DNS 25 Apr Subj: MISSION, FUNCTIONS AND TASKS OF COMMANDER, NAVAL SUPPLY SYSTEMS COMMAND

OPNAVINST DNS 25 Apr Subj: MISSION, FUNCTIONS AND TASKS OF COMMANDER, NAVAL SUPPLY SYSTEMS COMMAND DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 5450.349 DNS OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5450.349 From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: MISSION,

More information

Subj: DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NUCLEAR WEAPON SYSTEM SAFETY PROGRAM

Subj: DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NUCLEAR WEAPON SYSTEM SAFETY PROGRAM DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 8110.18D N9 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 8110.18D From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: DEPARTMENT

More information

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY HEADQUARTERS UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS 2 NAVY ANNEX WASHINGTON, DC MCO B C4I/CIC 21 Mar 96

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY HEADQUARTERS UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS 2 NAVY ANNEX WASHINGTON, DC MCO B C4I/CIC 21 Mar 96 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY HEADQUARTERS UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS 2 NAVY ANNEX WASHINGTON, DC 20380-1775 MCO 5510.9B C4I/CIC MARINE CORPS ORDER 5510.9B From: Commandant of the Marine Corps To: Distribution

More information

TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR S AND UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR

TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR S AND UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR S AND UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR SHOP EQUIPMENT CONTACT MAINTENANCE (SECM) MOUNTED ON HIGH MOBILITY MULTI PURPOSE WHEELED VEHICLE

More information

Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIR) Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division (NAWC AD) Lakehurst, NJ

Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIR) Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division (NAWC AD) Lakehurst, NJ Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIR) Naval Air Warfare Center Aircraft Division (NAWC AD) Lakehurst, NJ 4.8.8 Prototype & Manufacturing Jeff Lewis Division Head jeff.lewis@navy.mil 732-323-1535 1 NAVAIR

More information

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY 1000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY 1000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY 1000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-1000 SECNAV INSTRUCTION 5100.14D SECNAVINST 5100.14D ASN (I&E) From: Subj: Secretary of the Navy MILITARY EXEMPT LASERS

More information

Subj: MISSION, FUNCTIONS AND TASKS OF DIRECTOR, STRATEGIC SYSTEMS PROGRAMS, WASHINGTON NAVY YARD, WASHINGTON, DC

Subj: MISSION, FUNCTIONS AND TASKS OF DIRECTOR, STRATEGIC SYSTEMS PROGRAMS, WASHINGTON NAVY YARD, WASHINGTON, DC DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 IN REPLY REFER TO OPNAVINST 5450.223B N87 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5450.223B From: Chief of Naval Operations

More information

CERTIFICATION OF THE AVIATION CAPABILITY OF SHIPS OPERATING AIRCRAFT

CERTIFICATION OF THE AVIATION CAPABILITY OF SHIPS OPERATING AIRCRAFT DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 IN REPLY REFER TO OPNAVINST 3120.28C N86 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 3120.28C From: SUbj: Chief of Naval

More information

This publication is available digitally on the AFDPO WWW site at:

This publication is available digitally on the AFDPO WWW site at: BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE AIR FORCE INSTRUCTION 13-216 5 MAY 2005 Space, Missile, Command, and Control EVALUATION OF AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL AND LANDING SYSTEMS (ATCALS) COMPLIANCE WITH THIS

More information

OPNAVINST A N Oct 2014

OPNAVINST A N Oct 2014 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 3501.360A N433 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 3501.360A From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: DEFENSE

More information

Department of Defense Defense Commissary Agency Fort Lee, VA DIRECTIVE. Records Management Program

Department of Defense Defense Commissary Agency Fort Lee, VA DIRECTIVE. Records Management Program Department of Defense Defense Commissary Agency Fort Lee, VA 23801-1800 DIRECTIVE Records Management Program DeCAD 5-2 Corporate Operations Group OPR: HQ DeCA/COG References: (a) DeCA Directive (DeCAD)

More information

ASSIGNMENT 1. Textbook Assignment: "Maintenance Administration." Pages 1-1 through 1-29.

ASSIGNMENT 1. Textbook Assignment: Maintenance Administration. Pages 1-1 through 1-29. ASSIGNMENT 1 Textbook Assignment: "Maintenance Administration." Pages 1-1 through 1-29. 1-1. An important objective of the NAMP is to achieve and maintain maximum material readiness. Which of the following

More information

MARINE CORPS ORDER A Administrative Change. Subj: PROCESSING CATALOGING ACTIONS REQUESTS (CAR)

MARINE CORPS ORDER A Administrative Change. Subj: PROCESSING CATALOGING ACTIONS REQUESTS (CAR) DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY HEADQUARTERS UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS 3000 MARINE CORPS PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-3000 MCO 4410.27A LPC-2 17 Dec 12 MARINE CORPS ORDER 4410.27A Administrative Change From:

More information

ARMY

ARMY ARMY 55-38 55-228 55-355 75-1 75-15 95-50 190-11 385-10 385-30 385-40 385-60 385-64 385-65 700-58 226 REGULATIONS (AR) Reporting of Transportation Discrepancies in Shipments Transportation by Water of

More information

MAGTFTC MCAGCC GUIDANCE FOR DD FORM 67 (FORM PROCESSING ACTION REQUEST )

MAGTFTC MCAGCC GUIDANCE FOR DD FORM 67 (FORM PROCESSING ACTION REQUEST ) MAGTFTC MCAGCC GUIDANCE FOR DD FORM 67 (FORM PROCESSING ACTION REQUEST ) ITEM NUMBER INSTRUCTIONS 1. DATE OF REQUEST Enter the date of the form request: YYYYMMDD 2. FROM Enter the complete mailing address

More information

Ref: (a) SECNAVINST D (b) SECNAVINST D (c) Government Printing Office (GPO) Style Manual 2000

Ref: (a) SECNAVINST D (b) SECNAVINST D (c) Government Printing Office (GPO) Style Manual 2000 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5215.17 From: Chief of Naval Operations DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, D.C. 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 5215.17 DNS-5D Subj: NAVY

More information

MILITARY SPECIFICATION SIMULATOR, SURFACE-TO-AIR MISSILE (SMOKEY SAM SIMULATOR) SMU-124/E

MILITARY SPECIFICATION SIMULATOR, SURFACE-TO-AIR MISSILE (SMOKEY SAM SIMULATOR) SMU-124/E MIL-S-858932(AS) 30 November 1990 MILITARY SPECIFICATION SIMULATOR, SURFACE-TO-AIR MISSILE (SMOKEY SAM SIMULATOR) SMU-124/E This specification is approved for use by the Naval Air Systems Command, Department

More information

Army Participation in the Defense Logistics Agency Weapon System Support Program

Army Participation in the Defense Logistics Agency Weapon System Support Program Army Regulation 711 6 Supply Chain Integration Army Participation in the Defense Logistics Agency Weapon System Support Program Headquarters Department of the Army Washington, DC 17 July 2017 UNCLASSIFIED

More information

Reporting of Product Quality Deficiencies Within the U.S. Army

Reporting of Product Quality Deficiencies Within the U.S. Army Army Regulation 702 7 1 Product Assurance Reporting of Product Quality Deficiencies Within the U.S. Army Headquarters Department of the Army Washington, DC 15 July 2009 UNCLASSIFIED SUMMARY of CHANGE AR

More information

TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL CARTRIDGES, CARTRIDGE ACTUATED DEVICES, AND PROPELLANT ACTUATED DEVICES HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL CARTRIDGES, CARTRIDGE ACTUATED DEVICES, AND PROPELLANT ACTUATED DEVICES HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL CARTRIDGES, CARTRIDGE ACTUATED DEVICES, AND PROPELLANT ACTUATED DEVICES HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY September 1993 *TM 9-1377-200-20 Technical Manual )

More information

H. R. ll [Report No. 115 ll]

H. R. ll [Report No. 115 ll] TH CONGRESS ST SESSION [FULL COMMITTEE PRINT] Union Calendar No. ll H. R. ll [Report No. ll] Making appropriations for the Department of Defense for the fiscal year ending September 0, 0, and for other

More information

Subj: MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF LEATHER FLIGHT JACKETS

Subj: MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF LEATHER FLIGHT JACKETS DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 10126.4E N4 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 10126.4E From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: MANAGEMENT

More information

OPNAVINST A N2/N6 31 Oct Subj: NAVY ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM POLICY AND STANDARDS

OPNAVINST A N2/N6 31 Oct Subj: NAVY ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM POLICY AND STANDARDS DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 9420.2A N2/N6 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 9420.2A From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: NAVY

More information

UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS

UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS BASE ORDER 5100.20A UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS MARINE CORPS BASE PSC BOX 20004 CAMP LEJEUNE, NORTH CAROLINA 28542'()004 BO S100.20A BISS/SAFE '12 SEP 1995 From: To: SUbj: Ref: Commanding General Distribution

More information

OPNAVINST K DNS-H 21 May 2012

OPNAVINST K DNS-H 21 May 2012 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350 2000 OPNAVINST 5750.12K DNS-H OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5750.12K From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: ANNUAL

More information

TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE DIRECT SUPPORT (DS) MAINTENANCE MANUAL (INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST) FOR

TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE DIRECT SUPPORT (DS) MAINTENANCE MANUAL (INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST) FOR AIR FORCE TO 13C5-26-2 MARINE CORPS TM 01109C-23&P/1 TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE DIRECT SUPPORT (DS) MAINTENANCE MANUAL (INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST) FOR PARACHUTE, CARGO TYPE:

More information

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY Template modified: 27 May 1997 14:30 BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE AIR FORCE INSTRUCTION 91-112 10 JANUARY 1994 Safety SAFETY RULES FOR US STRIKE AIRCRAFT COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION

More information

OPNAVINST B N96 29 Jul 2014

OPNAVINST B N96 29 Jul 2014 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 9200.3B N96 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 9200.3B From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: OPERATING

More information

CAP REGULATION 1-2 NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS CIVIL AIR PATROL 07 NOVEMBER 2016 CIVIL AIR PATROL STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS MANAGEMENT

CAP REGULATION 1-2 NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS CIVIL AIR PATROL 07 NOVEMBER 2016 CIVIL AIR PATROL STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS MANAGEMENT NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS CIVIL AIR PATROL CAP REGULATION 1-2 07 NOVEMBER 2016 CIVIL AIR PATROL STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS MANAGEMENT This regulation implements federal statutes, United States Air Force policy,

More information

Command Logistics Review Program

Command Logistics Review Program Army Regulation 11 1 Army Programs Command Logistics Review Program Headquarters Department of the Army Washington, DC 27 November 2012 UNCLASSIFIED SUMMARY of CHANGE AR 11 1 Command Logistics Review Program

More information

1. Definitions. See AFI , Air Force Nuclear Weapons Surety Program (formerly AFR 122-1).

1. Definitions. See AFI , Air Force Nuclear Weapons Surety Program (formerly AFR 122-1). Template modified: 27 May 1997 14:30 BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE AIR FORCE INSTRUCTION 91-103 11 FEBRUARY 1994 Safety AIR FORCE NUCLEAR SAFETY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM COMPLIANCE WITH THIS

More information

Chemical Biological Defense Materiel Reliability Program

Chemical Biological Defense Materiel Reliability Program Army Regulation 702 16 Product Assurance Chemical Biological Defense Materiel Reliability Program Headquarters Department of the Army Washington, DC 2 May 2016 UNCLASSIFIED SUMMARY of CHANGE AR 702 16

More information

OPNAVINST D N09F May 20, Subj: MISSION AND FUNCTIONS OF NAVAL SAFETY CENTER (NSC)

OPNAVINST D N09F May 20, Subj: MISSION AND FUNCTIONS OF NAVAL SAFETY CENTER (NSC) DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5450.180D OPNAVINST 5450.180D N09F Subj: MISSION AND FUNCTIONS OF NAVAL SAFETY

More information

Subj: AVIATION-SERIES NAVAL TACTICS, TECHNIQUES AND PROCEDURES MANUALS AND NAVAL AVIATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION PRODUCT PROGRAM

Subj: AVIATION-SERIES NAVAL TACTICS, TECHNIQUES AND PROCEDURES MANUALS AND NAVAL AVIATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION PRODUCT PROGRAM DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFCE OF THE CHEF OF NAVAL OPERATONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHNGTON, D.C. 203502000 N REPLY REFER TO OPNAVNST 3510.15A N88 OPNAV NSTRUCTON 3510.15A From: Chief of Naval Operations

More information

Aviation Storekeeper 1 & C

Aviation Storekeeper 1 & C NONRESIDENT TRAINING COURSE August 996 Aviation Storekeeper & C NAVEDTRA 405 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. Although the words he, him, and his are used

More information

NAVSEA STANDARD ITEM CFR Part 61, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants

NAVSEA STANDARD ITEM CFR Part 61, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants NAVSEA STANDARD ITEM ITEM NO: 009-01 DATE: 18 JUL 2014 CATEGORY: I 1. SCOPE: 1.1 Title: General Criteria; accomplish 2. REFERENCES: 2.1 40 CFR Part 61, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants

More information

Subj: CHANGE OR EXCHANGE OF COMMAND OF NUCLEAR POWERED SHIPS. Encl: (1) Engineering Department Change of Command Inspection List

Subj: CHANGE OR EXCHANGE OF COMMAND OF NUCLEAR POWERED SHIPS. Encl: (1) Engineering Department Change of Command Inspection List DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 5000.39C N133 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5000.39C From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: CHANGE

More information

Department of Defense DIRECTIVE

Department of Defense DIRECTIVE Department of Defense DIRECTIVE NUMBER 5101.14 June 11, 2007 Incorporating Change 1, July 12, 2012 Certified Current Through June 11, 2014 D, JIEDDO SUBJECT: DoD Executive Agent and Single Manager for

More information

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT REPAIRER

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT REPAIRER FORT LEONARD WOOD, MO NONCOMMISIONED OFFICERS ACADEMY SYLLABUS FOR 91L3O ADVANCED LEADER COURSE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT Purpose: The Resident MOS 91L30 Senior Construction Equipment Repairer Course provides

More information

Identification and Protection of Unclassified Controlled Nuclear Information

Identification and Protection of Unclassified Controlled Nuclear Information ORDER DOE O 471.1B Approved: Identification and Protection of Unclassified Controlled Nuclear Information U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Office of Health, Safety and Security DOE O 471.1B 1 IDENTIFICATION

More information

Construction Mechanic Basic, Volume 1

Construction Mechanic Basic, Volume 1 NONRESIDENT TRAINING COURSE February 1998 Construction Mechanic Basic, Volume 1 NAVEDTRA 14264 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited. Although the words he, him,

More information

MCWP Aviation Logistics. U.S. Marine Corps PCN

MCWP Aviation Logistics. U.S. Marine Corps PCN MCWP 3-21.2 Aviation Logistics U.S. Marine Corps PCN 143 000102 00 To Our Readers Changes: Readers of this publication are encouraged to submit suggestions and changes that will improve it. Recommendations

More information

NAVAL AVIATION SURVIVAL TRAINING PROGRAM DEVICES QUALITY ASSURANCE AND REVALIDATION POLICY

NAVAL AVIATION SURVIVAL TRAINING PROGRAM DEVICES QUALITY ASSURANCE AND REVALIDATION POLICY DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY BUREAU OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY 7700 ARLINGTON BOULEVARD FALLS CHURCH, VA 22042 IN REPLY REFER TO BUMEDINST 1551.4 BUMED-M95 BUMED INSTRUCTION 1551.4 From: Chief, Bureau of Medicine

More information

CHAPTER 10 Naval Aviation Maintenance Program Standard Operating Procedures (NAMPSOPs)

CHAPTER 10 Naval Aviation Maintenance Program Standard Operating Procedures (NAMPSOPs) CHAPTER 10 Naval Aviation Maintenance Program Standard Operating Procedures (NAMPSOPs) Table of Contents Table of Contents... i 10.1 Aviation Maintenance In-Service Training Program (NAMPSOP)... 1 10.1.1

More information

AIRFIELD MARKING WAIVER PROCEDURES

AIRFIELD MARKING WAIVER PROCEDURES TRI-SERVICE PAVEMENTS WORKING GROUP (TSPWG) MANUAL AIRFIELD MARKING WAIVER PROCEDURES APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE; DISTRIBUTION UNLIMITED TRI-SERVICE PAVEMENTS WORKING GROUP MANUAL (TSPWG M) AIRFIELD MARKING

More information

Administrative Guidance for the Receipt of NGB Publications and Blank Forms

Administrative Guidance for the Receipt of NGB Publications and Blank Forms National Guard Pamphlet 25-31 Air National Guard Instruction 33-360 Information Management Administrative Guidance for the Receipt of NGB Publications and Blank Forms National Guard Bureau Arlington, VA

More information

(a) DoD M, Department of Defense Postal Manual, 15 August 2002

(a) DoD M, Department of Defense Postal Manual, 15 August 2002 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 5112.6E N4 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5112.6E From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: NAVY POSTAL

More information

OPNAVINST J DNS-H Mar

OPNAVINST J DNS-H Mar DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 5750.12J DNS-H OPNAV INSTRUCTION 5750.12J From: Chief of Naval Operations To: All Ships

More information

CHAIRMAN OF THE JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF INSTRUCTION

CHAIRMAN OF THE JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF INSTRUCTION CHAIRMAN OF THE JOINT CHIEFS OF STAFF INSTRUCTION CORRECTED COPY Current as of 18 July 2012 DOM/SJS CJCSI 5760.01A DISTRIBUTION: A, C, J, S References: Enclosure B RECORDS MANAGEMENT POLICY FOR THE JOINT

More information

HAND RECEIPT COVERING CONTENT OF COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI), BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII), AND ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) FOR

HAND RECEIPT COVERING CONTENT OF COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI), BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII), AND ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) FOR HAND RECEIPT COVERING CONTENT OF COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI), BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII), AND ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL) FOR FIGHTING VEHICLE, INFANTRY, M2 (2350-01-048-5920) AND FIGHTING VEHICLE,

More information

Department of Defense DIRECTIVE

Department of Defense DIRECTIVE Department of Defense DIRECTIVE NUMBER 3200.11 May 1, 2002 Certified Current as of December 1, 2003 SUBJECT: Major Range and Test Facility Base (MRTFB) DOT&E References: (a) DoD Directive 3200.11, "Major

More information

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE AIR FORCE INSTRUCTION 91-116 29 AUGUST 2018 Safety SAFETY RULES FOR LONG-TERM STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS FOR NUCLEAR WEAPONS COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION

More information

T6161-FB-FSE LP REVISION: 01

T6161-FB-FSE LP REVISION: 01 T6161-FB-FSE-010 0910-LP-110-4747 REVISION: 01 TECHNICAL MANUAL INSINGER MACHINE CO., DISHWASHING MACHINE MODEL: 50-20N2-NSU; INSTALLATION, OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL DISTRIBUTION

More information

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE STANDARD PRACTICE

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE STANDARD PRACTICE NOT MEASUREMENT SENSITIVE 21 April 2003 SUPERSEDING MIL-STD-1647D 04 October 1993 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE STANDARD PRACTICE IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS FOR DOMESTICALLY MANUFACTURED BEARINGS, BALL, ANNULAR FOR

More information

Department of Defense MANUAL

Department of Defense MANUAL Department of Defense MANUAL NUMBER 3200.14, Volume 2 January 5, 2015 Incorporating Change 1, November 21, 2017 USD(AT&L) SUBJECT: Principles and Operational Parameters of the DoD Scientific and Technical

More information

SECNAVINST B ASN (RDA) 22 Dec 2005 PRODUCT DATA REPORTING AND EVALUATION PROGRAM (PDREP)

SECNAVINST B ASN (RDA) 22 Dec 2005 PRODUCT DATA REPORTING AND EVALUATION PROGRAM (PDREP) DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY 1000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-1000 SECNAVINST 4855.3B ASN (RDA) SECNAV INSTRUCTION 4855.3B From: Subj: Secretary of the Navy PRODUCT DATA REPORTING

More information

OPNAVINST C N43 18 Jun Subj: NAVY EXPEDITIONARY TABLE OF ALLOWANCE AND ADVANCED BASE FUNCTIONAL COMPONENT POLICY

OPNAVINST C N43 18 Jun Subj: NAVY EXPEDITIONARY TABLE OF ALLOWANCE AND ADVANCED BASE FUNCTIONAL COMPONENT POLICY DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 2000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-2000 OPNAVINST 4040.39C N43 OPNAV INSTRUCTION 4040.39C From: Chief of Naval Operations Subj: NAVY

More information

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY BY ORDER OF THE COMMANDER AIR FORCE MATERIEL COMMAND AFMC INSTRUCTION 63-501 14 DECEMBER 2001 AIR FORCE NUCLEAR WEAPONS CENTER Supplement 12 MAY 2011 Certified Current On 4 September 2015 Acquisition AFMC

More information

SECNAVINST F DNS Dec 2005

SECNAVINST F DNS Dec 2005 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY 1000 NAVY PENTAGON WASHINGTON, DC 20350-1000 SECNAVINST 5450.4F DNS-33 SECNAV INSTRUCTION 5450.4F From: Secretary of the Navy Subj: ESTABLISHMENT AND DISESTABLISHMENT

More information

Downloaded from COMNAVAIRFORINST A-CH-1 15 Mar 2009

Downloaded from  COMNAVAIRFORINST A-CH-1 15 Mar 2009 -CH-1 15 Mar 2009 CHAPTER 1 Introduction and Guide for Using the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) Instruction, Overview of the NAMP, and Organization for Naval Aviation Maintenance Table of Contents

More information

COMNAVAIRFORINST B 15 May Table of Contents

COMNAVAIRFORINST B 15 May Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 Introduction and Guide for Using the Naval Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP) Instruction, Overview of the NAMP, and Organization for Naval Aviation Maintenance Table of Contents 1.1 Introduction

More information

UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS MARINE CORPS INSTALLATIONS EAST PSC BOX CAMP LEJEUNE NC

UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS MARINE CORPS INSTALLATIONS EAST PSC BOX CAMP LEJEUNE NC UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS MARINE CORPS INSTALLATIONS EAST PSC BOX 20005 CAMP LEJEUNE NC 28542-0005 MCIEASTO 5210.5 G-1 MARINE CORPS INSTALLATIONS EAST ORDER 5210.5 From: To: Subj: Ref: Encl: Commanding

More information